Stacey L. Nash | Popular Science https://www.popsci.com/authors/stacey-l-nash/ Awe-inspiring science reporting, technology news, and DIY projects. Skunks to space robots, primates to climates. That's Popular Science, 145 years strong. Sat, 21 Oct 2023 00:00:00 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=6.2.2 https://www.popsci.com/uploads/2021/04/28/cropped-PSC3.png?auto=webp&width=32&height=32 Stacey L. Nash | Popular Science https://www.popsci.com/authors/stacey-l-nash/ 32 32 The best audiobook apps for books and podcasts https://www.popsci.com/diy/best-audiobook-apps/ Sat, 21 Oct 2023 00:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=580987
A stack of six hardcover books on a wood table with headphones around them and a blackboard in the background.
Catch up on the latest fiction and revisit your summer reading from high school. Depositphotos

Get access to your favorite titles and shows and sync between devices with an audiobook app that works for you.

The post The best audiobook apps for books and podcasts appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A stack of six hardcover books on a wood table with headphones around them and a blackboard in the background.
Catch up on the latest fiction and revisit your summer reading from high school. Depositphotos

If you struggle to fit reading into your day, the best audiobook apps let you multitask and listen to the latest releases while driving, exercising, or even making dinner. Audiobooks are increasingly popular, and by 2022, more than 140 million Americans had listened to one, according to Publisher’s Weekly

Audiobook apps vary in features and the breadth of their libraries. Many require a monthly or yearly subscription, and some offer media beyond audiobooks, such as podcasts. Voracious listeners may prefer a subscription service where you can indulge in as many audiobooks as you want in a month. But if it takes you a month or two to get through an audiobook, a pay-per-book platform will probably be more economical. 

Ultimately, the operating system of your devices, your listening preferences, and budget will all factor into the app that’s right for you as you discover your next great adventure.

1. Best overall: Audible

The homepage for Audible, which features two rows of book titles.
Audible isn’t just books, it’s home to podcasts and original programming. Screenshot: Audible

Founded in 1995 and acquired by Amazon in 2008, Audible is one of the pioneers in the audiobook space. The service lets you get your hands on almost any title that’s in audiobook form. You’ll also get access to podcasts, exclusives, and originals that are only available on the platform. 

Audible offers two membership tiers, and both provide access to the Audible ‘Plus’ catalog, which contains more than 10,000 audiobooks. The Audible Premium Plus membership adds one credit per month, so you can buy books outside of the Plus catalog, giving you access to an additional 470,000 audiobooks. Without the premium membership, you can purchase credits to listen to more audiobooks.

The platform also lets you keep access to your Audible books even if you cancel your subscription. In contrast, similar apps, like Scribd, only provide access to purchased books as long as you subscribe to the app. Others, like Hoopla and Libby, let you peruse your local library’s list of audiobooks. But they only provide access for a few weeks before you have to get on the reading list again. 

With Audible, you can leisurely listen or hop between books with no fear of losing access disappearing before the end of your novel. It also ensures that you have access to the audiobooks whether you’re subscribing or not. Not sure Audible is right for you? No worries. You get a free 30-day trial period before committing to either Audible Plus at $7.95 per month or Audible Premium Plus at $14.95 per month.

Audible is available on iOS, iPadOS, watchOS, and Android.

2. Best for iPhone: Apple Books

The home page for Apple Books, which displays an iPad and iPhone featuring titles.
You don’t have to commit to a subscription. Screenshot: Apple

Apple Books is a convenient way to get digital reads and audiobooks that sync to all of your Apple devices. Unlike many audiobook apps, Apple Books isn’t a subscription service. It works more like a digital bookstore, where you pay for each book. 

For those who only listen to a book or two a month, Apple Books might cost less than a subscription service. Plus, if you have months where you don’t have time to listen at all, you won’t be paying for an unused subscription. There’s also a decent selection of free audiobooks that includes classics such as Pride and Prejudice if your budget gets tight. 

Beyond the monetary pros and cons, the app itself offers a robust library that’s easy to navigate, thanks to effective categorization. You can browse thousands of titles by popular genres, but you can also search by other categories such as free books, new and trending, book club picks, and Apple recommendations. And you can sample short snippets before you make your final decision. 

The library goes beyond audiobooks to digital titles as well. In theory, you could do most of your reading, audio or otherwise, in this single app. Your Apple devices will require iOS 10 or later, but you can sync across the board, including iPads, iPhone, some iPods, and some Apple Watches. Bonus—you also have the option to download and import Audible titles, so add that to your Audible tips and tricks list if you find yourself moving between the two.

Apple Books is free for iOS, iPadOS, and watchOS.

3. Best for nonfiction: Blinkist

The home page for Blinkist, which displays an iPhone and Android phone and headphones and explains the subscription model.
It’s the modern-day equivalent of Cliff Notes. Screenshot: Blinkist

Blinkist isn’t just an audiobook app. It’s not even just a book app. This unique app focuses on all things learning, from podcasts and book summaries to audiobooks. It’s some of the best value you’ll get if you’re focused on nonfiction, even more so if you’re usually short on time. 

The app offers book summaries in manageable 15-minute chunks, and includes popular books like Atomic Habits by James Clear. You can download titles to access them offline or send them to Kindle. Books are arranged by topics, including love, self-help, memoirs, autobiographies, and more. Popular new releases and classics are readily available. The goal is to “feed your brain” and improve your mind and body with content that fits a busy lifestyle. 

[Related: Tips for learning two languages at once]

Blinkist is an easy way to access facts and books you might not have time to get to otherwise, and it doesn’t take long before you get personalized recommendations based on your preferences and habits. You get a seven-day free trial, then it costs $15.99 per month for the monthly plan or $8.24 per month if you opt to pay yearly.

Blinkist is available on iOS, iPadOS, and Android.

4. Best free: LibriVox

The home page for LibriVox, which is divided into two boxes that explain how users can access public domain books for free.
If you want free audiobooks, LibriVox might be the app for you. Screenshot: LibriVox

Subscriptions and monthly purchases can quickly add up. For those on a tight budget, LibriVox offers free (and legal) audiobooks. Their catalog consists of more than 40,000 books available in the public domain, read by volunteers. 

You won’t find the latest releases, but you can catch up on classics. The books are DRM-free so you can download audiobooks as many times as you’d like and listen when you’re offline or on other devices. This matters because DRM (Digital Rights Management) prevents unauthorized copying of copyrighted content, but can cause problems on your devices, too. No need to worry about all that with LibriVox, though, because every bit of its content is in the public domain. 

The interface isn’t sleek or fancy, but it offers bookmark and timer features to support your basic listening needs. If you’re up for a bit of out-loud reading, you can volunteer to read a book yourself. However, the quality of the narration varies by volunteer, so you may skip some books because the storytelling doesn’t do it justice. Still, you can’t beat free audiobooks and a platform that celebrates the love of literature. 

LibriVox is available for iOS, iPadOS, and Android.

5. Best budget: Chirp

The homepage for the audiobook app, Chirp.
Screenshot: Chirp

Chirp is where thrift store meets audiobooks. It’s owned by BookBub, an author promotion site. Thousands of subscribers scramble to get deals on new or popular books, like $5 for a Harlan Coben audiobook. The deal on any one particular book usually lasts a few days and listings show a countdown for how much longer the deal will last. Authors vie for the best promotions because of Bookbub’s extensive reach.

Chirp fits into the picture by offering discounted audiobooks. For listeners, Chirp is a win for the savings, and for authors, the platform is a great way to  find new readers. You pay by the book rather than a subscription fee. And the depth of the discounts vary.

On the downside, deals are limited, so you have to act fast when you see a book you want. The app itself is free, and you get to keep the audiobooks you purchase, so it’s a great way to build your library on a budget.

Chirp is free for iOS, iPadOS, and Android.

The post The best audiobook apps for books and podcasts appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best air purifiers for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-air-purifiers/ Mon, 15 Mar 2021 15:59:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-air-purifiers-2/
A lineup of the best air purifiers on a white background
Amanda Reed

Whether you’ve got pets, allergies, or worries about wildfire season, you can look forward to better air quality with one of our well-filtered purifier picks.

The post The best air purifiers for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best air purifiers on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best for large rooms Mila Smart Air Purifier Mila Smart Air Purifier
SEE IT

This all-purpose smart air purifier adapts to room size and comes with a carbon monoxide detector and sleep and white noise modes.

Best HEPA A product image of the Coway Tower True HEPA Air Purifier
SEE IT

This HEPA model features four layers of filtration in a stylish design.

Best for allergies InvisiClean Aura II Air Purifier InvisiClean Aura II Air Purifier
SEE IT

Certified to keep you safe from dangerous levels of ozone gas.

Air purifiers suck in pollen, dust, smoke, other allergens, and even viruses—pummeling them and then circulating clean, filtered air. It sounds simple enough, but not all purifiers are created equal, and there isn’t one that’s right for every person. Your particular environment and the size of your home are huge factors in choosing the best option for you. Is allergy season wreaking havoc on your sinuses? Do you live in a smoggy city? Has wildfire smoke been wafting through, blanketing everything in an unnatural haze? In short, even the finest filters aren’t guaranteed to fix all that ails you and your home. But if you’re wondering whether air purifiers are really worth it … we think so. They can help distribute cleaner air, and that’s always a good thing, considering the link between air quality and health. So, read on as we clear the air on what we think are the best air purifiers.

How we chose the best air purifiers

As pet owners and parents, we’ve experienced our fair share of smells and toxins—and that’s just from inside the house. To create this list of the best air purifiers, we relied on peer recommendations, critical reviews, online research, user impressions, and plentiful personal testing. We also examined what each air purifier claims to eliminate from the air, HEPA square footage, and MERV ratings.

The best air purifiers: Reviews & Recommendations

Pollen, pet dander, smells, smoke, germs, and other airborne goblins are no match for the best air purifiers. This list includes quiet air purifiers, ones that double as humidifiers, and even ones that claim they can help with a majority of airborne pathogens.

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This three-in-one smart device automatically adapts to changes in air quality and humidity.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 400 square feet
  • Dimensions: 36.66 x 11.02 x 12.23 inches
  • App connectivity: Yes
  • Max decibels (dB): 59.8 dB

Pros

  • Connectivity with Siri and Alexa
  • Three products in one
  • Air quality reporting

Cons

  • Expensive

Between its TikTok- and Insta-famous Airwrap multistyler to its line of powerful vacuums, Dyson has made a name for itself in sucking—which we don’t mean negatively. The Dyson Purifier Humidify+Cool Formaldehyde proves yet again that Sir James Dyson really knows what he’s doing when it comes to pushing air out and in. This air purifier uses an intelligent sensing system and Air Multiplier technology to purify, humidify, and cool the air. You don’t even need to touch the stylish, distinctive unit—it automatically senses and reacts to changes in air quality and humidity (we’ve watched one enthusiastically spring to life time and time again after a particularly aggressive sauté session in the kitchen). It even features a solid-state sensor to detect and destroy formaldehyde emitted by household items—a boon if you’re in a newly renovated/refurbished space, as fresh carpet and new mattresses are emitting odd things.

You don’t have to worry about airborne baddies getting re-released into the air since the entire purifier-humidifier is fully sealed to the HEPA H13 standard. If you love numbers, neat tech, and data, this machine will tickle your brain when it reports your air quality in real time on the LCD screen and DysonLink app (which you can use to tweak/schedule usage). The filters are low-maintenance and easy to replace, and the machine features a deep-clean cycle to get rid of mineral build-up and bacteria that may be lurking in the water system. Although it’s almost $1,000, you’re getting three devices for the cost of one. Talk about smart.

Best for large rooms: Mila Smart Air Purifier

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This mold- and carbon monoxide-detecting air purifier comes in different filter configurations for custom air purification.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 1,000 square feet 
  • Dimensions: 12 x 12 x 15 inches
  • App connectivity: Yes
  • Max decibels (dB): 62 dB but lowers to 24 dB while in room

Pros

  • Stylist
  • Small
  • Carbon monoxide, mold detection, and white noise machine built-in

Cons

  • Reviews note excessive air quality notifications

This classy, app-controllable large room air purifier adapts to the size of whatever room it’s placed in. It also looks great in any room it’s placed in. The filter has 45 square feet of HEPA, and with 447 CADR, it’s effective in rooms up to 1,000 square feet. Additional features include a sleep mode and white noise so that it won’t interfere with your sleeping habits. The device also features a carbon monoxide detector. It will monitor your room’s humidity and let you know if it detects any mold. If you’re not a fan of notifications, disable them if you go with the Mila—reviewers note that the Mila app sends lots of alerts.

Best for small rooms: LEVOIT Air Purifier for Home Bedroom

Levoit

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Take this lightweight, compact air purifier from room to room to experience dual-filter, three-stage filtration in your entire home.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 161 square feet
  • Dimensions: 6.69 x 6.69 x 10.43 inches
  • App connectivity: No
  • Max decibels (dB): 52 dB

Pros

  • Aromatherapy
  • Dual-filter, three-stage filtration
  • Specifically targets hay fever

Cons

  • Not for large homes

The Levoit promises to help relieve allergies, congestion, and sneezing and is our pick for the best small air purifier. Although we can’t vouch for the unit’s specific efficacy against rhinitis, we can vouch for the fact that it has three filters (one more than most other units): HEPA for dust, pollen, and dander; carbon for odors; and polyester for lint and hair. One fun additional feature is that this one has an aromatherapy option if you’d like a little lavender to help lull you to sleep at night.

Best for quiet: Blueair Blue Pure 311i Max

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Particles down to .1 microns are no match for this quiet-but-powerful air purifier.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: Up to 929 square feet
  • Dimensions: 19 x 12.5 x 12.5 inches
  • App connectivity: Yes
  • Max decibels (dB): 50 dB

Pros

  • Removes particles down to .1 micron
  • Stylish
  • App connectivity

Cons

  • Reviews note occasional problems with auto-sensing

Blueair makes svelte cylinders with Scandinavian style packed with highly effective electrostatic and mechanical filtration. The Blue Pure 311i Max is HEPASilent but deadly … against microbes in the air. This stylish, small air purifier features five fan speeds and a one-touch auto mode with a fine particles (PM 2.5) sensor to monitor concentration and adjust speed according. This air purifier can clean a 387-square-foot room in 12.5 minutes and a 929-square-foot space in 30 minutes (there are both larger and smaller models, so something for every home). And, it snags all those particles (99.97% of them down to 0.1 micron) all nearly undetected, clocking in at 23 dB on low/night mode—louder than a quiet natural area with no wind but softer than a whisper. And it never runs above 50dB, which makes it QuietMark certified and perfect for a bedroom, TV room, any room … plus it’s only 8 pounds, so it’s easy to move around while you decide between your study and your yoga studio (or realize it’s easiest to buy two).

Is it working? We barely hear it. But we also don’t hear ourselves sneezing and wheezing and complaining about our watery eyes, so we’re going with yes. If we need more confirmation, we can look at a five-color LED that changes according to Air Quality Index (AQI), or we can reference an app that gives insight into indoor vs. outdoor pollution and lets you control mode, tweak LED Brightness, set a schedule, and more (assuming the 311i Max and your phone are connected to WiFi). And if we don’t want it to be working, Google Assistant and Alexa compatibility let us turn it off with voice commands if our phone isn’t convenient. While some reviews note that the auto-sensing feature is not as accurate as they hoped, we’ve observed the Blue Pure 311i Max react firsthand thanks to a low smoke-point cooking oil incident or two. It was lively even from across a loft apartment—and helped with the post-coming odors. And the washable pre-filter fabric cover (shown above in “Stockholm Fog” color, quietly complementing some audio-video gear) meshed effortlessly with the decor to boot.

Best HEPA: Coway Tower True HEPA Air Purifier

Coway

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Stylish-meets-powerful with this True HEPA air purifier that features four levels of filtration.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 330 square feet
  • Dimensions: 10.5 × 32.7 × 10.7 inches
  • App connectivity: No
  • Max decibels (dB): 52 dB

Pros

  • Real-time air sensing
  • Washable pre-filter
  • Air quality indicator

Cons

  • Noisier compared to other air purifiers

Multiple fan speeds, a timer, an air-quality assessor, and a filter-replacement indicator light make this the best HEPA air purifier—not just quiet and effective, but user-friendly. At just under $200, it’s neither cheap nor exorbitant for an air purifier, and it’s also aesthetically pleasing. Reviewers note that this air purifier is noisier than most.

Best with UV light: Germ Guardian True HEPA Filter Air Purifier

Germ Guardian

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This quiet air purifier uses CARB-compliant UVC light and titanium dioxide to reduce airborne bacteria, viruses, and mold spores.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 153 square feet
  • Dimensions: 10.25 x 6.75 x 21.5 inches
  • App connectivity: No
  • Max decibels (dB): 61.2 dB

Pros

  • Quiet
  • Reduces odors
  • Pre-filter traps allergens

Cons

  • UV light can be bad for the environment

UVC light (the most destructive of all the UVs) in an air purifier works as a UVGI—ultraviolet germicidal irradiation—disinfection method by attacking the DNA of cells floating through the air, like mold spores, viruses, and bacteria. (This means, like all other filters, it cannot do anything for particles that have settled into fabric). An activated charcoal filter reduces odors. The 22-inch purifier filters air four times per hour at maximum speed in rooms up to 153 square feet. The four fan speeds, whisper-quiet operation, and CARB compliance make this air purifier an especially good pick for allergy sufferers. California Air Resources Board (CARB) compliance means you can rest easy about its environmental footprint.

Best for allergies: InvisiClean Aura II Air Purifier

InvisiClean

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: CARB compliance plus four levels of air purification equals an exorcism for your sneezes.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 319 square feet
  • Dimensions: 12.34 x 6.25 x 17.75 inches
  • App connectivity: No
  • Max decibels (dB): 55 dB

Pros

  • Four fan speeds
  • Quiet
  • CARB compliant

Cons

  • No auto-sensing

The four fan speeds, whisper-quiet operation, and CARB compliance make this air purifier an especially good pick for allergy sufferers. The California Air Resources Board requires purifiers to produce .050 parts per million of ozone or less, so any device with this certification keeps you safe from unsafe gas levels.

Best for smoke: Alen BreatheSmart 75i

Alen

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Detailed air quality indicators, a B7-Pure filter, and a CADR of 347 mean that this air purifier will stop smoke in its tracks.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 1300 square feet
  • Dimensions: 12 x 19 x 27 inches
  • App connectivity: No
  • Max decibels (dB): 51 dB

Pros

  • 8 colorways
  • Quickly cleans large rooms
  • Auto-adjusts based on air quality

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Little warranty

This is an easy pick for the best air purifier for smoke, thanks to its CADR of 347 (out of 450). Thanks to automatic air-quality detection, when any type of smoke is present, the unit will kick up to turbo. When no irritants are present, the device goes into energy-saving mode. Five air quality colors give you a more detailed visual indicator of air quality—other air purifiers only include three color indicators.

Best portable: WYND Smart Plus Personal Portable Air Purifier

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Take clean air onto the airplane or into the office with this water bottle-sized air purifier developed by NASA and MIT engineers.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: N/A
  • Dimensions: 9.57 x 8.62 x 4.33 inches
  • App connectivity: Yes
  • Max decibels (dB): 55 dB

Pros

  • Small
  • iOS/Android app
  • Medical-grade filter

Cons

  • Expensive for size

This small-but-mighty air purifier designed by NASA and MIT engineers fits in a cup holder and can purify the air in a car in under 15 minutes—that’s eight liters of air per second. And that comes in handy in a world of wildfires and other pollutants you might encounter as you travel—something we know from experience, as one accompanied three passengers in a Honda CR-V through the smoke-heavy American West during fall 2021. And, if you like numbers, the WYND air purifier connects to an iOS/Android app to track real-time hyperlocalized data on dust and other particulates. It also enables you to switch between different purifier presets, like auto and night, control other WYND devices, and alerts you when encountering poor air quality. The included desktop kickstand accessory lets you position the air purifier to direct a clean bubble toward your face (as shown above), giving your nose and lungs instant access to medical-grade filtered air in an office or elsewhere.

Best budget: LEVOIT Air Purifier for Home, Core 300

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This compact air purifier tackles smoke, dust, pollen, bacteria, and viruses without hurting your wallet.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 219 square feet
  • Dimensions: 8.7 x 8.7 x 16.25 inches
  • App connectivity: No
  • Max decibels (dB): 50 dB

Pros

  • Filter life indicator
  • Timer
  • Quiet

Cons

  • Louder than other air purifiers

This cheap air purifier targets smoke, dust, and pollen, along with some bacteria and viruses. Four specialty replacement filters include a pet-allergy option and a toxin absorber for particularly smoky or smoggy areas. Like higher-end air purifiers that are more expensive, this Levoit air purifier features timer settings and a sleep mode. And the display lights can be turned off to ensure a pitch-black room when sleeping. Although the air purifier is louder than some competitors, it resembles a whooshing fan at its highest setting—if you can deal with that, this air purifier is for you.

What to consider when buying the best air purifiers

The best air purifier for you might not be the one your best friend or neighbor loves. You want a HEPA filter with a high MERV rating that’s designed to cover the amount of space you have in your particular room or dwelling. Beyond that, consider whether you want other features like pathogen-killing UV light, smart controls, and/or odor elimination. Do you need the best air purifier for pets or perhaps something portable? Air purifiers for mold or models to get rid of smoke? Air filters work only on airborne particles. To get at anything that’s settled into upholstery or rugs, you’ll need a handy vacuum, a helpful robot, or something else that offers deep-clean suction.

Size of space

There’s an alphabet soup to make sense of when choosing the best air purifier for your home. ACH (air changes per hour) correlates to the airflow of your device. It’s calculated based on the volume of your space, ceiling height, and how many cubic feet per minute the device can cover. It’s independent of other factors, e.g., the filter’s efficacy—to calculate that you need the CADR (clean air delivery rate) rating; because a HEPA filter is more efficient, its CADR rating may be lower, which is deceptive.

The most important thing to note is that an air purifier’s efficacy cannot be calculated based on square footage alone. You can find handy calculators online to determine the proper purifier for your needs, but here’s what to consider with any device: Will it successfully rid your home of odors with carbon or other comparable filters? Is it a good choice for pet owners? Does it feature UV light? Read the fine print.

HEPA

You’ve likely heard of high-efficiency particulate air, or HEPA, filters. They are a type of pleated air filter that, according to the Environmental Protection Agency, “can theoretically remove at least 99.97% of dust, pollen, mold, bacteria, and any airborne particles with a size of .3 microns.” The smaller the particle, the more penetrating and nefarious it can be. So when you’re shopping for air purifiers, check out their filters’ MERV (minimum efficiency reporting values) rating. The higher the MERV rating, the better it is at trapping the tiniest particles.

Suppose it’s the coronavirus that has you shopping for purifiers. In that case, it should be said that though a HEPA filter should be able to catch a virus of that size, there’s no conclusive proof that an air purifier can kill airborne COVID-19-carrying air droplets. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention has stated that any room housing a coronavirus patient “should be exhausted directly to the outside, or be filtered through a high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter directly before recirculation.”

If your main concern about your indoor air quality is lingering food or cigarette smoke odors, make sure the model you’re considering specifically targets fumes and other volatile organic compounds. HEPA filters aren’t good at eliminating odors on their own.

The HEPA filter was initially designed to capture radioactive particles when the atomic bomb was being developed because it can capture 99.97 percent of particles as small as .3 microns, which can evade other types of filters. (This is sometimes referred to as “true HEPA,” as European HEPA standards are required to trap only 85 percent of particles.) It works by ensnaring, sieving, and rerouting irritating particles.

A HEPA air purifier is considered the gold standard, but it does have limitations. Any particle smaller than .3 microns—for example, some viruses and VOCs (volatile organic compounds) like aerosols, ammonia, and other toxins—will slip right through. Changing your filter often enough is key. A HEPA filter does a great job of capturing mold. If you don’t change the filter, the purifier can redistribute that mold back into the air.

Allergies

The best air purifiers for allergies depend on what your particular triggers are because different filters work on different-sized particles. Pet hair and pollen are large particles, dust is medium-sized, and smoke is small. A combination HEPA-carbon filter is your best bet for filtering the maximum number of irritants to help reduce your allergies.

The addition of an ionizer and UV light, if you’re comfortable with it, adds a belt to your proverbial suspenders. Because UV light does create ozone particles, we recommend choosing an air purifier with UV light that’s approved for sale in California.

Smoke

Pollutants—like smoke and soot—can aggravate asthma, irritate your eyes, and stress your lungs and heart. An intuitive HEPA purifier with multiple fan speeds, maximum air circulation, and zero ozone output is the best one for allergy sufferers and people who are sensitive to smoke. The best air purifiers for smoke have a higher CADR rating. This means your device will be better at eliminating smoke and its odor, whether you’re talking about cigarettes, cannabis, or wildfires.

FAQs

Q: How much does an air purifier cost?

Even cheap air purifiers aren’t that cheap—they range between $50-$900. So chances are, if you’ve found an option that’s within your budget, you don’t need to second-guess it. Go through all the checkboxes you would for a more expensive model: Does it feature a true HEPA filter? Does your air purifier also feature a carbon filter? Is it ozone-free? If the answers are yes, then go for it. What you’re likely sacrificing are bells and whistles you may not even need, like WiFi capability or large-space efficacy, but still possibly getting other extras, like low-noise operation and triple filtration.

Q: Should I sleep with the air purifier on?

Sure, there’s no reason not to sleep with the air purifier on! An air purifier contributes to an overall healthy home environment, even while you sleep. In fact, many models feature white noise or overnight modes, so they can continue to work without disturbing you (and possibly even helping you sleep).

Q: Where is the best place to position an air purifier?

The best place to position an air purifier is probably not where you think. Don’t stick it in a corner or behind a piece of furniture to conceal it. Beyond that, if there’s a particular pollutant (smoke, food odor) that you’re trying to combat, place the purifier near it. You want it 3 to 5 feet off the ground—so on a table or sill if it’s not a tower-style—and, whenever possible, near sites of good airflow, like doorways and windows. Moving your purifier from place to place helps maximize its efficacy.

Q: Will an air purifier affect my plants?

Your plants should be safe and sound in the presence of an air purifier, with one exception: models that expel ozone. Otherwise, purified air is good for plants, just like it’s good for humans.

Q: Do air purifiers with UV light really offer extra sanitation?

Opinions on whether air purifiers with UV lights are worth it differ. UV can conquer indoor air particles that escape other filters, like bacteria and viruses, but the EPA has said there’s no way to measure the effectiveness of UV filtration. The UV lights are technically considered pesticidal devices—”an instrument or other machine that is used to destroy, repel, trap or mitigate any pests, including bacteria and viruses”—according to the EPA, and it does not review, and therefore cannot endorse, those. UV light creates potentially harmful ozone, as well, although the amount is small.

Final thoughts on the best air purifiers

In almost every category, the best air purifiers have a true HEPA filter and a carbon filter. Together, they get you the most coverage regarding the breadth of pollutants the purifier will attack. Beyond that, the most important qualities are energy efficiency and picking the right model for the size of your room. Everything else—design, whether the device is app-enabled, UV lighting—is just gravy.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best air purifiers for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best search engines for finding results and securing your privacy https://www.popsci.com/diy/best-search-engines/ Tue, 17 Oct 2023 09:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=580097
A bearded man with glasses looking at a desktop computer screen with a search function displayed.
The best search engine is definitely not the one this guy's using. Depositphotos

Find what you need online and protect your privacy.

The post The best search engines for finding results and securing your privacy appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A bearded man with glasses looking at a desktop computer screen with a search function displayed.
The best search engine is definitely not the one this guy's using. Depositphotos

Your choice of search engine makes a big difference in the relevance (and privacy) of your search results. The first search engine, known as Archie, was developed by a student at McGill University and released in 1990. Today, there are more than 20 search engines that range from powerhouses like Google to lesser-known, more specialized options

Some search engines, such as Google, highlight their AI assistants, but the truth is that artificial intelligence has been behind search engines for years. But if you want an assistant to winnow search results, AI can help you get more relevant results. 

Even if you use a browser with a built-in search engine, you’re not beholden to it. You can, for example, add search engines to Google Chrome, giving you extra options when you want to perform photo searches or need extra privacy. Before you set your default search engine, though, consider how you use searches and how you feel about data privacy. These factors can direct you toward the top search engine for your inquiring mind.

1. Google

The Google search engine in a Google Chrome browser window.
The undisputed leader of search. Screenshot: Google

Google is the No. 1 search engine used today, handling more than 83 percent of searches, according to Statista. That number may rise or fall depending on the month, but needless to say, Google’s got the majority of the market when it comes to searches. 

Google is a robust search engine that powers sites like YouTube and integrates full-service features like Google Workspace. It’s much more than a search engine that allows you to gather everything from your latest curiosity to professional collaboration in one place. 

In February 2023, Google introduced Bard, an AI-powered search assistant. Search engines have used AI algorithms for years to identify patterns and customize search results and ads to individual users, but we’re entering a new age of heavy focus on AI. If you’re hoping Bard will hold up to OpenAI’s ChatGPT, though, it’s got a ways to go. That said, with the speed that AI adapts, it may not be long before Google has a leading assistant for generative as well as search purposes. 

This engine also gets high marks for the layout and variety of features like snippets, knowledge panels, and “people also ask” sections that can help you further refine results. On the downside, Google is a data hog and hangs onto your information to customize your experience. On one hand, you’ll see ads and results that are more relevant to your likes and preferences. On the other hand, privacy issues and data usage are real concerns. Some people find Google more than a little invasive.

2. Bing

The Bing search engine in a Google Chrome browser window.
Earn rewards for all that search time. Screenshot: Bing

If you’re looking for search engines other than Google, Bing is a top contender. Bing doesn’t have nearly Google’s market share, but it’s second in popularity worldwide. Microsoft created Bing in 2009 and has developed it into an impressive search engine, especially when it comes to the integration of AI. 

[Related: Ditch Google for good with these apps and gadgets]

ChatGPT powers Bing Chat, Bing’s search bot, which remembers query context to help you refine searches. It also includes sources in search results, helping you assess the validity of your results. That said, Bing can give short, almost nonsensical answers at times. 

The Bing search results pages on Bing look eerily similar to Google’s. Many users may have a hard time telling the difference between the two. However, Bing’s image, video, and map searching abilities are some of the best, with the video and image features topping the market.

Bing also offers a rewards program, which earns you points every time you shop or search with Bing. After you’ve accumulated enough points, you can redeem them for gift cards or use them to donate to your favorite charity. You earn about five points per search, so doing a lot of online research could earn you a few bucks each month. 

Like Google, Bing collects data to customize the ads and searches that appear, which you may or may not appreciate. Consequently, Bing, like Google, might not be the best choice if privacy is your top concern.

3. DuckDuckGo

The DuckDuckGo search engine in a Google Chrome browser window.
Increased tracker blocking and encryption on DuckDuckGo help protect user privacy. Screenshot: DuckDuckGo

If all that data collection has your skin crawling, DuckDuckGo is worth a try. If you compare Google vs. DuckDuckGo vs. Bing, DuckDuckGo might not be as comprehensive, but it puts privacy over pure search power. It doesn’t store your data, track you, or collect cookies. You’ll still see ads, but they won’t be customized based on your searches. 

This search engine uses its own crawler and incorporates a few other search engines, but not Google. The company skips the monster search engine in an effort to provide a different user experience. It’s organized similarly to other search engines, with search categories at the top for images and videos that match your search.

[Related: 7 ways DuckDuckGo can help you find exactly what you need]

However, there’s only one results page per search, which is kind of nice if you’re easily overwhelmed by Google’s millions of results when all you’re doing is looking for the best WiFi routers. While DuckDuckGo isn’t set to dethrone Google, it’s gained a steady following with the privacy it offers.

4. Startpage

The Startpage search engine in a Google Chrome browser window.
Skip the targeted ads when you search with Startpage. Screenshot: Startpage

Startpage approaches search with a philosophy that’s similar to DuckDuckGo by focusing on security and privacy. It keeps prying eyes (and advertisers) from following your every virtual move by refusing to log your search history or save your personal data. That does mean some searches take a little longer. But some users find it worth it for the privacy that remains after they hit exit. 

Startpage uses Google to populate results, which means you’ll get robust results without the targeted ads. The uncluttered search page is a breath of fresh air from some of the larger engines, which can feel like ads are slapping you in the face while you scroll.

This engine also offers an Anonymous View that lets you visit pages without sharing any information about yourself. The process works by removing your IP address before sending the query. Startpage also offers the option of StartMail, a secure email platform.

5. Yahoo

The Yahoo homepage and search engine in a Google Chrome browser window.
Yahoo is powered by Bing, so they may display similar results. Screenshot: Yahoo

Yahoo has been around since 1994 and uses Bing’s search engine to create results, so expect similar groupings, but it uses its own tech for certain searches, including trending ones. Though not as elegant as Bing or Google, Yahoo’s search page offers categories like weather, news, sports, and trends as well as access to Yahoo’s email service. Yahoo Finance is another big draw and provides quick access to the latest in what’s happening on the stock market. 

If you’re primarily after news and finance info, Yahoo’s got it in spades. You don’t even have to do a Yahoo web search to see the latest headlines with eye-catching photos to boot. Yahoo Maps is another place that sets this engine apart, thanks to an open-source Open Maps service. 

Yahoo also offers subscription-based services like Yahoo Finance Plus for even more insight into the market, investments, and companies on the rise. And, of course, it includes free features like Yahoo Mail.

The post The best search engines for finding results and securing your privacy appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best copy machines of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-copy-machine/ Wed, 25 Aug 2021 13:37:12 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=391545
Take care of all your copying needs with our picks for the best copy machines.

This essential device makes quick, accurate copies but can also do so much more.

The post The best copy machines of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Take care of all your copying needs with our picks for the best copy machines.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best commercial The Brother MFC-L8900CDW Color Laser All-in-One Printer is the best copy machine. Brother MFC-L8900CDW Color Laser All-in-One Printer
SEE IT

This quiet, top-of-the-line model allows remote control and cloud printing through an app.

Best overall The Canon Pixma TS8320 is the best copy machine overall. Canon PIXMA TS8320 All-In-One Wireless Color Printer
SEE IT

This high-quality all-in-one option is great for both the home office and the whole family.

Best budget The HP DeskJet Plus 4155 Wireless All-in-One Printer is the best copy machine on a budget. HP DeskJet Plus 4155e Wireless All-in-One Printer
SEE IT

This all-purpose affordable option copies, prints, scans, and sends faxes.

Copy machines are an office equipment staple. Businesses large and small and many families use an office copier every day. The best copy machines usually do more than make copies. They’re printers, scanners, and even fax machines that create an all-in-one digital hub for office work. Reliability, connectivity, and versatility are the factors that make a difference in your copy machine. You’ll also need to consider the copier’s size. Copy machines can be behemoths that do everything but type the words or take the pictures for you. That might be great, but do you have the room (and budget) for a machine like that? Consider what you need the copier to do versus extra perks that might add dollars to the price. We’ve rounded up some of the best copy machines on the market and included tips to help you make your pick. 

How we chose the best copy machines

I’m an experienced reviewer of tech and smart office gear. In making our recommendations for the best copy machines, we considered more than a dozen options from leading brands, including HP, Brother, Xerox, and more. We also weighed a variety of consumer needs. The best copy machine for a mid-sized business office might not be the best option for a home office. Keep reading to get a few tips on how to handle your copy volume, quality, and which extra features are worth a splurge. 

The best copy machines: Reviews & Recommendations

The best copy machines offer consistency in copy quality, but there’s more to consider than just quality. The kind and number of copies you need can also help determine the machine that’s right for you. If you make and copy 11-inch by 17-inch posters, you’ll need a wide-format copy machine. These models are found in mid- to large-sized offices. They have wheels, multiple paper drawers, and are some of the fastest models available. 

However, if you don’t need a large format, a digital copy machine that scans documents to create a perfect copy might be more within your budget and needs. They’re more affordable and create excellent copies. 

Another option is one of the best all-in-one printers. These machines copy, print, scan, and fax. They’re smaller and more of an all-purpose office workhorse that doesn’t have the speed or quality of some of the more expensive photocopy machines. 

You also have to think about laser versus inkjet copy machines. The best (and fastest) quality will also come from a laser printer. They can also print a high volume in a short amount of time. The best laser printers are quieter. However, laser printers are more expensive, have expensive replacement cartridges, and tend to be larger. With all that in mind, here are the best copy machines.

Best overall: Canon PIXMA TS8320 All-In-One Wireless Color Printer

Canon

SEE IT

Buy used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: This all-in-one wireless option copies, scans, and prints high-quality photos, making it a great choice for the whole family. 

Specs

  • Type: All-in-one inkjet
  • Pages per minute (PPM): 10 color, 15 in BW
  • Paper capacity: 100

Pros

  • Touchscreen is large and easy to use.
  • Prints high-quality photos
  • Works with WiFi and virtual assistants
  • Versatile

Cons

  • Expensive

If you’re looking for a device that can not only make copies for a home office, but can also scan and print to serve the needs of an entire household, the Canon PIXMA TS8320 is a top pick. The all-in-one printer is compatible with dual-band WiFi, so you can print and make copies from your devices and using virtual assistants. The large LCD screen makes it easy to use for a range of ages. The TS8320 also comes with a blue ink tank that reduces shadows and noise to allow you to print beautiful photos. And even when it’s not on, you can just press print on a smartphone or tablet, and the TS8320 will turn on and provide the printing on command.

Best commercial: Brother MFC-L8900CDW Color Laser All-in-One Printer

Brother

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This all-in-one laser printer is designed for office use, with high print output, capacity for up to 1,300 pages, and great connectivity.

Specs

  • Type: All-in-one laser
  • PPM: 33 in color and BW
  • Paper capacity: 300 pages (up to 1,300 by adding additional trays)

Pros

  • High print capacity
  • Speedy performance
  • Provides extra layer of security
  • Works with WiFi, USB, and Ethernet

Cons 

  • Bulky at 63 pounds

The Brother MFC-L8900CDW is a commercial copy machine that offers top-of-the-line features like remote control through an app and cloud printing. A five-inch touchscreen makes it easier to scroll through options and change settings. It’s got great connectivity and runs much quieter than comparable industrial copiers. The downside is that there can be some color issues like the machine using color ink to print black unless you change the settings.

Best for speed: Brother Monochrome Laser Printer

Brother

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If fast printing is your priority, this laser printer provides up to 36 pages per minute. 

Specs

  • Type: Laser monochrome
  • PPM: Up to 36
  • Paper capacity: 250 sheets 

Pros

  • Fast
  • Affordable
  • Prints from desktop, laptops, smartphones, and tablets

Cons 

  • Only prints in black and white

The Brother Monochrome Laser Printer provides far more than just fast printing, but that’s where it begins. It offers 36 pages per minute of black-and-white copies (no color copies with this one). It can handle different types of paper like cardstock and envelopes. This multifunctional printer also includes a 50-sheet document feeder for copying and scanning. Keep in mind that this printer can be a bear to set up.

Best for small office: Brother MFC-L3710W Compact Digital All-in-One Printer

Brother

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This device provides the all-around functionality needed in a small office and provides a respectable printing speed for a small number of users. 

Specs

  • Type: All-in-one laser
  • PPM: 19 in color, 29 in BW
  • Paper capacity: 250

Pros

  • Has copy, printing, scanning, and faxing capabilities
  • Comes with color touchscreen
  • Works with the cloud and Dropbox, Google Drive, and Evernote

Cons 

  • Heavy

The Brother MFC-L3710W Compact Digital All-in-One Printer’s color touchscreen makes it easier to program your copying jobs, as well as connect to cloud services to download documents. It’s also equipped with WiFi so that a team of people can connect from laptops and mobile devices. This Brother document copier produces excellent color and black-and-white copies with a 19-page-per-minute speed. However, the replacement toner can get pricey if you’re printing in high volumes.

Best with cloud printing: HP LaserJet-Tank MFP 2604sdw Wireless Black & White Printer

Why it made the cut: This eco-friendly printer works with an app that allows users to print from a wide variety of devices quickly and is also wallet-friendly. 

Specs

  • Type: All-in-one laser
  • PPM: Up to 23
  • Paper capacity: 250

Pros

  • Works with HP app for easier setup and cloud access
  • Printing costs less than one cent per page
  • Energy-Star certified

Cons 

  • Doesn’t print color
  • Not super fast

The HP does a little bit of everything from a compact package. This laser printer prints up to 23 pages per minute and connects to an HP app for wireless control, including scanning and saving documents to the cloud. Of course, it can also access documents in the cloud for printing and copying too. This HP is an eco-friendly option that uses less ink, comes with up to 2 years of pre-filled toner, and a toner cartridge that’s easier to replace than in other models.

Best portable: NEEGO H-P Tango X All-in-One Smart Wireless Printer

Neego

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This voice-activated printer syncs with a range of devices and allows you to make copies from virtually anywhere. 

Specs

  • Type: Inkjet
  • PPM: 11
  • Paper capacity: One at a time

Pros

  • Easily portable 
  • Works with USB, WiFi, and Bluetooth
  • Prints high-quality images

Cons 

  • Slow print speed
  • Low output

The NeeGo HP Tango X All-in-One Wireless Printer offers WiFi and Bluetooth connectivity, so you can access copying and printing from mobile devices. It weighs in at about 10 pounds and prints 11 pages per minute. The NeeGo provides high-quality scans, which you can then email or save to the cloud. The HP 64 ink cartridges allow for high-quality graphics and vibrant photos. However, this little powerhouse is an inkjet, so quality and speed can’t rival bigger machines. For more options, check out the best label printers.

Best budget: HP DeskJet Plus 4155e Wireless All-in-One Printer

Why it made the cut: This affordable all-in-one option gets the job done if you don’t want to spend a lot and don’t mind a slower print speed. 

Specs

  • Type: Inkjet 
  • PPM: 5.5 color; 8.5 BW
  • Paper capacity: 35 pages

Pros

  • Has all the basic functions (copying, printing, scanning, faxing)
  • Works with WiFi, Bluetooth, USB
  • Prints in color and black and white
  • Affordable

Cons

  • Slow print speed
  • Lower quality prints

The HP DeskJet Plus 4155e Wireless All-in-One Printer provides a little bit of everything at a price most people can afford. It’s more than just a copier. It also prints, scans, and sends mobile faxes (but you only get free mobile fax for 24 months). A slower print speed of 8.5 pages per minute means you’ll need to plan in advance for large print jobs. HP recommends it for homes where you print 100-300 pages per month.

Things to consider when shopping for the best copy machines

Speed

Sometimes, you need 200 reports in ten minutes, and not every copier machine can pull that off. Copy speed is measured in pages per minute. Machines that produce 25 to 40 pages per minute are on the high end of productivity. However, speed alone isn’t your only consideration. 

You also have to think about copy quality, cost, and your monthly copy volume. A printer that pumps out fast copies may be great, but if the ink is uneven and blotchy, the copier printer won’t help your business’s professionalism. The point is to balance speed with quality.

The last consideration when it comes to speed is your monthly volume. Are you making a steady number of copies every day, or do you make the majority of the month’s copies at certain times of day, week, or month? If you need 1,000 copies per day, a slow machine can do it as long as time isn’t an issue. However, if you have days where you need 10,000 copies by 11 a.m., you’ll need more speed to meet your volume on time.

Office size

Small-medium businesses (SMB) put their equipment to the test. They typically need one of the best digital copiers to keep up with demand and stay within a smaller budget. Small businesses often need higher volume and faster speeds than a home copier, too. All-in-one digital copy machines offer copying, printing, faxing, and scanning at speeds that meet business needs. 

Features like touchscreens, multiple drawers, and cloud sharing can make it easier for a team of people to use the copy machine. Models with cloud sharing can connect to programs like Dropbox, Google Drive, and OneNote so that shared documents can get copied or printed by anyone on the team. It helps if these copiers are wireless so that mobile devices can communicate with the copier, too.

Wireless printing

Copy machines come with some pretty amazing features, including digital sharing and cloud printing. These machines can work with cloud platforms like Google Docs and Dropbox, making it easier to copy on the go, work with clients, or a team. Anyone on your team can tap into the document, print, or make a copy on the office copy machine. 

These machines also connect to mobile devices from anywhere in the home or office. Models that also happen to be all-in-one may be able to scan documents, save them to the cloud, and print them later. They can become a vital source of managing documents and paperwork.

Portability

Whether you travel for business or pleasure, a portable copy machine can save you in a pinch. These small copy machines/printers can help you before a big presentation or let you print receipts and tickets while you travel. They’re pint-sized in comparison to a full-size office copier and weigh as little as six or seven pounds. These models may offer scanning, faxing, and printing, too. 

However, these aren’t the copiers for high-volume jobs. They can print around 10 to 15 pages per minute, so stick to an office printer for high-volume printing and copying. 

Price

Cheap copy machines work when you don’t need to make hundreds of copies daily. They can still offer multiple functions like printing and scanning. Where you’ll see some differences is in the size of the machine, the tray capacity (if there’s a tray at all), and they may not make the cleanest copies. 

You’re also more likely to see inkjet copiers at this price, which also means slower printing speeds. There are some laser copiers for under $100, but a laser copier at this price typically has sub-par copy quality.

FAQs

Q: Which copier brand is best?

The best copier brand depends on the type of copy machine you’re looking for. Brother and HP rule with the larger copy machines, while Canon is starting to make a dent in the small, portable model market.

Q: How long should a copier last?

Most copiers last around three to five years. However, that time will depend on copy volume—the more copies you make, the faster the copy machine will wear out.

Q: What is the best copy machine for small businesses?

Small businesses will get fast, high-quality copies with the Brother Monochrome Laser Printer. If you need a little more, like color, look at the Brother MFC-L3710W Compact Digital All-in-One Printer.

Q: Is it safe to use public copy machines?

Using public copy machines can be a risk for your personal information. The Federal Trade Commission points out that digital copiers are essentially computers that store data. The FTC recommends that a company’s IT team oversee the use of copy machines and recommends the use of security measures such as encryption.

Final thoughts on the best copy machines

The best copy machine for you will depend on your copy volume and how you intend to use the machine. High-volume copying requires a combination of fast copy speeds, while businesses that copy presentations may need to focus on quality and color. Whether you’re looking for an office copy machine or one for personal use, there’s a model with the right size, speed, and quality waiting for you.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio, to video games, to cameras, and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best copy machines of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best back massagers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-back-massager/ Sun, 12 Dec 2021 21:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=388172
The best back massagers composited
Stan Horaczek

Aches, pains, and knots don’t stand a chance against these motorized muscle relaxers.

The post The best back massagers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best back massagers composited
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Comfier Shiatsu Neck and Back Massager is the best for deep-tissue massage. Comfier Shiatsu Neck & Back Massager
SEE IT

This massager sits atop an office chair, sofa, or dining room chair to reach pain points in the back, neck, and legs.

Best handheld The RENPHO Rechargeable Handheld Deep-Tissue Massager is the best handheld deep-tissue massager. RENPHO Rechargeable Hand Held Deep Tissue Massager
SEE IT

The RENPHO massager’s five percussion modes and five interchangeable nodes let you target problem areas on your own.

Best percussion massager Hypervolt Pro Hypervolt 2 Pro
SEE IT

Multiple attachments and a serious motor target specific areas and take no prisoners, bullying sore, tight muscles into a relaxed mass of goo.

A back massager can’t replace a full-on visit with a massage therapist, but it can provide some much-needed relief for just about any back pain. These handy devices let you target sore spots, loosen tight muscles, and relieve pain. However, you’ve got some decisions because they come in many designs. From massage pads that cover your chair to models that mimic a deep shiatsu massage, these handy tools pamper and maintain mobility at the same time. You can soothe your muscles with vibration or beat out stiffness with a massage gun. Then, you can apply heat to keep everything loose. Back massagers can make you ‘ooh’ and ‘ahh’ or weep a tear as they knead tight muscles into submission. Here are some of the best back massagers for a variety of bodies.

How we chose the best back massagers

Splitting our time bent over laptops and lugging new gear to test around, we’re no strangers to back pain here at PopSci. We surveyed dozens of products and scoured reviews by media outlets and users to choose the best back massagers. We have chosen a variety of types of back massagers, including percussion massagers and more deep tissue options. Ultimately, we relied on a mixture of hands-on experience, user reviews, editorial reviews, and expert opinions to land our picks.

The best back massagers: Reviews & Recommendations

All back pain isn’t the same, and neither are back massagers. There’s a wide variety of designs and features. Some models mimic shiatsu massage, a deep-tissue massage with roots in Japanese therapy. Others offer percussive massage, working out deep muscle knots, as tight muscles may just need heat and vibration to stimulate blood flow. Some massagers provide a range of massage movements, including different nodes to target various areas of the back and body. We’ve selected multiple types of back massagers so you can find one to heal, relax, and soothe your muscles whether you’re a fitness enthusiast or staring at spreadsheets for hours.

Best overall: Comfier Shiatsu Neck & Back Massager

COMFIER

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Four nodes dig into your tense muscles in the best possible way.

Specs

  • Levels of intensity: 3
  • Power source: AC adapter
  • Price at time of publication: $196.99

Pros

  • Also gets hips and neck in the mix
  • Easy to use in most chairs
  • Optional heat function

Cons

  • Pricey
  • Not very portable

The Comfier Shiatsu Neck & Back Massager uses slow, targeted movements to knead the back, shoulders, neck, and thighs. You can also relax the body into the massager to add a pressure massage to the lower back, waist, and thighs. The shiatsu massage balls in each location (neck and lower back) can be turned on or off independently, so you get a massage only where you want it. Users of different sizes can adjust the position of the neck massagers to fit a taller or shorter torso better. This model folds down for compact storage.

Best for lower back: MagicMaker Shiatsu Neck and Back Massager

MagicMakers

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This simple method for self-massage can also apply heat alongside pressure.

Specs

  • Levels of intensity: 3
  • Power source: AC adapter
  • Price at time of publication: $39.99

Pros

  • Targets common trouble areas
  • Doesn’t require a second person
  • Heat function

Cons

  • Requires arm strength some people may not have
  • Six-foot power cord can be limiting

The MagicMaker Shiatsu Neck and Back Massager features eight rollers that knead into the muscles. The rollers heat, but you can turn the heat on or off as needed. This model’s design works beautifully for the lower back, and its ergonomic design can rotate to fit the neck and shoulders, too. It includes two massage motions to adjust the massage experience to your needs. 

Best handheld: RENPHO Rechargeable Handheld Deep-Tissue Massager

RENPHO

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The extra-long reach makes it simple to get into tricky areas.

Specs

  • Levels of intensity: 5
  • Power source: Built-in battery
  • Price at time of publication: $39.99

Pros

  • Long reach to accommodate less flexible users
  • Affordable
  • Five attachments provide ample options
  • Battery-powered for portability

Cons

  • Not all the attachments are particularly useful
  • Shuts off after 20 minutes to prevent overheating

The RENPHO Rechargeable Handheld Deep-Tissue Massager features a rechargeable battery-powered design that lets you reach behind your back or legs without getting tangled. This cordless model also comes with five interchangeable nodes to target problem areas. A full charge lasts 140 minutes, though it may be lower depending on the level of the massage. The RENPHO also includes a safety feature to prevent overheating that turns the massager off after 20 minutes.

Best percussion massager: Hypervolt 2 Pro

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This pro-grade percussion massager has exceptional pressure and extremely robust battery life.

Specs

  • Levels of intensity: 5
  • Power source: Built-in battery
  • Price at time of publication: $329

Pros

  • Strong pressure options
  • Built for heavy use
  • All the attachments feel useful

Cons

  • Pricey
  • Heavy

Portable, high-powered massagers have become essential equipment for athletes and even casual gym-goers looking to bully their sore muscles into a quick recovery. This high-end option isn’t cheap, but it offers five levels of intensity and guided routines developed by athletes and trainers provided in the companion app (making it one of our top percussion massager picks). The package includes an assortment of five attachments designed to target specific areas. Attachments with larger surface area make the experience a little less intense. Advanced users will want more pointed attachments to really dig into trouble areas.

While this model isn’t cheap, it does offer a serious brushless motor designed to endure frequent and everyday use. A fully charged battery will also provide up to three hours of run-time, which is great if you want to bring it to the gym without having to worry about plugging it in.

It’s not all upside, though. It is rather heavy, and some high-end models offer a slightly more ergonomic design. But, when it comes to performance and durability, the Hypervolt has the advantage.

Best mini massager: TheraGun Mini Massage Gun

TheraGun

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This pocket-sized device provides powerful percussion massages on the go.

Specs

  • Levels of intensity: 3
  • Power source: Lithium-ion battery (included)
  • Price at time of publication: $149

Pros

  • Powerful
  • Provides deep penetration
  • Ergonomically designed
  • Easy to use

Cons

  • Somewhat expensive

Theragun’s Mini Massage Gun fits in the palm of your hand yet can do serious work on sore muscles. This second-generation model is 30 percent lighter than the last model. It features three percussion speeds (1750, 2100, 2400 PPM), penetrating to 12 mm amplitude for deep relief. Each 2.5-hour charge provides 2 hours of running time. Plus, it comes with three attachments that let you customize your massage. This mini massager is also Bluetooth-enabled, and you’ll get access to the Therabody app, which features a library of wellness regimens. At only a pound, Theragun’s Mini Massage Gun can fit inside your gym bag or suitcase to give you sweet relief when you’re away.

Things to consider before buying a back massager

Back massagers may be electric, battery-powered, or manual. Battery-powered models provide portability, making it easier to use the massager throughout your house or take it while you travel. However, electric massagers maintain consistent power. 

With so many affordable electric and battery-powered massagers available, manual massagers have largely fallen out of favor. That doesn’t mean you can’t find one, but you can easily secure an electrical or battery-powered model for a few more dollars. 

Designs range from massagers covering a chair’s seat and back to a low back-only massager. Choose a design that targets your type of pain. For example, pain may strike only during certain positions like sitting or standing. A chair massager can help those stuck on the sofa, while a handheld model can work for those held hostage in the standing position.

Different muscle issues and pain points may respond better to certain types of back massagers. If you want a massager for general muscle soreness (not just in the back), handheld massagers and massage guns can be used almost anywhere on the body. However, if you suffer from severe back pain, a model that targets and is specifically designed for the back may work better.

Dig into knots and pain deep within the muscle

Deep-tissue massage requires a massager reaching the deepest muscle layers and fascia, the muscles’ connective tissues. The massager then uses slow, firm pressure to relieve aches and pains. 

Shiatsu massagers also fall into this category. If you are at a day spa, a shiatsu massage would involve the masseuse using their fingers, thumb, and palms to target the body’s pressure points. Electric and battery-powered shiatsu back massagers mimic this movement, using slow, intense motions.

Lower back pain (LBP) can make it hard to work, stand, or sit

The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention reports that 28% of men and 31% of women over the age of 18 experience lower-back pain (LBP). Anything from an injury to weight gain can cause LBP, and it can limit activity, work, and sleep. 

Lower-back massagers target this sensitive area with designs that fit the spine’s natural curve. These massagers also feature nodes and balls that dig into the musculature of the lower back without touching the vertebrae. Lower-back massagers may offer vibration, deep tissue massage, and/or heat. Take your pick of the movement that works best for you.

How handheld massagers work

A massager that lets you target pain points yourself can be invaluable. Handheld massagers do just that. These portable models feature a long handle with a massage head that contains one to four massage nodes. Most include different node attachments, from multi-pronged to thin, pointed ones that dig deep into the muscle. 

Most massagers use vibration to stimulate blood flow and relax the muscles. However, some use percussion to press into hard knots to relax the muscle tissue. Many include a heated option, too. Models with cases or storage bags let you keep all the attachments together, so you’re ready for a massage anywhere.

The difference between deep-tissue and percussive massage

Percussive massage differs from deep-tissue massage, even though both target muscles deep within the body’s muscle structure. Percussive massage, also known as deep-muscle stimulation, targets muscle soreness and soft tissue pain. With this method, short, rapid pulses press deep into the body’s soft tissues, stimulating blood flow and elongating muscle tissue. 

These massage guns go hard and fast. They’re not for the faint of heart, but they can work wonders on the sore muscles for which they are designed. Models with varying speeds and intensities provide adjustability based on your comfort level. These guns can be loud, so look for a model with a motor designed to keep noise down. 

Mini massagers save space and let you target problem areas

Mini massagers are smaller versions of full-size massagers. They come in manual, battery-powered, and electric designs. These handheld models may also include different nodes for a greater variety of massage options. They typically have fewer speeds and intensities than larger models, but a mini massager can also be much quieter.

If you’re on a budget, look into a manual massager. The only problem with these is you usually need someone else to do the actual back massaging. But a mini handheld with a long handle can do the trick if you’re usually massaging on your own. 

FAQs

Q: Are back massagers worth it?

Yes, back massagers are worth it. With the right massage motion, the best back massager can relieve and prevent back pain, soothe sore muscles, and loosen stubborn knots.

Q: What does a vibrating massager do to muscles?

A vibrating massager stimulates the muscle, increasing blood flow. More blood also brings more oxygen, which aids in recovery. There’s also evidence that vibrating massagers can temporarily improve flexibility.

Q: How often should you use a massage gun?

How often you use a massage gun depends on a few factors, including the type of massage, the reason behind the massage, and the level of muscle trauma. For mild soreness, you can use a massage gun every day for several times a day if you keep your sessions short, about 15-30 seconds per muscle group. That said, be careful not to use the massage gun daily in the same place for a prolonged period, as you can introduce trauma to the muscle. 

Final thoughts on the best back massagers

A back massager can work wonders on a chronically sore back. A massager that fits your lifestyle and includes movements that target your pain points will offer the most relief. The best back massager will soothe your hard-to-reach areas with little effort on your part. You can lean into them, close your eyes, and let the massager do its work.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best back massagers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best DNA test kits of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-dna-test-kits/ Tue, 23 Nov 2021 13:58:02 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=401787
A lineup of the best DNA test kits on a white background
Amanda Reed

Trace your roots or get a closer look at valuable health markers with a DNA test kit you can take and mail from home.

The post The best DNA test kits of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best DNA test kits on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall 23andMe Health + Ancestry is the best DNA test kit overall. 23andMe Health + Ancestry
SEE IT

The breadth and width of the 23andMe test provide one of the best overviews in both health and ancestry.

Best for ethnicity AncestryDNA is the best DNA test kit for ethnicity. AncestryDNA
SEE IT

Family history buffs will love the huge database and family tree options of the Ancestry DNA test.

Best for dogs The Embark Breed + Health Dog DNA Test is the best DNA test kit for dogs. Embark Breed + Health Dog DNA Test
SEE IT

Find out who your dog is, where he comes from, and how you can help him be happier and healthier.

A DNA test is no longer just for forensics and police investigations. DNA testing is now widely available for all kinds of uses, from figuring out your potential health risks. At-home tests have made it much easier to learn more about who you are and where you come from at an affordable price. DNA test kits vary in how samples are collected, and the results are usually focused on a specific area. For example, some kits trace genetic markers to learn more about ancestry, while others compare two people’s genetic markers to determine their relationship. There are even DNA test kits to determine your dog’s breed and potential health issues. Whether you’re investigating your ancestry or confirming paternity, the best DNA test kits are waiting for you.

How we chose the best DNA test kits

DNA kits give you a glimpse into who you are from the inside out. When deciding on the best kits, we considered the number of genetic markers they analyze, lab policies and practices, ease of sample collection, and presentation of the results.

  • Genetic markers: The more genetic markers analyzed in a DNA test, the higher the accuracy of the results.
  • Lab policies and practices: Some labs are more effective and efficient than others. While we couldn’t always find specific policies, we looked for tests that use different kinds of DNA or ran multiple tests on the sample for better accuracy.
  • Sample collection: if it’s an at-home test, it should be easy to collect a sample. That includes providing instructions that are easy to follow.
  • Presentation of the results: All the information in the world doesn’t help if it’s not easy to understand. Result presentation can help you determine how and what to do with your results.

The best DNA test kits: Reviews & Recommendations

The best DNA test kits examine as many genetic markers as possible and go through labs that use precision and care in their results. Some may even use several types of DNA and run tests several times to confirm results. If you want to learn more about heritage—your own or your dogs—one of our picks should help you dive deeper into the past.

Best overall: 23andMe Health + Ancestry

23andMe

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: 23andMe offers a wide range of insights from maternal and paternal heritage to recessive genes and potential health conditions that make it one of the best and most comprehensive tests available. 

Specs

  • Time to results: 2-3 weeks
  • Subscription fees: No
  • Genealogy software: No

Pros

  • Breadth of insights
  • Analyzes three types of DNA
  • Intuitive interface and dashboard

Cons

  • Limited genealogy resources

As the best home DNA test, 23andMe offers two tests: an ancestry only or an ancestry plus health. Both are pricier, but the ancestry plus health test gives you a broad look at your family’s past and checks for certain genetic health risks and carrier status. It also factors in and reports on genetic traits like hair loss and weight. 

This 23andMe test examines both your maternal and paternal lines. You get to see how many of your ancestors evolved from Neanderthals and connect with relatives through the 23andMe interface. You control your information and whether or not you make it public. 

The actual testing process isn’t hard, but the amount of saliva required means it can take longer than simpler swab collection tests. Users have to register the test before sending it in. There’s a unique identifier on the kit, and it has to be registered to the user’s name before it arrives at the lab. The test kit price includes the return postage.

While this test provides a broad look at your genealogy, it doesn’t provide genealogy software for you to better understand your family tree. If you’re looking specifically for genealogical information, a test designed for that purpose would provide more information. 

Best for ethnicity: AncestryDNA

Why it made the cut: AncestryDNA lets you expand the branches, twigs, and leaves of your family tree more than most of the other tests, making it an easy pick for identifying your ethnicity. 

Specs

  • Time to results: 2 to 3 weeks
  • Subscription fees: Yes
  • Genealogy software: Yes

Pros

  • Expansive genealogy software and database with millions of users
  • Interactive map and ancestral locations
  • Lets you expand and build your family tree to connect with others

Cons

  • Requires a subscription for full benefits
  • Doesn’t offer health data

The AncestryDNA test kit focuses on genealogy information and family history. Because of its popularity as the best DNA for ethnicity, it has an extensive database where you can connect with members from all over the world. You get estimates to show how much of your genetics stems from different ethnicities. AncestryDNA also provides interactive maps that show where your family is from and offers more information about countries of origin.

When you provide your sample, you have to register the ID number on the test kit with an AncestryDNA account so the test can be identified with you. We like that AncestryDNA updates your results over time as new technology and tools evolve and improve.

However, you must pay a subscription fee to fully build your family tree and connect with other users. The fee goes up the more information you want to access. And if you want health data, this is not the kit for you. It’s definitely targeted to genealogy work.

Best at-home paternity test: DNA Direct Paternity Test Kit

DNA Direct Solutions

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This test uses 22 genetic markers to estimate the likelihood of paternity and returns results in under two weeks in most cases. 

Specs

  • Time to results: Approximately 7 to 14 days
  • Subscription fees: No
  • Genealogy software: No

Pros

  • Quick test results
  • Easy to swab and return results
  • High genetic marker count

Cons

  • Charges extra fees to retest after inconclusive results

Paternity conflicts can get ugly. As the best at-home paternity test, the DNA Direct Paternity Test Kit can put a rest to arguments and accusations. This easy test requires a cheek swab, includes all of the return packaging and lab fees, and provides results in less than two weeks.

It works by comparing 22 genetic markers from the suspected father and the child. While the test results aren’t admissible in court, they’re accurate as long as the sample is taken correctly. Available paternity tests can compare anywhere from 16 to 24 genetic markers. This test balances a high genetic marker count with a relatively affordable price.

On the downside, if the sample has a problem, the company charges an extra fee to rerun the test with a new sample.

Best for dogs: Embark Breed + Health Dog DNA Test

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Embark provides excellent instructions and a large database with which to compare results for a more accurate look at who your dog is.

Specs

  • Time to results: 2 to 4 weeks
  • Subscription fees: No
  • Genealogy software: No

Pros

  • Excellent depth of preliminary results
  • Printable and exportable results
  • Provides a family tree with the breed of parents

Cons

  • Complicated results take time to understand

Who knew there was so much to learn about your dog’s family tree? The best dog DNA test kit, Embark Breed + Health Dog DNA Test dives into the genetics driving your dog’s behaviors and idiosyncrasies. 

The most useful piece of information it offers is a breed breakdown that estimates the dog’s breed percentages. You can even look at a family tree that suggests the breeds of your dog’s ancestors.

Like humans, dogs can be susceptible to certain diseases and illnesses. The Embark test looks for genetic deviations and susceptibilities. The information can help you make informed health decisions for your pet. You can also make an informed sports decision and hope your puppy is a Puppy Bowl MVP.

This test has so much information that comes with it that it can feel a little daunting to sift through it all. You receive an initial email loaded with information, but you can also log into the Embark website for added information and exportable PDFs. There’s so much information included with this dog DNA test that it can feel a little daunting to sift through it all.

Best budget: MyHeritage DNA Test Kit

MyHeritage DNA

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Many DNA kits provide health information, but MyHeritage puts that information into perspective to help you interpret and understand what it means and how to use it—all at an affordable price. 

Specs

  • Time to results: 3 to 4 weeks
  • Subscription fees: For some services
  • Genealogy software: Yes

Pros

  • Ethnicity percentage estimate
  • Includes access to expansive genealogy software
  • Identifies health risks but puts them into context

Cons

  • Access to certain information requires a subscription
  • Takes a long time to receive results

The MyHeritage DNA Test Kit is the best DNA test for health that provides ample insight into your ancestral background and countries of origin at a good price. It uses a cheek swab to determine an ethnicity estimate, DNA matches, and premium DNA-related information for an additional subscription. However, the context that MyHeritage provides with its health information makes it a great option if you’re jumping into genetic testing.

The test analyzes DNA and genetic markers, looking for risks for various illnesses like certain cancers, Alzheimer’s, and Crohn’s disease. There’s also information on inherited genetic conditions, and you can opt out of some information if you wish.  What we especially appreciate about MyHeritage is the perspective and insight that come with the health results.

There are explanations for results that say “average” or “increased risk,” so you’re not left in the dark with upsetting information. For example, it may tell you that you’re predisposed to diabetes, but the results come with information that explains that being predisposed doesn’t necessarily mean you will develop the disease. 

The downside to this particular test is that certain information can only be accessed with a subscription. The MyHeritage test results also take three to four weeks to arrive, which is a couple of weeks longer than most of the other tests.

What to consider when buying the best DNA test kits

Learning about your roots can be a fascinating experience, but the process can also yield unexpected findings. Here are some factors to think about when purchasing the best DNA test kit for you.

What you’re testing for

Before purchasing a test, you should consider what you’re looking for and why. If you want to learn more about your family, look for a test that includes a large genealogy database and allows you to contact potential relatives. Curious about your health risks? Look for a test that provides information about degenerative disease markers. The more you can zero in on what you’re looking for, the more likely you’ll find a test that can serve your needs.

Subscription fees

Some tests only offer preliminary results unless you’re willing to pay a subscription fee. Others provide full access through the initial testing fee. These tests often cost more upfront but may save you money in the end. However, a test that includes up-to-date genealogy information can be valuable if you want to continually expand your family tree.

Sample collection and registration

DNA test kits usually require a cheek swab or saliva for testing. Some are easier than others to do, but most include instructions to help you through the process. You do have to follow the directions carefully. Any deviation from the provided instructions can result in an inconclusive or inaccurate test.

You also need to register your test kit before sending in your sample. Most kits have some kind of identifying information that you must register on the company’s website. If you send in the kit without registering it, your results won’t correspond with an account, and you won’t receive your results.

FAQs

Q: How do home DNA tests work?

Home DNA tests use genetic material collected from your cheek or saliva to compare your genetic markers and information with the company’s database. Depending on what kind of test you’re doing, the lab may check for specific genes or genetic sequences that predispose you to certain health conditions. They can also use this information to trace your family line to different countries.

Q: What’s the difference between a paternity test and a DNA test?

A paternity test compares two sets of DNA to one another, looking for similarities in their genetic markers. DNA tests go through more extensive testing, identifying genes or markers that predispose you to certain health problems or comparing your DNA to a genealogy database.

Q: Are home DNA test kits accurate?

These tests are not infallible. They tend to be more useful for identifying relatives and learning about your ancestry than making a diagnosis of a health problem. In fact, many manufacturers recommend not taking an at-home DNA test without professional support to understand the results. If you take an at-home DNA test and discover you could be predisposed to a difficult illness, talk to your doctor about further testing to verify that information. Sometimes the information learned from one of these tests can be misleading. Just because you’re predisposed to diabetes does not mean you will definitely develop the disease.

Final thoughts on the best DNA test kits

The 23andMe Health + Ancestry DNA test kit provides a deep look into your family tree with useful health information. It’s the best of both worlds. If you’re strictly interested in genealogy, the Ancestry DNA section of the test gives you access to a huge genealogical library of users to expand your knowledge of your family tree.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best DNA test kits of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best sewing machines in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-sewing-machine/ Mon, 11 Oct 2021 13:26:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=384295
Home photo
Amanda Reed

Free-motion quilting, preloaded alphabets, and hundreds of stitches—today’s sewing machines do more than stitch in a straight line.

The post The best sewing machines in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Home photo
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall SINGER 7258 Sewing Machine SINGER 7258 100-Stitch Computerized 76 Decorative Stitches
SEE IT

This versatile machine with automated features offers ample functionality for diverse sewing projects.

Best value The Brother GX37 Sewing Machine is the best for beginners. Brother GX37 Sewing Machine
SEE IT

This sewing machine is an optimal choice for beginners and hobbyists, providing basic mechanical features for myriad sewing projects.

Best computerized A Brother sewing machine on a blue and white background Brother CS7000X Computerized Sewing and Quilting Machine
SEE IT

For committed sewists and quilters, this computerized machine offers multiple automated features as well as ample workspace.

A resurging interest in sewing is fueled by sewing machines that let you do amazing things with a needle and thread. Whether you’re making your own custom window treatments, repairing a shirt, or DIY-ing your own formal wear, a sewing machine with the right stitches and features can breeze through delicate or heavy-duty fabrics like tissue paper. Finding the best sewing machine depends on your sewing skills and what you hope to make. Beginners don’t need a plethora of stitches, free-motion capabilities, or specialized presser feet. Advanced sewists, on the other hand, may need a wide range of stitches, a long free arm, and an extended sewing table to make their creations. If you’re somewhere in the middle, there’s a model for you, too. Here are our recommendations for the best sewing machines.

How we chose the best sewing machines

Sewing machines available on today’s market vary from simple, no-frills models to computerized machines that offer state-of-the-art automated features. Newbies and seasoned sewists deserve a machine that treats them right, so we considered several factors. Although mechanical, electric sewing machines work well for basic tasks, the computerized models offer a variety of memory functions that save time and produce consistently positive results. We also considered how easily you can adjust the thread tension, thread the machine, whether the manual is helpful, and if an instructional DVD is included, etc. We looked for machines with a greater selection of stitch options (both decorative and utilitarian) so they can extend the possibilities for creativity in sewing. A presser foot holds the fabric flat as it moves through the machine, and manufacturers deliver added value by including specialized presser feet for various sewing tasks. These are just some of the things we looked for in models that delivery versaliity—from quilting to embroidery for beginners to pros.

The best sewing machines: Reviews & Recommendations

Whether you’re new to sewing and don’t know your hands from your feet or you’re a longtime quilter looking for a computerized machine that can save your stitch patterns, there’s an option for you in our recommendations. We looked at these machines for frame durability, overall versatility, wealth of features and accessories (such as extra bobbins, screwdriver, and other tools needed to care for the machine), their work capacity, but also their overall value.

Best overall: SINGER 7258 Sewing & Quilting Machine

Singer

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Manufactured by a company with a long-standing reputation for high-quality sewing machines, the SINGER 7258 offers automated features and an exceptionally large range of stitch options.

Specs

  • Machine weight: 14.6 pounds
  • Machine dimensions: 14.5 inches long by 7.5 inches wide by 12 inches tall
  • Material: plastic and metal

Pros

  • Push-button stitch selection with 100 built-in stitches
  • One-step buttonhole foot
  • Programmable up/down needle stopping position
  • Speed control

Cons

  • Soft-sided dust cover, not a hard-sided case

The SINGER 7258 sewing machine offers a heavy-duty, durable metal frame as well as convenient features that make it versatile and easy to use. Simply push a button to choose from 100 stitches, including 9 basic, 8 stretch, 7 buttonhole, and 76 decorative choices. The machine automatically sets the stitch length, width, and tension, or users may customize the stitch length and width for specific sewing projects. Stitch specifications are visible on an LCD screen. 

With threading instructions printed on the machine, a built-in needle threader, and a drop-in bobbin holder with a transparent cover, the machine is ready to go in mere seconds. You can program the needle’s up/down position for different sewing tasks. Quilting and appliqué jobs are made easier when the needle is programmed to stop in the down position, or users may program the needle to stop in the up position for straight seams.

The built-in LED light with a 100,000-hour bulb stays cool to the touch, and speed controls allow the user to specify slow speeds for intricate sewing projects or faster speeds for straight seams. Remove the storage compartment to access the free arm, making it easy to sew around trouser hems, sleeves, and cuffs, or small pieces such as children’s clothing.

The simple, one-step buttonhole foot offers a selection of 6 buttonhole styles. A built-in storage compartment is loaded with additional accessories, including an all-purpose foot, a zipper foot, a blind hem foot, bobbins, thread spool caps, a spool pin, a soft-sided dust cover, and more.

There are many more high-quality SINGER sewing machines, but we also love the Brother CS6000i Sewing and Quilting Machine. It brings a little bit of everything to the sewing table with a wide table, hard case, nine presser feet, and 60 built-in stitches that easily let you expand your sewing abilities. For more options, here are the best-rated Brother sewing machines.

Best value: Brother GX37 Sewing Machine

Why it made the cut: It gives a simple way to build skills with reliable performance and enough stitches for beginners to expand their abilities as they learn and master the art of sewing.

 Specs

  • Machine weight: 10.14 pounds
  • Machine dimensions: 12.48 x 7.01 x 16.26 inches
  • Material: Metal

Pros

  • Automatic needle threader
  • Includes instructional DVD
  • Small footprint and lightweight

Cons

  • Durability

The Brother GX37 sewing machine is a dependable model available at a modest price. Although it is not computerized, the Brother GX37 offers numerous features for convenience and versatility. 

A dial on the front of the machine facilitates selecting from among 37 built-in stitches, including decorative and utilitarian choices. Stretch, zigzag, and straight stitches are clearly marked on the selection dial. Additionally, the one-step buttonhole stitch and the included buttonhole foot increase the versatility of this machine. The free-arm feature accommodates sewing trouser hems, shirt cuffs, or other projects that require maneuvering around tight spaces in the fabric.

An optimal choice for beginners and experienced sewists, the GX37 includes an automatic needle threader and a jam-resistant drop-in bobbin. These features smooth the way to a pleasurable sewing experience. If assistance is needed, Brother offers free technical support via live chat online or by phone.

Included accessories such as the zigzag foot, buttonhole foot, zipper foot, button-sewing foot, blind stitch foot, narrow hem foot, free arm, and instructional DVD add to the versatility and functionality of this machine.

Best computerized: Brother CS7000X Computerized Sewing and Quilting Machine

Brother

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Brother CS7000X sewing machine provides automated features and built-in stitches that make it an optimal choice for sewists who engage in specialized projects such as embroidery, quilting, and appliqué.

Specs

  • Machine weight: 10.5 pounds
  • Machine dimensions: 12.2 x 6.65 x 16.26 inches
  • Material: Metal

Pros

  • Automated needle threading and stitch selection
  • Accommodates large projects and bulky materials
  • Wide range of stitch choices
  • Hard-sided, protective storage case

Cons

  • May have issues with bobbin and tension
  • May not sew well through thick layers of fabric

Computerized sewing machines offer several advantages over their mechanical counterparts. The automation of functions—including needle threading, bobbin winding, tension adjustment, and seam securing—provides time-saving convenience for sewists. Additionally, computerized sewing machines make it possible to engage in specialized projects such as appliqué, embroidery, quilting, and heavy-duty sewing tasks.

For quilting and sewing, the Brother CS7000X machine offers the precision, automation, and convenience of computerized features. Stitches can be selected with the touch of a button, with a read-out on the LCD screen. Users may select from among 70 built-in stitches that include decorative, heirloom, and quilting choices as well as straight and utilitarian stitches. 

The one-step buttonhole feature offers a choice of seven styles along with automated sizing to produce consistent results. For added convenience, the drop-in bobbin casing is jam-resistant. Brother includes numerous accessories with this sewing machine, including ten sewing feet, a quilting guide, and a hard-sided storage case.

The Brother CS7000X is constructed with durability and work capacity in mind. The metal frame is built to facilitate heavy-duty sewing projects, and a larger needle-to-arm workspace makes room for bulky materials such as quilts. The detachable quilting table provides an extended flat surface accommodating large projects.

Best heavy-duty: SINGER | Heavy Duty 4452 Sewing Machine , Gray

Singer

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Constructed with a strong, reinforced, metal frame and a powerful motor, the Heavy Duty 4452 by SINGER can sew through thick fabrics, multiple layers, leather, and vinyl.

Specs

  • Machine weight: 14.6 pounds
  • Machine dimensions: 15.5 x 6.25 x 12 inches
  • Material: Metal

Pros

  • Powerful motor
  • Strong metal frame
  • Stainless-steel bed plate
  • Even-feed walking foot for thick, heavy materials

Cons

  • Less portable than other machines due to heavier weight
  • Not computerized
  • Soft-sided dust cover, not hard-sided

For heavy-duty sewing projects, the average machine simply does not provide the required capacity to sew through thick, heavy fabrics. Projects such as upholstering furniture, sewing through leather and vinyl, and fashioning heavy draperies may require a heavy-duty sewing machine. The SINGER 4452 machine offers a strong, interior metal frame along with powerful features to facilitate sewing jobs that might exceed the capacity of other machines.

The motor in the SINGER 4452 is 60 percent stronger than standard sewing machine motors, providing the power to sew through heavyweight fabrics, leather, and vinyl. Additionally, the strong motor functions at a maximum speed of 1,100 stitches per minute, facilitating the swift completion of big jobs.

This machine offers a selection of 32 stitches, including 6 basic, 7 stretch, and 18 decorative stitch choices. Additionally, users may choose the fully automated one-step-buttonhole stitch to create uniform buttonholes with ease. With the variety of stitch choices, users may fashion clothing, crafts, home decor items, and gifts for friends.

SINGER optimizes several features of this machine for heavy-duty service. The stainless-steel bed plate keeps heavy fabrics moving smoothly. A specialized even-feed walking foot makes it easy to sew through thick layers of fabric, and the nonstick foot is specially made for sewing leather and vinyl.

Best for quilting: Janome MC6650 Sewing and Quilting Machine

Why it made the cut: A breathtaking number of stitches, 20 memory banks, a high-presser foot lift, and an aluminum body make this the best sewing machine for quilting. Get your hands on a machine that will make quilts for years. 

Specs

  • Weight: 25 pounds
  • Machine dimensions: 8.6 x 20.3 x 11.8 inches
  • Material: Aluminum

Pros

  • 20 memory banks store stitch sequences
  • Nine one-step buttonholes
  • Needle up/down memory
  • Extra-long free arm and sewing table

Cons

  • Expensive

Janome is well-known for the quality of their machines, and their machines come with the price to prove it. Quilters will love the 172 stitch options, two alphabets, and extra-long free arm and sewing table. A large LCD display makes it easy to see the settings and make adjustments as needed. This model also features 20 memory banks to store stitch sequences for quilting.

Among the plentiful stitch and accessory options are nine one-step buttonholes, 12 presser feet, and two easy-change needle plates. This model also features an up/down needle memory to help make precise turns. This model gives sewists the power of choice and creativity. However, the high price is a commitment not meant for the beginner or casual user. For additional options, here are some good sewing machines for quilting.

Best professional machine for home use: SINGER Professional 14T968DC Serger Overlock

Singer

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: For serious hobbyists and cottage-industry sewists, the SINGER Professional 14T968DC fits neatly into the home setting while producing the polished results associated with expert craftspeople.

Specs

  • Machine weight: 18.6 pounds
  • Machine dimensions: 13.5 x 10.5 x 11.5 inches
  • Material: Metal

Pros

  • Serger produces professionally finished seams
  • Self-adjusting tension
  • 2-3-4-5 thread capability

Cons

  • Fewer decorative stitches than other machines
  • Not as portable as other machines due to heavier weight

When sewing becomes a serious hobby or a side hustle that might provide income for the avid sewist, a professional machine might be the ideal choice. Small enough to fit neatly in a craft room or home setting, the SINGER Professional 14T968DC sewing machine offers 2-3-4-5 thread capability to produce overlocking stitches for professional results on a plethora of sewing projects.

The outstanding advantage of a serger machine such as the SINGER 14T968DC is that it sews, finishes, and trims seams in one step. Frayed seams and raw edges are a thing of the past, as the machine delivers professionally finished outcomes every time. Choosing from among 14 built-in stitch choices, users may select decorative as well as utilitarian finishes.

Turn a simple dial to access a selection of varied stitch styles, and the machine will automatically adjust the tension setting. This self-adjusting feature takes the guesswork out of sewing, as the machine delivers consistent results on cover hems, chain stitching, rolled hems, flat locking, and more. With a maximum speed of 1,300 stitches per minute, users may turn out completed projects in record time.

Best for kids and beginners: Magicfly Mini Sewing Machine with Extension Table

Magicfly

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Magicfly Mini sewing machine’s diminutive size and lite weight, along with basic functionality and simple operation, will produce satisfying results for children and beginners.

Specs

  • Machine weight: 2.2 pounds
  • Machine dimensions: 10.43 x 7.48 x 9.06 inches
  • Material: Metal

Pros

  • Lightweight and portable
  • Tutorial videos for beginners
  • Included sewing supplies
  • Finger guard for safety

Cons

  • Not suitable for large sewing projects
  • Offers only one basic stitch
  • No automated features

Many sewing enthusiasts and professionals learned to love the craft as children. After starting with hand sewing, children around ages 7 to 9 and older beginners may be ready for a sewing machine. A small, lightweight machine with sufficient capacity to deliver results on basic sewing projects may be the optimal choice.

The Magicfly Mini sewing machine is a mechanical, electrical machine that works on AC power or on batteries. With its small size and 2.2-pound weight, it’s conveniently portable, even for children. An included extension table attaches easily to the machine, providing an enlarged work surface. Additionally, the included sewing kit contains 42 pieces of sewing supplies to get beginners started with their new hobby.

This machine offers a double-thread design that automatically reinforces the stitches and allows users to stop seams neatly without tying off the thread. Threading the needle becomes a simple job with directions imprinted on the front of the machine. To keep procedures uncomplicated, the machine offers one stitch that accommodates most basic sewing projects.

The Magicfly Mini starts with either a button or the foot pedal, and a speed button allows users to choose between fast or slow stitching paces. As an important safety feature, the transparent plastic finger guard keeps kids and beginners from experiencing painful needle punctures. Check out our guide for more beginner-friendly picks.

Best budget: SINGER Mechanical MX60 Sewing Machine

Why it made the cut: This Singer sewing machine has the durability of much more expensive models but keeps things simple with an automatic stitch length and width, making it an excellent budget-friendly choice. 

Specs

  • Weight: 12.12 pounds
  • Machine dimensions: 14.57 x 7.12 x 13.6 inches
  • Material: Metal

Pros

  • Six most common stitches, including buttonhole
  • Durable full-metal frame
  • Lightweight and portable

Cons

  • Cannot adjust the stitch length and width

The Singer MX60 saves dollars on extra stitches and features but provides excellent durability and only the most used six stitches. It even has a four-step automatic buttonhole stitch and a buttonhole foot as one of the three included presser feet. 

With a full-metal interior frame, this machine is made to last, yet its compact size remains lightweight and portable. It’s the kind of machine you can take to a friend’s house or a sewing class. If you’re looking for a cheap sewing machine, it’s reasonably priced as well.

This small sewing machine has a feature that’s both a pro and a con. It automatically adjusts the stitch length and width, which is to say you can’t change them. That’s one less step for you to worry about, but there are times when you’ll miss that feature. For example, sewing thick fabrics often works better with some extra stitch length. A zigzag stitch may need to be narrower or wider for different fabrics, too. So, for beginners, it’s one less thing to worry about, but you might miss it when you get more experience.

Things to consider before buying the best sewing machines

Purchasing a sewing machine is not an offhand decision. With numerous options available on today’s market, shoppers may consider several criteria before making a choice. Avid sewists with advanced skills may select a sewing machine with advanced, high-tech capabilities, but a beginner or occasional user might prefer a simple model with straightforward operating procedures. Here’s what to consider before choosing a machine for yourself:

Mechanical vs. computerized

Hobbyists who learned to sew on mechanical models feel more comfortable with these types of sewing machines. However, computerized models offer time-saving and convenient automated functions.

Mechanical sewing machines have mechanical dials, levels, and buttons that control stitch selection, stitch length, stitch width, and tension settings. These models cost less, weigh less, and offer simplicity of use. Mechanical models are also easier to maintain and clean because there’s no computer involved. However, they have a smaller stitch selection and may not offer as many functions. 

Computerized sewing machines have a digital display and hundreds of stitch options. The most advanced machines may also have a touchscreen to scroll through menus or download embroidery patterns. The more common ones have buttons that let you scroll through the stitches and make adjustments to length and width. These machines offer more of everything, including dollar signs on the price tag. The downside is they aren’t always the easiest to use, and there is the possibility of computer problems, which take more than a good cleaning to fix. 

Number of built-in stitch choices

Highly creative and complex sewing projects require a wide array of decorative and utilitarian stitches. On the other hand, a limited selection of stitches will suffice for most sewing tasks.

The array of included accessories

Sewing machine manufacturers include functional accessories with their products. For example, an array of accessory presser feet allows users to accomplish a variety of sewing tasks. Shoppers may consider the accessory packages included with various sewing machine options.

Weight, size, and portability

Shoppers may consider where the machine will be used, how often it must be transported from one location to another, and the size of an available storage area. Lightweight machines are more portable, but heavy-duty sewing projects may require heavier sewing machines.

Purpose 

What do you plan on sewing? Making garments is different from quilting or embroidery. Some models let you do it all from a single machine, while others are more specialized. A standard sewing machine can do embroidery and quilting, but it won’t have presser feet and stitch settings that make quilting or embroidery easier and more precise. 

Skill level

The majority of sewing uses two stitches—a straight stitch and a zigzag stitch. Beginners don’t need more than that either, which makes buying a machine with hundreds of stitches unnecessary. A simple model with a few basic stitches and a buttonhole stitch will take care of the majority of sewing needs. However, as you gain skills and expand your sewing repertoire, you may want a more advanced set of stitch options. Advanced sewists may want to download their own patterns directly onto the machine, a feature that’s only found on the most advanced embroidery or quilting sewing machines. 

Automatic buttonhole

It might seem strange to base your sewing machine choice on a single feature. But if there’s one feature most people find they miss, it’s an automatic buttonhole feature. Buttonholes are notorious for their difficulty. A machine with this automatic feature does the work for you. It’s still a process and takes some practice, but if you are doing any sewing with a buttonhole, you’re going to need this feature. You might have to do a couple of practice rounds to get the right placement, but an automatic buttonhole and buttonhole foot will do the rest of the work for you. 

FAQs

Q: How much does a sewing machine cost?

The cost of a sewing machine can range from less than $130 for basic models to more than $1,600 for sewing machines that perform many functions. Options like The Brother CS6000i Sewing and Quilting Machine are good for both beginners and will continue to be useful for people as they develop their sewing skills.

Q: Can you embroider with a sewing machine?

You can embroider with a sewing machine. It’s not as easy, exact, nor will a standard machine have as many options as an embroidery machine. You’ll need an embroidery hoop, embroidery thread, and a tutorial (there are many free ones online) to create your first embroidered creation with a standard machine. 

Q: Who invented the sewing machine? 

Thomas Saint invented the first sewing machine in 1790. However, there’s only evidence of the first sewing machine, not an actual model still in existence. Saint’s original design wasn’t widespread for many years until improvements in the design made it practical for widespread use in the clothing industry. 

Q: How to set up a sewing machine? 

Sewing machine designs vary from model to model. However, there are some universal features involved in the setup process. First, place the sewing machine on a sturdy, flat surface. Plug the pedal into the machine. Some models have the electrical cord and pedal on the same cord, while others have separate cords for each. Before turning on the machine, thread the needle following the instruction manual or guide imprinted on the machine (a common feature on modern sewing machines). Drop the bobbin in, pull its thread through, and choose your stitch. From there, you should be ready to go. 

Q: What are the best sewing machine brands? 

SINGER and Brother emerged as the most reliable brands on the U.S. market, demonstrating quality over many years of service. BERNINA is also a dependable and well-known brand offering high-end sewing machines at more expensive prices.

Q: What is the oldest sewing machine brand? 

The SINGER brand started in 1851, when Isaac Singer patented his sewing machine invention.

Q: What are the basic types of sewing machines? 

Mechanical sewing machines are electrical machines with simple dials and knobs for making adjustments. Electronic and computerized sewing machines offer many built-in stitch options, automated functions, touch screens, and LCD displays as well as programming for intricate embroidery projects.

Final thoughts on the best sewing machines

When selecting a sewing machine, shoppers may begin with an assessment of their personalized sewing needs. Numerous product options available at various price points suit those who sew occasionally for clothing repairs and simple home decor, as well as those who complete large, complex sewing projects on a regular basis. Shoppers may evaluate their level of competence and interest in advancement in the art of sewing before investing in a sewing machine. The Brother CS6000i Sewing and Quilting Machine provides a balance of features with ease of use that make it our top choice. Beginners can grow and use it for years, while advanced sewists will get a high-quality machine with an array of stitches and a wide sewing table. However, if you’re looking for the best sewing machine that can take heavy use daily, including heavy fabrics, look no further than the SINGER 4423 Heavy Duty Sewing Machine.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best sewing machines in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best garage door openers for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-garage-door-opener/ Mon, 23 Aug 2021 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=391011
The best garage door openers come in a range of mounts and price points.

Make your comings and goings as easy as open and shut.

The post The best garage door openers for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best garage door openers come in a range of mounts and price points.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The LiftMaster 8500 Elite Series is the best wall-mount garage door opener. LiftMaster 8500W
SEE IT

The LiftMaster 8500W excels with its wall-mounted design, quiet operation, security features, and ample space for large vehicles. Smartphone connectivity enhances convenience, making it a top pick.

Best quiet The Genie 2055 LED Essentials Garage Door Opener is the best garage door opener that's quiet. Genie Stealth 500 Essentials
SEE IT

The Genie Stealth 500 Essentials offers a super quiet operation and easy installation, making it suitable for noise-sensitive environments.

Best budget The Skylink Atoms ATR 1611C is the best garage door opener at a budget-friendly price. Skylink Atoms ATR-1611C
SEE IT

The Skylink Atoms ATR-1611C provides value, quiet operation, and easy installation, making it ideal for single garage doors and DIY enthusiasts.

Garage door openers may seem like a very simple piece of tech, but innovations in the smart home device market have seen them become more sophisticated with added features and optimized performance. Of course, you’ll expect them to reliably and safely open and close your garage door with ease, but modern units can now do so quieter than ever and also provide an array of other functions. Your garage door isn’t just an entry point—it’s an integral part of your daily routine and home security. Whether you’re seeking smart home integration, whisper-quiet operation, or a seamless blend of these elements, we’re here to help you make an informed choice. These are the best garage door openers available today.

How we chose the best garage door openers

Our garage door opener recommendations are based on extensive research. We surveyed peer recommendations, critical reviews, and user impressions to create a list of contenders and then put them through their paces. We considered a wide variety of garage door openers suitable for a range of needs and users to develop a comprehensive list of the best garage door openers on the market today.

The best garage door openers: Reviews & Recommendations

The best garage door opener should work so well that you forget it’s even there. When choosing a model, know how much horsepower you need. Power and durability may be at the top of your list if you have a solid wood garage door, or you may have a house design that requires a less obtrusive wall-mounted garage door opener. Then, look for a design that’s within your budget and has convenient features, allowing you to enter and exit without needing to give much thought to the garage door at all.

Best overall: LiftMaster 8500 Elite Series

LiftMaster 8500 Elite Series

SEE IT

Specs

  • Opener Type: Direct drive
  • Motor Power: 0.5 HP
  • Smart Home-Compatible: Yes

Pros

  • Impressive security features
  • Space-saving design
  • Quiet operation

Cons

  • Isn’t compatible with all door types

We chose the LiftMaster 8500W as our best overall garage door opener due to its space-saving, wall-mounted design, super quiet operation, additional security features, and powerful performance. It’s the perfect choice for large vehicle owners, including trucks and vans, as it accommodates doors up to 14 feet tall and 650 pounds. Rest assured, your property is secure with a new code sent every time you click the remote, ensuring the door only opens for you. It also includes a motion light that comes on when you enter the garage for added security and safety. It comes with a remote control and can be connected to smart devices with the optional purchase of the Internet Gateway. The smart functions allow you to monitor and control the garage door from your smartphone, create schedules, and get real-time notifications and alerts.

You’ll have to check for compatibility as this model won’t be suitable for roll-up doors or low-headroom tracks, and you’ll need a separate front-mount torsion bar system for it to work, which isn’t included.

Best smart: Chamberlain B4613T Garage Door Opener 

Specs

  • Opener Type: Belt drive
  • Motor Power: 1.25 HP
  • Smart Home-Compatible: Yes

Pros

  • Comes with battery backup
  • Syncs with multiple users

Cons

  • Hard to install

Connected to your home WiFi network and compatible with the Chamberlain MyQ app, which you can use with either Android or iOS devices, the Chamberlain B4613T garage door opener lets you remotely control the device from anywhere and allows you to give access to up to three different users so that other family members or visitors can get into the garage and property. Controlling the garage door through the app is easy with one-touch controls. You can choose to receive email or app notifications if your door is opened and closed, which comes time-stamped so you can understand exactly what’s happening at your home. 

This smart-home device is quite tricky to install, so if you’re not handy, you might want to leave it to someone more experienced or hire someone to complete the task for you.

Best quiet: Genie Stealth 500 Essentials

Genie

SEE IT

Specs

  • Opener Type: Belt drive
  • Motor Power: 0.5 HP
  • Smart Home-Compatible: No

Pros

  • Very quiet operation
  • Easy installation

Cons

  • No smart home device compatibility

Cons

  • No smart home device compatibility

If you’re looking for a super quiet garage door opener, the Genie Stealth 500 Essentials deserves your attention. Perhaps you leave the house early in the morning and don’t want to disturb neighbors, or you have young children or pets to worry about in garage adjoining rooms. This model comes with a pre-programmed remote with one button and is easy to install yourself. It’s one of the more basic models tested, so don’t expect a range of smart home-connected add-ons or additional features. However, if a quiet operation is important to you, the Genie Stealth 500 Essentials could be just the ticket.

Best with battery backup: BeamUP Everlift Garage Door Opener with Battery Backup

BeamUp

SEE IT

Specs

  • Opener Type: Chain drive
  • Motor Power: 0.75 HP
  • Smart Home-Compatible: Yes

Pros

  • Easy to install
  • Provides peace of mind during power outages

Cons

  • Only has one remote
  • App doesn’t timestamp notifications

Battery backup garage door openers provide continuous functionality even during power outages. This is particularly important during emergencies or when you need to leave your home quickly. It will also prevent unauthorized access to your garage and home during vulnerable moments when the power is down.

You’ll also avoid the problem of potential damage to your garage door if a power outage occurs while the door is partially open. This model can be used with both single and double garage doors and comes with a wall-mounted controller and one remote control. The backup battery is long-lasting to give you peace of mind no matter what.

Specs

  • Opener Type: Chain drive
  • Motor Power: 0.5 HP
  • Smart Home-Compatible: No

Pros

  • Integrated LED light
  • Good value for money
  • DC Motor

Cons

  • No WiFi

The Skylink Atoms ATR-1611C garage door opener offers great value for money and is easy to install. It’s also very quiet and has a soft start and finish to reduce vibration and decrease the noise. It’s suitable for doors up to 7 feet, but you can purchase a separate kit to convert that to 8 or 10 feet. This model is a great choice for single garage doors that aren’t too heavy and for those who would like to install their garage door opener themselves but may not feel confident to take on a complicated process.

How do garage door openers work?

There are several types of garage door openers: chain-drive, belt-drive, screw-drive, direct-drive, and wall-mounted. Chain and belt drives come with a stationary motor that moves the chain or belt to open and close the door. Direct-drive garage door openers have a stationary chain with a motor that moves along the length of the chain to open the door. Screw-drive garage door openers have a threaded rod along with a trolley that moves and opens the door. Wall-mounted models are designed with a torsion bar and put the motor on the wall next to the garage door rather than on the ceiling.

Chain and screw-drive models work well for heavy doors, but they tend to be noisy. Belt and direct-drive models are quieter but are often more expensive. Wall-mounted garage door openers are quiet and take up less space, but they’re not as strong as the other types. 

A garage door opener shouldn’t hesitate to lift a standard-size garage door. Standard aluminum doors require a one-half horsepower residential door opener. One-piece and oversized garage doors need more power, three-quarters to one horsepower. (Commercial garage door openers can have up to one and a half horsepower, but that’s not usually needed for residential use.) 

Think about backup power, too. You’ll still need to get into (or out of) the garage during power outages. Models with a backup battery will take the heavy lifting out of your hands—literally—no matter the power status. 

What to consider when choosing a garage door opener

When choosing a garage door opener, keep these points in mind:

Type of drive

Chain drives offer better durability and strength over belt-drive, wall-mounted, and direct-drive openers. The downside is that chains are noisy, but if you’ve got a big, heavy door, these models won’t give out under a big load. Chain drives are more affordable but can be noisier compared to other options.

Belt-driven openers use a rubber belt for operation, making them quieter than chain drives. They are ideal for attached garages where noise might be a concern.

Screw drive openers use a threaded rod to move the trolley that lifts the door. They are known for their reliability and require less maintenance, but they can be noisier than belt drives.

Horsepower (HP)

Consider the size and weight of your garage door when choosing the horsepower of the opener. Single-car doors generally require less horsepower than double-car doors or heavy wooden doors.

Safety features

Look for safety features such as sensors that detect obstructions and stop the door from closing, preventing accidents or damage.

Smartphone integration

Most garage door openers come with remote controls, but some also offer smartphone integration through dedicated apps. This can allow you to control your garage door remotely, check its status, and receive alerts. You can let in guests when you’re away from home or get notifications if the garage door opens unexpectedly. 

Many models can also link to smart hubs to interact with the rest of the smart devices in your home. With some models, that means voice control over the garage door, too. Some models include valuable add-ons that include speakers, parking assist modules, or carbon monoxide detectors. It all depends on the model and the extras offered by the manufacturer.

Battery backup

A battery backup system ensures that your garage door can still be operated during power outages. This can be crucial for convenience and security.

Noise level

Depending on the location of your garage, even a well-functioning garage door opener can disturb sleeping babies, guests, or family members if the garage is near a bedroom. 

Belt-drive and wall-mounted garage door openers offer quieter operation than chain and screw-drive models. If you go the belt-drive route, there are two motor options—DC and AC. Of the two, DC motors are a little quieter. Stay away from chain-drive models if noise is an issue. Even a well-lubricated chain-drive model will be louder than a belt-drive or wall-mounted garage door opener.

Installation

Some garage door openers might require professional installation due to their complexity. If you’re not comfortable with DIY installation, factor in the cost of professional installation.

Location

Wall-mounted garage door openers (also known as jackshaft or side-mount garage door openers) are installed on a wall on either side of the garage door. These models use a torsion bar to open and close the door. They’re commonly used in garages that have high or unusual roof and ceiling lines. You might also want to consider a wall mount if you have a large vehicle or use a carrier on top of your car. 

Wall-mounted models offer quiet operation, and they’re easy to access for maintenance. However, because of their location and how they operate, they’re not designed for heavy doors. They also need to be installed near an electrical outlet.

Size

Variations in garage-door design may necessitate the use of a more powerful garage door opener. A couple of factors come into play when buying an opener for a heavy door. First, consider the opener’s horsepower. A standard aluminum garage door only needs an opener with one-half horsepower. Solid wood doors, however, may require three-quarters horsepower. You can find models with up to one and a half horsepower, but these are typically used in commercial settings rather than in residential areas. 

Price

Budget-friendly garage door openers offer excellent power and sometimes a few extras like built-in lights and battery backups. There are a few smart garage door openers that fall under $200 that give you added remote options. The differences are typically in noise level and installation limitations. 

Most of the lower-priced garage door openers are chain-drive models. That inherently makes them louder, though the ones with a DC motor are quieter than those with an AC motor. Wall-mounted, direct-drive, screw-drive, and belt-drive models don’t typically fall in the affordable category. 

FAQs

Q: Are belt or chain garage door openers better?

Belt-drive openers run quieter but tend to be pricier. Chain-drive models can handle heavier loads, but they’re noisier. If noise matters to you and your household, go for a belt drive. If you have a big garage door, a chain drive might be more suitable for its strength and durability.

Q: How do I know if I need a new garage door opener?

-Making increasingly loud noises
-Becoming noticeably slow in its operation
-Refusing to open at all
-Intermittently stopping and starting
-You want to upgrade to a smart home-compatible garage door opener

Q: How long should a garage door opener last?

Most garage door openers last about 10-15 years. Of course, how often it’s used, regular maintenance, and the opener type make a difference in longevity. Some models may last well past 15 years, while others may exhaust before the 10-year mark.

Final thoughts on the best garage door openers

Our top pick for the best overall garage door opener is the LiftMaster 8500W. We chose it for its powerful performance, enhanced security features, and smart-home functions, making it a great choice.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best garage door openers for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best bidets of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-bidet-toilet/ Wed, 06 Oct 2021 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=278386
A lineup of the best bidets on a white background
Amanda Reed

Pop a squat on one of these bidets and trade abrasive toilet paper for a stream dream.

The post The best bidets of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best bidets on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best Overall The Toto Washlet S550E is the best bidet on the market.toto-washlet-best-bidets-overall Toto Washlet S550e
SEE IT

The Washlet provides premium features with the quality that makes you feel like you’ve landed in a spa.

Best with Dryer The Brondell Swash 1400 Luxury Bidet Toilet Seat is the best bidet with dryer. Brondell Swash 1400 Luxury Bidet Toilet Seat
SEE IT

A soothing heated seat and dryer let you relax while you take care of business.

Best Budget The LUXE Bidet Neo 120 is the best budget bidet. LUXE Bidet Neo 120
SEE IT

Two dials control it all and let you retrofit your toilet at a bargain price.

Bidets aren’t unusual in Asia, Europe, and the Middle East, but they’ve been a foreign topic of conversation in the United States until recently. Thankfully, we’ve all learned a few lessons about the pros of a gentle water spray to cleanse our most sensitive parts in the midst of a toilet paper shortage. Bidets feature safeguards that ensure only clean water touches the body, and they’re less abrasive than traditional toilet paper. Whether you’re ready to install a bidet/toilet combo or transform your existing toilet, there’s a model that will do the job. You don’t necessarily need to spend a bundle (though you can). What you do need is a little research (like what we’ve got) to figure out exactly which model you need. Trust us, if you haven’t experienced the fresh, clean sensation of the best bidets, you’re in for a clean (and sanitary) treat.

How we chose the best bidets

Bidets upgrade one of the most intimate spaces of the home. We asked a series of questions to determine which ones belonged on our list:

Performance: Does the bidet do what it’s supposed to do? Can different users get the same results? Is it durable? If it doesn’t get you clean, it didn’t make the list.

Installation: Do you need a professional, or can DIYers handle it? Does the bidet come with all the necessary hardware? Installation isn’t always a cinch, but it should be doable. 

Ease of operation: Do you need an advanced degree to wash your hiney? The answer had to be no to this one to make it onto our list. You shouldn’t have to study to use the toilet, er, bidet.

We also looked at reviews, recommendations, and performed heavy research to narrow down our picks.

The best bidets: Reviews & Recommendations

No toilet paper? No problem, if you have a bidet. One of our picks should keep your bottom clean and make you feel like you’ve come out on top.

 Best overall: Toto Washlet S550E

Why it made the cut: The Toto Washlet S550E installs onto an existing toilet yet provides premium cleaning and comfort, making it one of the best bidets on the market.

Specs

  • Type: Electronic
  • Installation: Existing toilet
  • Adjustable temperature and pressure: Yes

Pros

  • Heated seat and warm water
  • Remote control
  • Features eco-friendly e-water cleaning after each use
  • Memory for 2 users

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Sensor can cause lid to open when not using the bidet or toilet

Toto bidets set the standards that other brands emulate. The Toto Washlet provides control over just about every bidet variable. A heated seat, nightlight, air dryer, auto lid, air deodorizer, and warm spray water are all included. You may not need an air deodorizer, but with the S550E, your toilet smells fresh and clean after every use. Not bad. Not bad at all. 

A remote control gives you power over all of it. You can adjust the wand angle, water temperature, water pressure, or set the water to oscillate. The nozzle automatically self-cleans after each use. That doesn’t mean you don’t ever need to clean it every now and then manually, but it’s constantly getting rinsed. This model has a memory feature for up to two users. Toto includes a pre-mist feature as part of the e-water design that wets the inside of the bowl to prevent debris from sticking.

This Toto is pricey. And, if the toilet placement in the bathroom is just right, the automatic lid may open and close every time someone enters the bathroom.

Best toilet combo: WOODBRIDGE B-0960S B0960S Smart Bidet

Woodbridge

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Woodbridge gets the top spot among bidet toilet combos for its sleek outward appearance and highly efficient (and luxurious) inward performance.

Specs

  • Type: Bidet/toilet combo
  • Installation: Full replacement
  • Adjustable temperature and pressure: Yes 

Pros

  • Attention to detail in construction and design
  • Remote control
  • Adjustable water temperature, pressure, and toilet seat temperature

Cons

  • Installation can be difficult
  • Poor customer service

The WOODBRIDGE B-0960S B0960S Smart Bidet brings pretty much everything you could want from a bidet toilet combo to the bathroom. It offers a sleek, tankless design and a remote control. Every screw and fastener has a cover, so all you see is a sleek, sophisticated toilet. You don’t even have to flush yourself. The sensor automatically flushes when you exit.

The seat has adjustable heat, and a dryer finishes off the job. The Woodbridge even has a built-in air purifier that draws air in and over a carbon filter to get rid of odors. A high-tech spray nozzle offers an oscillate or massage setting, too. It’s all controlled with a touchscreen remote control that you can hold in your hand or mount to the wall.

However, this sophisticated bidet isn’t the easiest to install, and the company doesn’t offer the best customer service. Some reviewers have also had trouble with water volume when flushing.

Best with dryer: Brondell Swash 1400 Luxury Bidet Toilet Seat

Brondell

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Brondwell’s memory features and heat adjustability put it at the top of the pack when it comes to bidets with dryers. 

Specs

  • Type: Electric
  • Installation: Existing toilet 
  • Adjustable temperature and pressure: Yes

Pros

  • Fits on an existing toilet
  • Memory feature makes automatic adjustments to dryer temperature
  • Self-cleaning features

Cons

  • Flimsy plastic in the seat
  • Trouble maintaining water temperature in winter

The Brondell bidet fits onto an existing toilet and comes in either an elongated or round design. The air dryer on this model offers warm, comfortable heat that’s fully adjustable using the remote control. The remote lets you set memory settings, so with the touch of a button, the bidet is set specifically for you. A heated seat keeps the rest of you warm.

Two stainless-steel nozzles do the rinsing, and they get sterilized after each use. A removable deodorizer freshens the bathroom, and a gently closing lid means no more slamming. 

There are a couple of cons with this model. A few users have had problems with the plastic in the seat breaking down after a year or two. Others have found that the unit has trouble maintaining the water temperature, especially in winter.

Best electric: Bio Bidet Bliss BB2000

Bio Bidet

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Bio Bidet Bliss adds a little extra with different streams for each gender and high-tech touchscreen controls. 

Specs

  • Type: Electric 
  • Installation: Existing toilet
  • Adjustable temperature and pressure: Yes

Pros

  • Three stream options for different genders or washing preferences
  • Self-cleaning, from the inside out
  • Activate main features without remote control

Cons

  • Seat heating function doesn’t work well

The Bio Bidet Bliss is the best electric bidet for how its combination of features works together. There’s one worth mentioning right upfront—the three stream options: posterior wash, feminine wash, and vortex wash. The posterior and feminine wash come out of different openings and angles to clean different parts of the anatomy. The vortex wash uses extra water for added cleaning power. 

The Bliss nozzle self-cleans, but it does it from the inside out. First, it rinses the inside of the nozzle before running water over the outside to finish the job. While this model has a remote control on which you can access and adjust every feature, it also has onboard manual controls for the main functions. The Bliss is an excellent option for those who don’t want to mess with settings every time they go to the bathroom. The Bliss tops off the features with a heated seat, warm water, air dryer, and built-in nightlight.

Where it doesn’t seem to function as well is the heated seat. Some users have found that it doesn’t get very warm or stay very warm.

Best budget: LUXE Bidet Neo 120

Luxe

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The LUXE made the cut for the simplicity of the installation and design and the impressive performance, which is all you really need from a budget bidet. 

Specs

  • Type: Non-electric
  • Installation: Existing toilet
  • Adjustable temperature and pressure: Temperature—no, pressure—yes

Pros

  • Easy installation
  • Self-cleaning feature
  • Manual, so it doesn’t turn on if you don’t want to use it

Cons

  • No warm water
  • May require bumpers to stabilize and protect the toilet seat

The LUXE Bidet Neo 120 attaches to your existing toilet seat with an easy installation process. (You may need some additional hardware based on the toilet seat shape and design.) The LUXE attaches underneath an existing toilet seat. 

Manual controls on the attached control box run the show. This model only has two dials. One controls water pressure, and the other turns on the bidet and turns on the self-clean feature. However, there’s variation in water pressure because the pressure starts at the house pressure. If you have high water pressure in your home, you’ll automatically get more pressure with this model. 

On the downside, there’s no heated water—room temperature and cold are all you get. And, as we pointed out earlier, you might have to install additional bumpers on the seat to get it to flush. 

Also consider: Soft Spa Electronic Bidet Toilet Seat

Soft Spa

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Soft Spa Electronic Bidet Toilet Seat offers an array of customizable features to suit any user, and it provides the option of a hands-free nozzle clean.

Specs

  • Power method: Electrical cord (outlet required)
  • Materials: Plastic, metal, stainless steel, and rubber
  • Style: Elongated

Pros

  • 12 features
  • Remote-controlled
  • Works with most standard flush systems
  • Adjustable water temperature
  • Dryer

Cons

  • Only plug into a GFCI grounded outlet

If you’re looking for a way to save money on toilet paper and cut down on its negative environmental impacts, Soft Spa 9500 gives you everything you could want from a bidet toilet seat without being too cumbersome in your bathroom. It comes with 12 remote-controlled features, ranging from adjustable seat and drying temperatures to a night light (making it easier to use if you stumble in the middle of the night). You can adjust the water temperature and pressure to your own liking, and the bidet also offers a gentle mode. The self-cleaning wand and deodorizer feature keep you fresh and mess-free. 

Fluidmaster reports that installation takes less than half an hour. The model comes with the bidet seat and lid, remote control, supply lines, and everything you need besides a wrench and flathead screwdriver. The provided T-valve taps directly into your water line to channel water both to your bidet seat and the toilet tank. The four-foot electrical cord can be used with a temporary extension cord—if you opt to do this, Fluidmaster recommends you only use a three-prong grounded extension cord rated for 15 amps. The bidet has a GFCI plug, so it can be used with or without a GFCI outlet, according to Fluidmaster.

TUSHY Ace electric bidet seat

TUSHY

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The TUSHY Ace integrated seat can be installed in less than 10 minutes so its oscillating spray can provide you with a lifetime of soothing cleansing.

Specs

  • Power method: Electrical cord (outlet required)
  • Materials: Plastic, metal, stainless steel, and rubber
  • Style: Elongated and Round options

Pros

  • 5-setting seat warmer
  • Side control panel plus capacitive-touch remote
  • Works with most standard flush systems
  • Adjustable water temperature, pressure, angle (including front wash)
  • Dryer
  • Fits 95% of American toilets

Cons

  • Only plug into a GFCI grounded outlet

If you’re looking to make it a new bidet day, don’t sit out getting a TUSHY Ace. It’s the top model from a company that understands branding. I tried to come up with some booty-focused wordplay that wasn’t already on the internet retailer’s website and/or packaging and found it a real challenge. They take the crown and, well, own the throne. It takes more than … cheekiness to make a great product, however. Luckily, TUSHY delivers a clean sweep there, too. I tried the TUSHY Ace electric bidet during the cold winter months, and it warms my heart to say it warmed my butt. It was the best heated addition to my ablutions, and it easy to install—something I say as someone who should not be trusted around tools. And its remote-controlled features—including temperature-regulated seat and water, angle-adjustable rear- and front-facing nozzle, plus a “derri-air” dryer—made it a welcome modern addition to hindquarters headquarters. It’s as simple to use as it was to attach. Spoil, don’t soil yourself, and invest in a bidet that oscillates as you luxuriate—your butt deserves to be put on a pedestal. It’s even portable, sort of, if you’re willing to take the 10 minutes to install it here or there. Is a bidet ass-ential? Admittedly, no, but the bottom line is it can be worthwhile and the best attachment for an easy bathroom upgrade nonetheless. And it never hurts to watch for the company’s semi-annual sales so that you can save some paper of both the sanitary and currency varieties. — Tony Ware

Things to consider when buying the best bidets

Not all bidets are built the same. Here’s what you should know before snagging one for yourself:

Types of bidets

  • Electric: Electric bidet seats are the most high-tech and luxurious of the bidets. You can control water pressure and temperature and enjoy a warm toilet seat while using a remote to make adjustments. These models usually clean themselves, too. Some include a built-in dryer, kind of like your own personal car wash (no TP needed). These models install onto an existing toilet.
  • Non-electric: Non-electric bidets also install directly to an existing toilet. These models tap into the existing water pressure and take some adjusting to dial in the right water pressure. Non-electric bidets may be self-cleaning. Others are manual clean only. 
  • Handheld: You know that water sprayer at your kitchen sink? That’s pretty much what a handheld bidet looks like, except it attaches to your toilet tank. These are other models that are easy to add to an existing toilet. They often have pressure controls, too.
  • Bidet/toilet combo: If you’re going all in, the bidet/toilet combo is for you. These combos have the bidet fully integrated into the toilet’s design. They’re the most expensive option and have all of the features of an electric bidet.

Water temperature and pressure

It’s pretty easy to see why your tushy benefits from adjustable water temperature and pressure. Some models allow you to adjust both each time you use the bidet, while with others, you have to use whatever pressure you get throughout the rest of the house.

Nozzle angles

Bidets with an adjustable nozzle angle let you customize the angle to your backside. Bidet newbies might have trouble making adjustments while using the bidet, so you might want to forgo this feature if this will be your first bidet.

Extra features

Get ready for a little luxury with a heated seat, remote control, or a drying fan. All three of these extras make the bathroom experience feel more like a spa than your home throne. Of course, they’ll add to the price and might take some time to learn to use, especially if they’re controlled by a touchscreen remote.

FAQs

Q: Are bidets sanitary?

Bidets are very sanitary, but they take some getting used to. The bidet does the washing, so there’s no getting debris on your hand or ripping through toilet paper. Many bidets have self-cleaning features that rinse the nozzle after each use. They still need to be cleaned regularly, but for the most part, they clean themselves.

Q: How do you dry after using a bidet?

You dry after using a bidet with either the bidet’s heated dryer or with toilet paper. However, you’ll need much less toilet paper to dab off after using a bidet (a good thing, as toilet paper may be a major source of forever chemicals in wastewater.

Q: How do you pronounce bidet?

Phonetically, bidet is pronounced bi-dae, (dae sounds like day). The word bidet comes from the French word bider, which means to trot. That pretty much describes what people must have looked like when using the first bidets.

Final thoughts on the best bidets

The Toto Washlet S550E provides pretty much everything you need or could ever want from a bidet. Toto bidets also have a distinction as some of the best bidets on the market, a reputation with which we fully agree. If you don’t have thousands to drop on a bidet, LUXE Bidet Neo 120 is just one of the options that can keep you clean for a fraction of the cost.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best bidets of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best dry dog foods of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-dry-dog-food/ Fri, 11 Jun 2021 14:33:54 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=370174
A German short-haired pointer is ready for the best dry dog food after its game of fetch.
Stan Horaczek

Dry dog food provides the proper nutrition for your dog’s age, size, and medical conditions.

The post The best dry dog foods of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A German short-haired pointer is ready for the best dry dog food after its game of fetch.
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best for senior dogs Chicken and brown rice flavored dry dog food on a blue and and light color package Blue Buffalo Life Protection Formula Natural Senior Dry Dog Food
SEE IT

Formulated with glucosamine, chondroitin, and essential proteins to support joints and mobility for your senior pooch.

Best for puppies Taste of the Wild dry dog food grain free with roasted bison and roasted venison Taste of the Wild High Prairie Puppy Recipe
SEE IT

This pick is nutrient-rich and high protein to support bones, joints, and muscles. Real meat is also the first ingredient, so you can be sure your pup is getting only the best.

Best for sensitive stomachs Salmon and sweet potato flavored, grain free dry dog food Canidae PURE Grain Free
SEE IT

For pups with sensitive stomachs, this hypoallergenic, grain-free option made with real meat and whole ingredients prevents any discomfort.

Dry dog food really runs the gamut from nutritious chunks to true garbage. Not only must dogs get exercise and grooming, but as beloved family members, they deserve the best nutrition available. The best dry dog foods contain all the nutrients a dog needs for his age, size, and health conditions. Dogs are carnivores, so the number one ingredient in any dry dog food should be a natural protein source. They also need a mix of fats and fiber to keep their coat, eyes, and joints healthy and happy. Dry dog foods are often the most economical choice. Plus, they store well and are easy to transport. We’ve created a list of some of the best dog food on the market, including formulas balanced for optimum nutrition, from puppy to senior recipes.

The best dry dog foods: Our picks

You’ll notice that there isn’t one “best overall” pick in this list because it doesn’t really apply here. Every breed is different and each pooch has their own problems and personalities. All of that should factor into your dry food choice so peruse the entire list before you buy your furry pal a big sack of kibble.

Best for small dogs: Hill’s Science Diet Adult Small Paws

Hill’s Science Diet

SEE IT

Specs

  • Flavors: Chicken Meal & Rice, and Lamb Meal & Brown Rice
  • Price: $3.35 per pound

Pros

  • Easy for small dogs to eat
  • Formulated with the proper nutrition for little animals
  • No strong smell
  • Affordable
  • Pleasant flavors

Cons

  • No large bag options

Hill’s Science Diet Adult Small Paws starts with high-quality chicken as the main protein source. With 24.9-percent crude protein, it’s heavy on the nutrients small dogs need. Kibble size and calorie density target the higher metabolism of small breeds. Hill’s Science Diet includes a special antioxidant blend designed specifically for the challenges of being a petite pup. This best dry dog food for small dogs is also rich in omega-6 fatty acids and vitamin E to support skin and coat health. 

Best for senior dogs: Blue Buffalo Life Protection Formula Natural Senior Dry Dog Food 

Blue Buffalo

SEE IT

Specs

  • Flavors: Chicken and Brown Rice
  • Price: $2.15 per pound

Pros

  • High in protein for supporting muscles
  • Easy-to-chew chunks
  • Additional compounds for joint support like glucosamine
  • Omega fatty acids

Cons

  • May take some time to transition from regular food

Blue Buffalo’s Life Protection Formula Natural Senior Dry Dog Food contains the 18-percent protein senior dogs need, along with a whole lot more. The recipe includes extra glucosamine, a compound found in the body’s connective tissues, and chondroitin sulfate, which maintains and rebuilds joint cartilage. Add to that natural sources of omega fatty acids and DHA to support the brain and eyes. The extra nutrients address areas that begin to decline in a dog’s later years. 

Best for sensitive stomachs: Canidae PURE Grain Free

CANIDAE

SEE IT

Specs

  • Flavors: Duck & Sweet Potato, Lamb & Pea, Salmon & Sweet Potato
  • Price: $2.88 per pound

Pros

  • Familiar, natural ingredients
  • Easy to transition to from typical food
  • Omega fatty acids
  • Allergy friendly
  • Mild smell

Cons

  • Expensive

Canidae PURE Grain Free comes in many flavors, each with a single protein source, including familiar options like chicken or duck and the less common wild boar or salmon. A greater variety of options helps those trying to narrow down a dog’s source of allergies or the reason for an upset stomach. Canidae also lists the very short ingredient list, eight in total, on the front of the package. It’s simple yet contains essential nutrients, such as the omega fatty acids needed for optimum skin and coat health. 

Best for puppies: Taste of the Wild High Prairie Puppy Recipe 

Taste of the Wild

SEE IT

Specs

  • Flavors: Bison & Venison
  • Price: $2.14 per pound

Pros

  • Extremely high protein content
  • High meat content
  • Easy to chew
  • Relatively affordable
  • Probiotics for digestion

Cons

  • Strong smell

Taste of the Wild High Prairie Puppy Recipe gives puppies nutrients they need like DHA for their developing brain and eyes. Small kibble is easier for pint-sized mouths to chew, yet it’s crunchy to keep puppy teeth clean. The addition of probiotics in the best puppy food promotes digestive health by balancing the gut biome. The top two ingredients—water buffalo and lamb—are protein sources rich in essential amino acids for healthy growth and development. This recipe leaves out grains because they are a common source of allergies, but always check with a veterinarian to be sure grain-free is right for your junior dog.

Best budget: Wag Dry Dog/Puppy Food

WAG

SEE IT

Specs

  • Flavors: Beef & Sweet Potato, Chicken & Sweet Potato, Salmon & Sweet Potato
  • Price: $2.50 per pound

Pros

  • Available on subscribe and save for an extra discount
  • High protein content
  • DHA for brain development
  • Several flavors
  • Easy to chew

Cons

  • Not as affordable as you might expect from an Amazon brand

Wag Dry Dog/Puppy Food contains nutrients for adults and puppies in a single recipe. A high 35-percent protein content brings high levels of omega fatty acids and essential amino acids. Because it’s designed for puppies, it also contains DHA to feed brain and eye development and health. Wag comes in five flavors, each with a protein as the first and most plentiful ingredient on the list. Medium-sized kibble works for adults and isn’t too big for puppies.

What to consider when shopping for the best dry dog foods

Dog foods aren’t created with equal nutritive value. The ingredients’ quality, nutrient content, and kibble size all play a role in which one is right for your dog. Breeds of different sizes also have different nutritional needs. A food that’s tailored to your dog’s individual traits and circumstances will ensure he has the energy for all of your adventures together.

Dog age and food requirements

Like humans, a dog’s nutritional needs change throughout his life. Dogs need calorie-dense food with omega fatty acids and DHA for brain and vision development during the puppy years. They also need foods with a balanced calcium to phosphorus ratio for adequate bone development. Additionally, puppy foods often have smaller or softer kibble for little jaws that don’t function at full strength. 

Depending on the breed, dogs l mature from puppyhood between one and two years old. In their adult years, they don’t need the extra calories found in puppy chow. Adult dogs who eat puppy food may gain too much weight. A high-quality dry dog food designed for adult dogs works well during this stage of life. 

Dogs enter their senior years around age seven, but that can vary by breed. For example, small breeds tend to live longer than large breeds, while a large breed may begin showing signs of aging around five years old. 

Senior dogs need the same nutrients as younger adult dogs. However, they tend to slow down and live a more sedentary lifestyle. Consequently, many senior dog foods have fewer calories or may be labeled as diet food. Some senior foods include extra vitamin E, beta-carotene, glucosamine, or other nutrients that support the immune system or joint health. Plus, many diets are even supplemented with specific dog vitamins.

Dog size and type of kibble

Size matters. Large dog breeds have slower metabolisms, burning only about 20 calories per pound. Small breeds burn around 40 calories per pound. The best dry dog food for small dogs usually has a higher caloric density than a recipe designed for larger dogs. Additionally, small dogs, especially toy breeds, may not have the jaw strength to eat the large kibble found in regular dry dog food.

Dog medical history and diet

Dogs can suffer from many of the same medical conditions found among humans, like food allergies, diabetes, and obesity. And as with people, a dog’s diet can help control some common health issues. For example, LID foods are usually made with a single (possibly two) protein source and a limited list of ingredients. They’re also made of less common protein sources like venison or buffalo instead of chicken or beef, to which more dogs are allergic. If your dog has stomach or digestive problems, the veterinarian may recommend an LID (Limited Ingredient Diet) food to help identify the specific allergy. Many manufacturers also make a grain-free version of their adult dog foods to accommodate canines with sensitive stomachs or allergies. 

Find high-quality sources of protein, healthy fats, and digestible carbohydrates in dog food

As carnivores, dogs have different nutritional needs than humans. They require a dry dog food made of at least 18-percent protein, no less than 5-percent fat, and around 5-percent fiber. Many dry dog foods have a label with a breakdown of the protein, fiber, fat, and carbohydrate percentages and content. 

Check for high-quality ingredients like natural sources of protein and whole vegetables and fruits. Ingredients are listed with the most abundant ingredient first. The first ingredient on the list should be an animal protein source like fish, chicken, or beef because they naturally contain the right balance of essential amino acids that dogs need. Some of the less expensive dog foods will contain meat by-products, which aren’t as high quality, nor do they contain everything your dog needs. They shouldn’t be the only protein source in the food. 

Related: Best dog treats of 2023

FAQs

Q: Which dry dog food brand is the best?

There are several fantastic dry dog food brands worth considering. Blue Buffalo, Canidae, Hill’s Science Diet, and Taste of the Wild, all of which made our list, are some of the best brands on the market. They source high-quality ingredients and create recipes designed to meet the different stages of a dog’s life.

Q: What is the highest quality dog food?

The highest quality dog food has whole ingredients sourced from reputable farms and providers. As far as dry dog food goes, Taste of the Wild stands out for its focus on ingredients native to a wild dog’s diet, such as sorghum, millet, and water buffalo. These sources still meet the nutritional needs of the modern dog but are less likely to trigger allergies compared to some contemporary canine food sources. 

Q: Should dogs eat grain-free?

Dogs don’t have to eat grain-free. Some dogs have gluten or other food allergies that stem from grains. In that case, a grain-free diet makes sense. However, for dogs without allergies or other health conditions which grain could affect, grains provide vital nutrients for a balanced diet. 

Related: Best wet dog foods of 2023

The final word on shopping for the best dry dog foods

Your dog deserves the best dry dog food for his age, size, and medical needs. Many dry dog foods are budget-friendly and nutritionally sound. Whether your dog’s in need of the best puppy food, the best senior dog food, or somewhere in between, dry dog food can keep him fueled, healthy, and ready to live life with his favorite person (you). 

The post The best dry dog foods of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best dog leashes of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-dog-leash/ Fri, 10 Dec 2021 16:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=364478
A dog walking down a wooden bridge on one of the best dog leashes.
Stan Horaczek

The best dog leash will set you free to enjoy a great walk, or run, with your loyal companion

The post The best dog leashes of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A dog walking down a wooden bridge on one of the best dog leashes.
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best retractable tug retractable dog leash and a dog on a sidewalk best overall retractable dog leash TUG 360° Heavy-Duty Retractable Dog Leash 
SEE IT
Best hands-free Light blue hands free dog leash with wrist strap Fable Running Leash
SEE IT
Best for two dogs Gray double dog leash for two dogs iYoShop Dual Dog Leash
SEE IT

The right dog leash can mean the difference between a calm adventure with your pup and a total catastrophe. Leashes in different lengths, materials and even colors affect how they function, and many pet parents need more than one. A reflective leash for evening walks, a long leash for training or a hands-free leash for runs could easily make life with your dog easier. 

Leashes also come in various designs, like double leashes and slip leads that function as a collar and leash. If you live where it’s wet or your dog loves water, you may need a waterproof leash, while those with a dog that pulls may need a model with a cushioned handle. The dog’s age, breed, and size will factor into the decision, too. For example, small breeds don’t need a thick, heavy leash, and puppies may need the leash training help offered by a long dog leash. The best dog leash has the durability, length, and extra features that you need to maintain control and keep your dog safe. 

Use the best dog leashes to maintain control and enjoy walks with your dog

Leashes are an absolute necessity for most dog owners to safely exercise their dog, take the pup to the vet, and maintain control in public places. The best dog leash for you and your dog depends on the activities you do together and the dog’s personality and size. Designs vary from embossable leather models to retractable leashes that provide extra freedom for dogs to sniff and explore. 

The dog’s size affects the best leash thickness and length. Large breeds may need a heavy, long option for added durability. However, small toy breeds could get weighed down by a 10 -foot-long, heavy leash. Nylon is the most common material for leashes because it’s inexpensive, durable, and comes in various colors. They’re made in flat or round/rope designs. However, depending on the nylon’s quality, it might not be strong enough for heavy pullers or chewers. Dogs who can’t help but chew probably need a leather one. Leather stands up to the wear and tear of a rambunctious dog who chews or pulls better than nylon, but you’ll pay a little extra. 

Some leashes have extra handles and extra clips for extra configuration options or to help you keep control when crossing the street. Options with extra D-rings or clips also offer a means to connect storage for other dog supplies like poop bags or treats. 

Related: Best dog collar for every pup

The best dog leashes: Reviews & Recommendations

Best overall: TUG 360° Heavy-Duty Retractable Dog Leash  

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

The TUG 360° Heavy Duty Retractable Dog Leash comes in four sizes and six colors. The different sizes work for dogs under 26 pounds and up to 110 pounds. Dogs get 16 feet to explore, while owners get a comfortable hand grip with an easy sliding push-button lock/unlock thumb control. A specially designed opening on the housing prevents the leash from tangling and gives 360 degrees of control. 

Best for two dogs: iYoShop Dual Dog Leash

iYoShop

SEE IT

The iYoShop Dual Dog Leash takes the double dog leash into heavy-duty territory. The padded handle keeps the grip comfortable, while the double ones attach with a 360-degree swivel and are made of bungee cord to offer some tension and pressure relief for active dogs. This 35-inch leash comes in two sizes and six colors. 

Best hands-free: Fable Running Leash 

fable

SEE IT

The Fable Running Leash’s versatile design includes adjustable length with clips and stoppers that transform it from a traditional leash to a hands-free option that attaches to the waist or wrist. Depending on the configuration and which of the two sizes are used, this leash reaches 40 to 80 inches and comes in six colors. 

Best reflective: Bark Reflective Leash 

BarkShop

SEE IT

The Bark Reflective Leash features a durable, flat nylon surface with reflective material on both sides of the leash. It’s bright and visible, but the locking hook and neoprene handle offer extra security for the dog and comfort for the owner. Both of the two sizes are 60 inches long and include a D-ring on the handle to hold dog supplies like poop bags or a dog-treat pouch. 

Best budget: BAAPET Strong Dog Leash 

BAAPET

SEE IT

The BAAPET Strong Dog Leash comes in nine colors and three sizes, with nylon rope widths ranging from ⅓ to ½ inch and lengths of 4, 5, or 6 feet. With reflective threads weaved into the rope, it’s visible and durable. For the owner’s comfort, a cushy foam covers the handle. 

Best leather: Fairwin Leather Dog Leash

Fairwin

SEE IT

The Fairwin Leather Dog Leash comes in four widths—½ inch, 5/8 inch, ¾ inch, and 1 inch—to accommodate dogs of different sizes and strengths. The leather thickness varies from ⅙ of an inch to ⅕-inch thick. A high-tensile copper clasp and heavy-duty buckle keep the dog secure. This leather option also includes a 60-day unconditional return policy. 

Things to consider when buying the best dog leashes

Give your dog extra freedom to explore with a retractable dog leash

Retractable leashes offer adjustable lengths that range from 5 to 30 feet. They have plastic housings with an ergonomic handgrip that protects the retracted nylon leash. Your thumb usually controls a locking mechanism that releases or stops retraction, putting easy control within your hands.  

However, retractable models tend to be a polarizing topic among dog owners—either you love them or you hate them. For some pet parents, they’re the perfect solution to balance the dog’s need to explore with the owner’s need to keep their pet safe. 

Retractable leashes are a great choice if you walk your dog in an area where he’s not likely to run into traffic or other dangerous obstacles. It’s also a good solution for dogs who like to explore. The dog’s personality matters with a retractable leash. A dog who will pull no matter the leash length might be too out of control for a retractable model. However, if your dog gets frustrated because he wants to sniff off of the walking trail where you’d prefer to stay, a retractable leash becomes a compromise that keeps you both happy.

Double the trouble, double the fun with two dogs on one double dog leash

The more dogs you have, the more leashes you have to untangle. A double leash offers a simple solution for well-behaved dogs. These leashes feature a single handle connected to two leashes. Sometimes the handle has a single cord that extends 2 or 3 feet, then splits or has a D-ring that connects to two short leads, so you can walk two pups with one leash. 

If you’re walking two dogs with separate leads, they inevitably get tangled. Double leashes can prevent a tangle of feet, fur, and leash. However, like other designs, you have to know your dogs. If they wrestle and nip each other when they’re in close proximity, a double leash might not be the best choice. They work well for leash-trained pups who are relatively calm and get along with one another.  

Walk, run, or skip with your dog on a hands-free leash

Hands-free picks grant you extra freedom while your dog stays close by. These leashes have extra length, clips, and connectors that allow you to wear them as a belt, on your wrist, or as a traditional leash. When you’re hands-free, you’re not managing a leash while scooping poop, holding hands with young children, or balancing your way up a mountain trail.

They’re an excellent choice for active pet owners who want to take their dogs on outdoor adventures. You may need your hands-on steep trails to drink water or stay balanced when you’re pushing your own physical limits. It also can make simple evening walks more pleasant for you. If you’re going hands-free, however, the dog should be well trained. A dog that chases squirrels or becomes distracted by every passerby can pull you off your feet. However, if your pet stays by your side and loves to be with you, one of these types will give you freedom and safety to enjoy a wide range of activities together. 

Now you see it, now you…still see it with a reflective dog leash

Many models have some reflective properties built into the design, like a reflective thread woven through the nylon or tapes on the handle. Visibility is an important safety issue for walking dogs at dawn and dusk. Drivers, bikers, and other pedestrians may see you and not the dog or vice versa. Reflective leashes increase visibility for both of you. Volume matters when it comes to visibility. The more reflective material on the leash, the easier it is to see. However, these leashes need regular cleaning. Dirt and mud can cover the reflective material, reducing visibility. 

Ready to save some cash on your dog products?

Budget leashes are usually made of nylon but lower-quality nylon than more expensive models. The hardware on these leashes may be plastic or low-grade stainless steel. Cheap leashes are a great option when you’re on a tight budget or for an extra leash in the car. They’ll last longer with dogs who are well-leashed trained, don’t pull, and don’t chew. These leashes will also last longer in a dry climate, where water exposure stays to a minimum. Inexpensive leashes may be flat or round/rope designs. Thicker ropes tend to last longer, whether they’re used with a small or large breed. 

Also consider …

Dogs who chew or pull excessively can go through fabric leashes in a matter of weeks if not days. Leather options offer better, tougher durability for dogs that are hard on leashes. That doesn’t mean leather won’t get worn out with chewing and pulling, but it will last longer. And leather leashes don’t cost that much more than a high-quality fabric one but will last longer with pups who love to test their limits. 

FAQs

Q: What is the D-ring on a dog leash for? 

Some leashes have a D-ring on or near the handle. The ring can hold extra dog supplies like a poop-bag dispenser or a dog-treat pouch. You can buy a poop bag holder with a carabiner on it that clips directly to a D-ring. These designs make it easy to head out the door with everything you need to walk the dog. 

Q: Can a dog escape a slip lead?

Dogs can escape slip leads. These leashes have a ring on the end instead of a hook or clip. The handle then slides through the ring, creating a loop that secures around the dog’s neck and acts as a collar. For a dog that’s been well trained on a lead, a slip lead stays comfortably loose. However, if the dog pulls or tries to run away, the loop tightens on their neck, potentially choking them if they (or you) don’t stop pulling. A dog can escape a slip lead by staying close to the person holding the leash, causing the loop to loosen. The dog could then slip its head out. Slips leads are somewhat controversial and should only be used on dogs with plenty of obedience and leash training.

Q: What age can you leash train a puppy? 

Basic obedience and leash training can start around eight weeks old. At this age, pups begin to become more aware and have the ability to understand basic commands. Before starting, remember to be patient, keep training sessions short, and always end on a positive note.

Related: Best dog DNA kits

The final word on the best dog leashes

Different dogs and owners will find that different options work better for them than others. As you’re choosing the best for your pup, whether it’s a long leash or a hands-free leash, consider how and where you want to use the leash and the dog’s size and temperament. If you’re willing to pay a little extra for a leash with aluminum or high-quality stainless steel hardware and thick nylon, chances are it will last longer and provide a better bang for your buck. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best dog leashes of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best wet dog food of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-wet-dog-food/ Tue, 15 Jun 2021 12:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=369252
A dog behind a fence wishing it had some of the best wet dog food
Stan Horaczek

Wet dog foods provide the nutrients dogs need for their size, age, and activity level.

The post The best wet dog food of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A dog behind a fence wishing it had some of the best wet dog food
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best for adult dogs A 12 pack of cans of Blue Buffalo homestyle wet dog food Blue Buffalo Homestyle Recipe Natural Wet Dog Food
SEE IT

Made with natural ingredients and added vitamins and minerals.

Best natural A can of Natural Balance LID wet dog food Natural Balance LID Wet Dog Food
SEE IT

Each 12- to 13-ounce can of food is grain-free and supports healthy skin.

Best subscription service Farmers Dog fresh dog food delivery meal Farmers Dog
SEE IT

Give your pup exactly what they need with this service, formulated with veterinary nutritionists.

The super market is overloaded with wet dog food options, which can make it hard to choose. You want healthy dog food for your dog, just like you want nutritious food for the rest of your family. The best dog food choices run far and wide. There are limited ingredient recipes, puppy and senior dog recipes, and organic dog food, among the many options. The best wet dog food is the one that meets the dietary needs of your dog based on his age, size, activity level, and medical history. We’ve created a list of some of the healthiest wet dog foods so that you know your dog gets the nutrients he needs for his stage of life. 

The best wet dog food: Our picks

Finding the best wet dog food among the wide range of choices is an overwhelming task. Narrow the field by determining which factors are the most important for your dog—age, size, activity level, and medical conditions. Once you’ve narrowed it down, you can choose organic, pouch, canned, or a subscription service for the freshest meals.

Best for adult dogs: Blue Buffalo Homestyle Recipe

Blue Buffalo

SEE IT

Specs

  • Price: $33 for 12 cans
  • Flavors: Beef, chicken, and Turkey meatloaf

Pros

  • Excellent ingredients
  • Cheaper than some other natural options
  • Easy to find
  • Few recalls against the company

Cons

  • Large cans may be slightly inconvenient if you have a smaller dog

Blue Buffalo Homestyle Recipe Natural Wet Dog Food always starts with protein as the first source on the ingredient list. There are six flavors, including one that mixes protein sources. Every recipe in this line is free of corn, wheat, and soy. This Blue Buffalo line is also available in different formulas based on your dog’s age and health needs. For example, there are recipes in this line for dogs of different sizes, weight management, puppies, and senior dogs. This wet dog food also comes in different styles like pate or chunks.

Best natural: Natural Balance LID

Natural Balance

SEE IT

Specs

  • Price: $45 for 12 cans
  • Flavors: Duck and Potato, Bison and Sweet Potato, Sweet Potato and Fish, Chicken and Sweet Potato, Lamb and Brown Rice, Sweet Potato and Venison

Pros

  • Very simple ingredient list
  • Made from high-quality stuff
  • Easy on pretty much any dog’s digestive system
  • Lots of flavor options

Cons

  • Expensive

Natural Balance’s LID (Limited Ingredient Diets) Wet Dog Food comes in six flavors, each with a single protein source that’s also the main ingredient. There are a few unusual flavors like buffalo and venison to get away from the more common beef and chicken, which are also more common allergens. Protein sources are all paired with complementary carbohydrates, like sweet potatoes or brown rice. Every limited ingredient dog food recipe is designed to support healthy digestion and minimize exposure to allergenic ingredients.

Best for small dogs: Hill’s Science Diet

Hill’s Science Diet

SEE IT

Specs

  • Price: $30 for 12 cans
  • Flavors: Savory Stew with Beef and Vegetables and Savory Stew with Chicken and Vegetables

Pros

  • Easy to use packaging
  • Solid ingredients
  • Simple flavors
  • Easy to store

Cons

  • Not suitable for big dogs

This wet dog food, hill’s Science Diet Wet Dog Food comes in convenient peel-and-serve trays to keep pint-sized pups well-fueled. They’re designed for breeds under 30 pounds. However, the smallest of breeds may only need a portion of a tray at each meal. The trays come in chicken or beef flavors in a stew-style mix. The small, soft chunks are easier for tiny jaws to chew. A healthy dose of Vitamin E and Omega-6 fatty acids provides nutrients that boost skin and coat health.

Best dog food delivery service: The Farmer’s Dog

The Farmer’s Dog

SEE IT

Specs

  • Price: $Starts at $3 per day and goes up from there
  • Flavors: Varies

Pros

  • Totally natural ingredients
  • Regular delivery means no running out of food
  • Excellent nutrition
  • Very fresh
  • Lots of options tailored to your specific dog

Cons

  • Needs to be refrigerated

The Farmer’s Dog offers fresh dog food delivery made of human-grade ingredients and tailors the meal plan to each dog’s specific needs. You fill out a profile when you sign up for the service, detailing your dog’s size, age, and any dietary restrictions. Meal plan options are then customized based on your answers. The options range in price from $3 to $12 per day. Meals arrive in preportioned, eco-friendly packets, ready to serve your dog. They’re stored in the freezer or refrigerator until served.

Best budget: Pedigree Homestyle Meals

Pedigree

SEE IT

Specs

  • Price: $20 for 12 cans
  • Flavors: Prime Rib and Chicken

Pros

  • Very affordable
  • Large cans
  • Solid ingredient list
  • Available in bulk

Cons

  • Not as fresh or natural as others

Pedigree Homestyle Meals Adult Wet Dog Food is a chunk-style canned wet dog food mixed in gravy. It comes in prime rib or chicken flavors. This food is also ready to pair with Pedigree’s dry mixes for a little variety. Real meat and meat byproduct chunks mixed with vegetables give the food its distinct flavor and high protein content. However, the use of meat byproducts is also what brings the price down. They’re less expensive than meat but may require the addition of nutrients into the recipe to make up for what they lack.

What to consider when shopping for the best wet dog food

The best wet dog food for one dog might not be the best choice for another. That’s because dogs have different nutritional needs as they go through different stages of life. The soft dog food that’s right for your puppy doesn’t contain the same nutrients he needs when he enters his senior years. Before you stock up on pouches or canned dog food, make sure you’re getting the best dog food for your dog. 

How old is your dog?

Puppy food often contains additional nutrients like DHA and extra calories to fuel a puppy’s brain development and high growth rate. However, if they’re fed puppy food for too long, they can gain too much weight. 

Toy and small breeds that weigh less than 30 pounds usually mature at nine to 12 months old. Medium-sized dogs that weigh between 30 and 80 pounds at maturity typically reach their full-grown size in 12 to 16 months. Large breeds typically take about 24 months to reach maturity. After that, they’re ready for adult dog food. 

Not all dogs need senior dog food. Senior dogs may have health issues like diabetes or heart disease that benefit from a modified diet. Senior dog foods often have a lower calorie content to help control weight. However, if your senior dog isn’t overweight and doesn’t have additional health problems, he’ll probably get the right nutrition from an adult wet dog food.

How big is your dog?

Dogs of different sizes burn calories at different rates. In general, large breeds burn 20 calories per pound, while small breeds burn 40 calories per pound. Consequently, dogs of different sizes (and breeds) need foods of different caloric densities. Small breeds benefit from foods designed with a higher caloric density for a small dog’s faster metabolism.

How active is your dog?

Does your dog mostly lay around the house, or does he spend his days outside playing? Older dogs or dogs who’d rather nap than play may need a diet dog food to keep their weight at healthy levels. However, puppies and active dogs may need caloric dense food to keep up with calorie burn. 

Talk to your veterinarian about the optimum weight for your dog. If he falls above or below that weight, you’ll quickly get an idea of if his food is meeting his caloric needs.

Does your dog have a medical condition?

Medical conditions like diabetes or allergies may require specialty dog food. For example, obesity or diabetes may require a low-calorie or diet dog food. Food allergies, though, are more universal among dogs. Some of the most common culprits include beef, dairy, wheat, eggs, chicken, lamb/mutton, soy, pork, rabbit, and fish.

Limited ingredient dog foods have a single protein source and a shorter list of ingredients to make it easier to find tolerable food. Other recipes are made without common allergens like wheat, soy, and dairy. If you don’t know what your dog is allergic to, LID foods can help you identify the potential culprit.

Do you want to feed your dog fresh food or stock up?

Wet dog foods come in a wide range of options. There’s the traditional canned, but there are also pouches or meal subscription services that deliver fresh meals weekly. The nutritional value is about the same between the different wet food types. Some people prefer the freshness of a meal service, but, nutritionally speaking, the dog gets the same nutrients. 

For most people, budget and lifestyle determine which wet food type works best. Subscription services deliver prepared meals according to your dog’s nutritional needs. They go in the refrigerator until you’re ready to feed your dog. However, they’re the most expensive option. Pouches are incredibly convenient. You don’t even need a can opener to open them. They’re a great option when you’re traveling or if you’re in a hurry. Canned dog food is the least expensive option and offers the widest variety of options. They’re easy to store and last a long time.  

Related: You fed their belly. Now feed your pup’s mind with the best dog puzzles.

FAQs

Q: How long does wet dog food last if it’s not opened?

How long wet dog food lasts if it’s not opened depends, in part, on the type of wet dog food. Canned wet dog food lasts the longest at approximately two years from the time it was purchased. However, check the can for a “best by” date and abide by that date. Freshly made and packed meals, like those from Farmers Dog, should be eaten within four days if refrigerated or four months if frozen. Pouches fall somewhere in between, so check the “best by” date to make sure it’s still safe to eat. 

Q: What is the best wet dog food recommended by vets?

Many dog food companies consult vets when designing their healthy dog food recipes. For example, Farmers Dog, the subscription service on our list, consults veterinarians to determine the right nutritional mix and portion size based on a dog’s size, activity level, and medical history. Hill’s Science Diet is another one that’s known for working closely with veterinarians to develop digestible, nutritive dog food.

Q: What wet dog food is the best quality?

The best quality wet dog foods are the ones made from fresh ingredients, designed to be eaten a few days after arrival. These meals may not last long (typically about four days after delivery), but they’re packed with nutrients and natural ingredients. However, if they’re not within your budget, pouches and canned foods have similar nutritive value, except the ingredients aren’t quite as fresh. 

Q: Can you mix wet dog food with dry dog food?

Absolutely. In fact, this can be a very effective way to get your dog a complete nutrient selection. It will also likely make your dog enjoy the meal more if they’re currently only eating dry food. If you’re springing for the expensive natural food, you can also supplement with dry food to keep the total cost down until you hit the lottery and spoil your pooch like you want to.

Related: Need some chillout treats? Here are the best CBD treats for dogs.

A final word on food shopping the best wet dog food

The best wet dog food makes your dog’s mouth water while filling him with the vitamins, minerals, and calories he needs to live his best life. Base your choice on your dog’s age, medical history, size, and activity level to make sure he gets healthy dog food with enough calories. Whether you’ve got a puppy or a dog with allergies, there are healthy foods made to make sure he’s strong, healthy, and active. If your pup isn’t into the wet food, then try some of the best dry dog food.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best wet dog food of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best workout apps for all kinds of exercise https://www.popsci.com/diy/best-workout-apps/ Sat, 23 Sep 2023 00:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=573614
A woman sitting in her living room looking at her smartphone while sitting on her yoga mat.
Workout apps enable you to get exercise from your living room and beyond. Deposit Photos

Lift, press, jump, and stretch your way to better fitness with apps that provide pocket-sized training wherever you go.

The post The best workout apps for all kinds of exercise appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A woman sitting in her living room looking at her smartphone while sitting on her yoga mat.
Workout apps enable you to get exercise from your living room and beyond. Deposit Photos

The best workout apps will save you time and (often) money, and many include social features that allow you to get some of the in-person benefits that you’d find at the gym. These apps vary in the quality and variety of instruction, but you might be surprised by the caliber of some free exercise apps—some feature top-notch fitness pros. 

As a personal trainer, I’ve used some of these apps myself and have recommended them for clients and friends. Some apps sync with devices or equipment like heart rate monitors, fitness watches, or exercise bikes. Some offer live instruction along with a wide selection of on-demand classes. They often provide expert guidance on form and let you work out whenever you want, without having to schedule a class or wonder if the gym is open.

Before you sign up for a subscription for one of the many fitness apps available, consider your workout preferences. Do you like to kickbox or strength train? Do you want the option to do both with some yoga or pilates on recovery days? Your goals, lifestyle, and budget play a big role in the best workout app for you. We’ve rounded up our favorites below.

1. Best overall: Peloton App

A woman dressed in workout clothes outdoors swiping on her smartphone on the Peloton app website.
Pit yourself against Peloton’s best and see if you can make it to the leaderboard. Screenshot: Peloton

First things first: You don’t need a Peloton bike or treadmill to use the Peloton app. Peloton offers different subscription levels to fit a range of budgets and fitness goals, including a free subscription that provides access to 50 classes. 

You can get by on the free subscription if you don’t rely on the app for all of your workouts, and it will give you a good sense of what to expect from the paid tiers. But you can also take advantage of a 30-day trial period for the paid subscriptions to see how the app fits into your workout style. I personally don’t think you need to pay for more than the $12.99 per month subscription unless you’ve got a Peloton bike or treadmill, which requires a $44 per month, all-access subscription.

The Peloton app offers a wide range of exercise modalities, like rowing, strength training, kickboxing, and pilates. The quality of Peloton’s instructors sets them apart from other apps, and in some cases, can feel like a virtual personal trainer. Plus, the fitness coach app features training programs if you’d like to focus on a specific area for a few weeks. Peloton also offers an excellent selection of live leaderboards and social motivation that creates a sense of community for users.

Peloton App is available on Android and iOS for $12.99 per month.

[Related: A beginner’s guide to Google Fit and Apple Health]

2. Best free: Nike Training Club

The Nike Training Club is the best deal in town for workout apps.
The Nike Training Club is the best deal in town for workout apps. Screenshot: Nike

The Nike Training Club (NTC) is the best free workout app, hands down. Nike removed the subscription fee during the COVID-19 pandemic, and they haven’t reinstated it. This app offers 190 free workouts in a wide range of modalities, from dance and pilates to bodyweight strength training and running warm-ups. It also includes pre-designed programs that run from one to six weeks, helping you build strength and endurance over time. 

NTC also lets you easily build a customized workout. I love good filters because they minimize scrolling through an endless list of workouts. You can filter based upon:

  • Available equipment
  • Muscle group
  • Workout focus
  • Trainer-led classes
  • Workout length

The app also includes a workout history so you can see your progress. Plus, it offers suggestions based on your past workouts and your preferences. Lasting fitness requires a planned approach, and NTC gives you that option. While instruction isn’t as dynamic as the Peloton app, the classes are led by Nike Master Trainers and the app includes excellent tips on form to maximize your workout time. And you can’t beat the price.

Nike Training Club is free on iOS and Android.

3. Best for yoga: Asana Rebel

A split screen of two women in different yoga poses.
Lean into a Warrior pose in your living room. Screenshot: Asana Rebel

As a trainer and a yoga practitioner, I love Asana Rebel. I recommend it to anyone who prefers yoga as their main form of exercise. 

When you sign up, you fill out a survey and the app tailors your options based on your preferences. Strong filter features help you find workouts by length, muscle group, experience level, and workout goals. Plus, there are meditations if you feel like you need something quieter than yoga. For the desk-bound, this app includes yoga for the office to give you a stretch and rejuvenation from your chair. But don’t let the ease of use fool you. Most yoga practitioners can find challenging workouts. 

One of my favorite features is the add-on option at the end of each workout. You can start with a five-minute focus on flexibility and finish your session with a routine that targets the upper body, followed by some meditation. Plus, the app offers nutrition and meditation guidance, providing a holistic approach to physical and mental health. 

Asana Rebel offers a yearly subscription that costs around $6 per month. However, the subscription frequently goes on sale for 50 percent off, so you can snag yourself a good deal.

Asana Rebel is available for Android and iOS for about $6 a month.

[Related: The best fitness trackers]

4. Best for weightlifting: Fitbod

The Fitbod app provides customized plans for strength training and tracks your progress.
Keep arm and leg day straight with the help of Fitbod. Screenshot: Fitbod

Building muscle safely requires a plan, and the Fitbod app helps you develop a tailored regimen and record your progress for long-term success. The app guides you through a strength training plan, offering suggestions as you progress. You get three workouts for free before you have to pay for the $12.99-per-month subscription. 

The app customizes exercises based on your fitness level and access to equipment. When you sign up, you put in your fitness level, goals, and add a checkmark next to the equipment available to you. If you’re limited to dumbbells and body weight, the app provides suggestions based on your answers. Fitbod can help you create workouts whether you have access to a full gym or not. 

You can also create your own workout programs or customize suggestions made by the app. Selection starts with choosing a muscle group or two, and Fitbod provides suggestions that include circuits and supersets to give you options to choose from. The app also provides instructions for strength moves ranging from bench presses to mountain climbers. And instructors demonstrate proper form in included videos.

While this app may not be robust enough for pro lifters, Fitbod is an excellent choice for people designing their lifting programs on their own, as it combines instruction and a workout planner. Even those with more experience can use it as an exercise plan, tallying sessions and sets to monitor progress.

Fitbod is available for Android and iOS for $12.99 per month after three free workouts.

The post The best workout apps for all kinds of exercise appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best TV wall mounts of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-tv-wall-mounts/ Mon, 18 Sep 2023 17:45:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=571459
The Best TV Wall Mounts
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Get the best seat in the house when you position your TV on a wall mount that blends form and function.

The post The best TV wall mounts of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The Best TV Wall Mounts
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall ECHOGEAR MaxMotion TV Wall Mount ECHOGEAR TV Wall Mount
SEE IT

A sturdy build is combined with premium features like leveling and an impressive range of motion for a better viewing experience.

Best Full Motion Sanus Systems Vmpl50A-B1 Sanus VLF728-B2
SEE IT

This premium mount offers an impressive range of motion and holds large TVs for versatile viewing options.

Best budget Pipishell UL Listed Tilt Pipishell UL Listed Tilt TV Wall Mount
SEE IT

Save some dollars but still get a stable mount that sits close to the wall for a sleek low profile.

 

The right TV wall mount eliminates bulky TV stands, offers safety benefits, and creates a theater-like viewing experience in the comfort of your living room. They’re particularly helpful in rooms running low on square footage because they free up floor space and reduce clutter. And, if you have little ones or pets, a mount puts the TV out of reach for (most) toys and pets with the zoomies. Mounts come in different types and sizes, with some attaching better to certain wall types than others. The size and location of the TV and the building materials used in the wall will influence your final choice. Keep reading to get the rundown on the best TV wall mounts, from premium models for the largest TVs to single-stud mounts with simple installation. 

How we chose the best TV wall mounts

A TV wall mount is a unitasking tech accessory, but one that carries a lot of weight—literally!—wherever it’s installed. Our guide has options to accommodate every space and can be set up by a couple of people with a few common tools. With one of our picks, you’ll be covered whether you have a big open wall or need a clean way to hang a TV in a corner.

The best TV wall mounts: Reviews & Recommendations

The right TV wall mount will have a large enough weight capacity to support that new flagship OLED TV or a more approachable 4K flatscreen. TV size also matters when considering the mount’s VESA pattern compatibility. VESA patterns are the screw patterns on the back of the TV. Mounts that adjust to different VESA patterns offer you a higher chance of compatibility. The TV should have a measurement like 200 mm x 100 mm that describes the pattern, and you’ll want to make sure the mount supports that pattern range. 

Not all TV mounts can attach to all surfaces. Some are only compatible with wall studs of a certain distance, while others can be installed on a wide range of surfaces, like brick or concrete. The installation on these surfaces is more complicated, but your TV can float almost anywhere with a mount designed for it. 

Finally, consider the budget. If you have a TV that costs $2,000 or more, you might want to invest in a heavier-duty mount, which can run between $250 and $300. Older, heavier, and wider TVs may also need a heavier mount with a higher weight capacity. 

Best overall: ECHOGEAR TV Wall Mount

ECHOGEAR

SEE IT

Specs

  • Mount Type: Dual-arm articulated
  • Weight capacity: 125 pounds
  • TV Size Range: 42–90 inches

Pros

  • Includes post-installation leveling capabilities
  • Fits large TVs
  • Wide range of motion
  • Extends 22 inches

Cons

  • Sits at 2.4 inches from the wall when collapsed

This ECHOGEAR TV Wall Mount offers an excellent set of features that accommodate some of the largest TVs on the market. With a maximum weight limit of 125 pounds, it can offer these viewing behemoths stability and an excellent range of motion. It swivels 130 degrees, tilts, and extends. The 22-inch extension isn’t as long as other models. However, this mount can reach that length with a 90-inch screen attached, which many of those other mounts cannot. 

The tilting and swiveling features require a light touch, which makes adjustment incredibly easy. However, that sensitivity can also cause the TV to move if you inadvertently bump the unit. The ECHOGEAR is compatible with most VESA patterns. 

Installation requires careful measuring, but ECHOGEAR provides good instructions that include a few humorous comments, and all mounting hardware comes with the mount. The only issue with this model is that it can only retract to 2.4 inches from the wall. For the quality and the versatility, that profile is worth overlooking.

Best full motion: Sanus VLF728-B2

Sanus

SEE IT

Specs

  • Mount Type: Full motion/swivel
  • Weight Capacity: 125 pounds
  • TV Size Range: 42–90 inches

Pros

  • 28-in extension
  • Fits large TVs
  • Excellent range of motion, both tilt and swivel
  • Strong, sturdy build

Cons

  • Pricey

The Sanus is what you might call the bodybuilder of the best TV wall mounts. It has a super sturdy build that can hold large 90-inch TVs and extend them an impressive 28 inches. That, coupled with a 57-degree swivel and a 15-degree tilt, means you’ve got a mount that lets you watch where you want to watch while maintaining a relatively low profile. 

It retracts to just 2.15 inches from the wall. The adjustability lets you get the perfect view from almost anywhere in the room. This model also comes with helpful instructions that include online videos for easier installation. However, the Sanus doesn’t come cheap. But consider that if you’ve already spent thousands on your dream TV, a mount that matches the quality makes sense and is worth the investment. 

Best for corner: ECHOGEAR Corner TV Wall Mount

ECHOGEAR

SEE IT

Specs

  • Mount Type: Single-arm articulated
  • Weight Capacity: 80 pounds
  • TV Size Range: 32–65 inches

Pros

  • Sturdy build
  • Easy-to-follow installation instructions
  • 24-inch extension
  • Good range of motion for better visibility

Cons

  • May have issues with heavier TVs

The ECHOGEAR Corner TV Wall Mount fits in spaces that standard mounts simply can’t. It holds TVs up to 65 inches into corners to maximize the use of space. It swivels up to 90 degrees and tilts from five to 15 degrees. That range of motion and a 24-inch extension range provide excellent viewing angles throughout the room.

Say goodbye to dangling cords with built-in cable management, too. It also includes excellent installation instructions and guides that reviewers find simple and easy to follow. The only thing we don’t love is that the tilt feature seems to have trouble with heavier TVs. That can be an issue if you have an older (and heavier) 65-inch model.

Best for brick wall: Sanus VMPL50A-B1

Sanus

SEE IT

Specs

  • Mount Type: Tilt
  • Weight Capacity: 150 pounds
  • TV Size Range: 32–85 inches

Pros

  • High weight capacity for larger, heavier TVs
  • Low profile
  • Control knobs to adjust the tension of the tilt
  • Includes an extra long hex wrench to make adjustments

Cons

  • Can sit so close to the wall that it’s difficult to adjust
  • No extension

The Sanus VMPL50A-B1 is designed for use on a wide range of surfaces, including brick. You might have to make a mess to drill into brick, but it’s worth it for this mount’s sleek appearance and functionality once installed. It has a high 150-pound maximum weight capacity to accommodate TVs up to 85 inches. While it doesn’t extend, it does include a handy tilt feature to get better viewing angles. 

We also like that this Sanus has adjustment screws so you can level out the television once it’s installed. Plus, you can tighten or loosen the tension of the tilt knob, which comes in handy for heavier TVs. There’s one caveat. You might have trouble reaching behind a larger television because this mount sits slightly less than two inches from the wall with no extension feature. However, Sanus includes an extra-long hex wrench to make adjustments when needed.

Best tilting: ECHOGEAR SwiftStud Swivel Full Motion TV Wall Mount

ECHOGEAR

SEE IT

Specs

  • Mount Type: Single-arm articulated
  • Weight Capacity: 60 pounds
  • TV Size Range: 32–60 inches

Pros

  • Installs on one stud
  • Excellent tilt (up to 15 degrees) range for optimum viewing
  • Includes a drilling template for easier installation

Cons

  • Can have leveling issues
  • Sits nearly three inches from the wall

The ECHOGEAR SwiftStud Swivel Full Motion TV Wall Mount comes with a few impressive features, including up to 15 degrees of tilt that’s complemented by a 20-inch extension arm. For rooms with changing light, that can ensure better viewing from anywhere in the room. 

The plate’s wide, heavy build keeps the mount steady without requiring two studs. That design and an included drilling template make this model easy to install because you’re not trying to line it up with multiple studs, nor do you have to worry about the distance between studs. 

On the downside, this ECHOGEAR can have issues with leveling after installation, especially when the arm is extended. And it has the highest profile on our list, sitting almost three inches from the wall. 

Best budget: Pipishell UL Listed Tilt TV Wall Mount

Pipishell

SEE IT

Specs

  • Mount Type: Tilt
  • Weight capacity: 132 pounds
  • TV Size Range: 37–75 inches

Pros

  • Retracts to within 1.44 inches of wall
  • Fits flat and curved TVs
  • Easy installation, even for large TVs

Cons

  • Doesn’t extend

The Pipishell offers an excellent mount at a bargain price. This popular TV mount fits TVs from 37 to 75 inches, with VESA patterns that range from 200 x 100 mm to 600 x 400 mm. The thin profile stands out as one of the best features. It sits within 1.44 inches of the wall, creating a sleek, modern look that doesn’t gobble up vertical space. 

It has a 7-degree tilt, which isn’t much, but it’s enough to adjust the TV for better viewing in changing lighting conditions. We also like that this model has a 132-pound maximum weight limit. That strength provides a little extra piece of mind if you happen to have an older, beefier television. Our only issue with the Pipshell is that it doesn’t extend or swivel, which can limit viewing angles.

What to consider when choosing the best TV wall mounts

A few factors affect the TV mount that’s right for you, like the size of your television, where you want to hang it, the surface it will hang from, and your budget. 

Maximum weight limit

All the mounts on our list hold at least a 55-inch TV, with most fitting a wide range and a few that fit up to 90-inch TVs. That also means they weigh capacities that accommodate the average television of that size. 

Profile 

Mounts that hold the TV within two inches of the wall keep the room looking sleek and prevent the TV from creeping into your vertical space. While not all the mounts on our list hover at two inches, they come close and keep the TV as close to the wall as possible. 

Installation ease

Proper installation ensures your safety and the safety of your TV and other equipment. We looked for models that came with guides, several screw sizes to fit different TV brands, and solid instructions to make the installation as painless as possible. 

Adjustment features

Tilt and swivel features let you adjust the viewing angle to reduce glare. The TVs on our list have at least one of these features. Several also include post-installation leveling features so the TV doesn’t droop.

FAQs 

Q: Which is better—TV stand or wall mount?

One is not necessarily better than the other, but one is sleeker than the other. TV wall mounts reduce clutter, and many have cable management systems to prevent cables from hanging down the wall. TV stands are easier to install, but they create clutter that can distract from your decor. 

Q: How do I know if my TV is compatible with a mount? 

TVs have a VESA mounting interface, but they’re not all the same. There are different positions and sizes. Most mounts have a VESA mount range to which they can be adjusted. Check your TV’s VESA mount, which should be labeled or available on the manufacturer’s website, and make sure the mount can fit TVs within that range.

Q: How do you hide the cords on a wall-mounted TV?

You can drill a hole in the wall behind the TV through which you can string the cords. This solution works well with wall mounts that have a cable management system. These systems consolidate the cords to make it easier to either hide them in the wall or string them down the wall to reach an electrical outlet. 

Q: How much does a TV wall mount cost?

Our recommendations cost between $32.99 and $399.99.

Final thoughts on choosing the best TV wall mounts

The best TV wall mounts have good installation instructions, adjustable VESA compatibility, and adjustability features for the best viewing options. Our top picks cover a range of uses and situations to accommodate different room designs and layouts. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best TV wall mounts of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best solar landscape lights of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-solar-landscape-lights/ Fri, 15 Sep 2023 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=570740
The best solar landscape lights will illuminate your path and save energy.

Light up the landscape with the glow of these solar-powered beauties.

The post The best solar landscape lights of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best solar landscape lights will illuminate your path and save energy.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Innogear Solar Lights are some of the best solar landscape lights overall. InnoGear Solar Lights
SEE IT

Easy installation, multiple modes, and remote control make these lights sparkle more than the competition.  

Best value Lianglome Solar Lights are the best solar landscape lights for value. LIANGLOME Solar Lights
SEE IT

Save some dollars but still get a stable mount that sits close to the wall for a sleek low profile.

Best string lights Brightown Solar String Lights are the best solar landscape lights that are strong lights. Brightown Solar String Lights
SEE IT

These beautiful lights adjust to three brightness levels. They also offer change through a USB cord when sunlight is limited.

Solar landscaping lights can illuminate your favorite outdoor spaces without increasing your energy bill. Their designs range from practical to whimsical to enhance different types of outdoor spaces. Some come in strings, and others are lantern-like with shepherd’s hooks to brighten walkways. What they all have in common is their ability to harness solar energy to light the night. When making your choice, you’ll need to consider what you want the lights to accomplish, whether that’s lighting for safety or accentuating decor. And keep in mind the number of lights and the design that will best complement your landscaping. We’ve rounded up seven of the best solar landscaping lights on the market from the dozens we researched, with an eye for different types to fit the landscaping of various modern homes.

How we chose the best solar landscape lights

The right solar landscaping lights for you come down to your specific personal needs. However, when we looked at creating our list, we thought about factors that improve the chances of the lights meeting those needs.

We started with light quality. While solar lights aren’t known for longevity, we looked for models with materials and construction to last several years. Next, we considered brightness levels, and our list includes models with adjustable brightness and a few without. If you’re looking for lights that enhance safety, there are models on the list that shine bright enough for that. However, we also considered that lights that set a mood don’t need to rival a spotlight, so we included solar landscaping lights with a gentler glow, too. 

Our methods also included the lights’ control methods, from remote control to light sensors. Finally, we looked for extra features that enhance the light’s practical use, such as adjustable solar panels and multiple installation methods.

The best solar landscape lights: Reviews & Recommendations

Whether you’re looking to illuminate the front path to your home or create a festive atmosphere with string lights, we’ve rounded up the best solar landscape lights to serve your needs.

Best overall: InnoGear Solar Lights

InnoGear

SEE IT

Specs

  • Color Options: Warm white, white
  • Water-Resistance: IP65
  • Control: Touch

Pros

  • Easy ground or wall-mount installation
  • Low and high modes
  • Automatic turns on and off
  • Comes in warm or bright white

Cons

  • Some units may dim prematurely

The InnoGear Solar Lights offer practical lighting with easy installation. We like that they come in warm or bright white to fit the mood you’re creating in your yard. They can wall-mount on a deck or fence but also come with stakes for fast ground installation. 

Once the lights are installed, you can adjust the lighting angle up to 90 degrees and the solar panels by up to 180 degrees. That adjustability lets you get the right angle for your landscaping, like highlighting a tree or other features. The adjustable solar panels ensure you get the best angle for the panels to gather solar energy. 

A light sensor detects light and controls the on/off feature so the lights can energize once the sun is up. The InnoGear lights are IP65 waterproof so that they can withstand inclement weather, though reviewers suggest angling the solar panels to shed water. The manufacturer promises 12 hours of light on low, but reviewers find that number a bit exaggerated. According to customers, the lights last for several hours but not all night long.  Additionally, some units may dim within a few months.

Best string lights: Brightown Solar String Lights

Brightown

SEE IT

Specs

  • Color Options: Warm white
  • Water-Resistance: IP44
  • Control: Remote 

Pros

  • Three lighting modes
  • Solar-powered or electric charging using a USB cord
  • Remote control
  • 180-degree adjustable solar panel

Cons

  • Automatic on/off only turns on when very dark
  • Only comes with one replacement bulb

The Brightown Solar String Lights have classic good looks, and with 54 feet of string and 25 bulbs, you can cover a decent amount of space. They made our list because of their versatile lighting, control, and charging options. Four lighting modes let you choose the mood of your outdoor space, and a remote control makes it easy to adjust the lighting or set a timer if you don’t want to rely on the light sensor for control. 

The solar panel adjusts up to 180 degrees to get the best charging angle. However, if the sun’s hiding, you can charge the battery or run the lights using a USB cord. You can set an automatic on/off, but some users report that they only turn on when it’s extremely dark. The Brightown lights also have an IP44 rating, which protects them in all but the wettest of weather. Our biggest complaint is that they only include one replacement bulb.

Best path light: Rayolon Solar Ground Lights

Rayolon

SEE IT

Specs

  • Color Options: Warm light, white light
  • Water-Resistance: IP65
  • Control: Foot mount switch

Pros

  • Line walkways for better definition
  • Sit flush with the ground
  • Eight LED lights per unit enhance brightness

Cons

  • Ground stakes break easily

The Rayolon Solar Ground Lights come in packs of four, eight, 12, and 16 to line paths and walkways of different lengths. Each unit features eight LED lights, creating a ring of illumination. Each light also has its own solar panel and rechargeable battery. While you have to keep the solar panels clean, these lights charge well and offer several hours of illumination per charge. 

With an IP65 waterproof rating, they can withstand heavy rain and snow without water damage. The lights charge well in full sunlight, but it could take longer to reach a full charge in winter when there’s a lot of cloud cover. Installation isn’t difficult. However, users reported that the ground stakes break easily, with the manufacturer suggesting breaking up or digging a partial hole before installing to protect the stake.

Best post light: SOLPEX Solar Outdoor Lights

Solplex

SEE IT

Specs

  • Color Options: Warm white
  • Water-Resistance: IP44
  • Control: Sensor

Pros

  • Decorative design adds character
  • Offers excellent accent light
  • Holds charge well

Cons

  • Loses ability to hold charge over time
  • Requires assembly

The SOLPEX Solar Outdoor Lights bring style and character to the garden with illumination that goes beyond practical into decorative. These lights give off a gentle light that’s not designed to overpower a walkway. Instead, they emit an accentuating glow to highlight a garden or other landscaping features. They charge in a relatively short six to eight hours and offer several hours of illumination. 

These SOLPEX lights have an IP44 waterproof rating, which means they can withstand rainstorms, though regular deluges might be a bit much. Control is a no-brainer with an automatic on/off switch controlled by a light sensor. There’s some assembly involved, and you may need to break up hard ground before installation. 

Best lantern: MAGGIFT Hanging Solar Lights

Maggift

SEE IT

Specs

  • Color Options: cool white, warm white
  • Water-Resistance: IP44
  • Control: Sensor

Pros

  • Includes shepherd hooks for hanging
  • Easy assembly and installation
  • Attractive, decorative design

Cons

  • May lean

The MAGGIFT Hanging Solar Lights bring a touch of elegance to the outdoors. They come with the shepherd’s hooks that hold the lights high enough to disperse light but not so high that they obstruct a view or fight with the rest of the landscaping. We like how their hanging design can integrate with different types of outdoor decor. For example, you can use them to line a walkway or use separately sold hooks to hang them from eaves or outdoor structures. 

These lights come in a bright or warm white, so you can match them to the rest of your outdoor lighting. The solar panels blend into the overall design. As long as the lights are placed where they can get full sun for most of the day, they emit a gentle glow for several hours into the night. Control comes from a standard light sensor that turns the lights on as it gets dark. The downside with these lights is that the stakes on the shepherd’s hooks aren’t super stable, so they can lean if bumped.

Best step lights: JACKYLED Solar Step Lights

Jackyled

SEE IT

Specs

  • Color Options: cool light, warm light
  • Water-Resistance: IP65
  • Control: Automatic

Pros

  • Adhesive or screws for installation
  • Installs on a wide range of surfaces
  • Light casts in three directions for better illumination

Cons

  • Adhesive strips can fail

The JACKYLED Solar Step Lights have a three-sided design that casts 270 degrees of light. They come with two installation methods: screws and adhesive strips. The screw installation may be the more complicated method, but it’s the most secure between the two. Adhesive strips are easy, but some reviewers report that they fail after a short time. However, we do like the variety of surfaces these lights can be used on, from wood fencing and concrete to siding and various decking materials

These lights cast light in three directions, which provides extra light on stairs, and better visibility means better safety. Like other solar lights, these lights run using a light sensor, so you don’t need to worry about turning them on or off. The JACKYLED lights are also IP65-rated, which means they can withstand heavy rain, snow, and sleet.

Best value: LIANGLOME Solar Lights

Lianglome

SEE IT

Specs

  • Color Options: Cold white, multi-color, warm white
  • Water-Resistance: IP65
  • Control: Automatic

Pros

  • Fun lamp head design that disperses light in patterns
  • Powerful illumination for their size
  • Excellent instructions make them easy to assemble and install

Cons

  • Packages occasionally arrive with a faulty light

The LIANGLOME Solar Lights save a few dollars without sacrificing style or illumination. The unique head design directs light for a more concentrated beam, which makes them seem brighter than they are. The manufacturer includes almost overly helpful instructions that walk you through every part of the assembly and installation. Consequently, there’s rarely an issue with getting them installed. 

The lights are controlled with a light sensor and are IP65-rated, which means they can withstand rain, sleet, and snow. They take a relatively short four to six hours to charge. While they don’t typically live up to the manufacturer’s promised eight to twelve hours of illumination, according to reviews, they can easily last four or five on a single charge. However, every now and then, a package will arrive with a light that’s dim or doesn’t work.

Best floodlights: AmeriTop LED Solar Motion Sensor Lights

Ameritop

SEE IT

Specs

  • Color Options: One
  • Water-Resistance: IP65 Waterproof
  • Control: Remote

Pros

  • Broad coverage area of up to 270 degrees wide
  • Bright output of 800 lumens
  • Motion detection up to 26 feet

Cons

  • Panel must receive 6 to 8 hours of full sunlight to fully charge

These motion-activated solar-powered floodlights eliminate the need for a wired power source, making them well-suited for homes without outdoor wiring for standard floodlights. Each light in this set consists of 128 tiny LED bulbs divided into three adjustable heads. The LEDs put out 800 lumens, ample brightness to light up a driveway or back patio.

In addition to being among the brightest outdoor solar lights on the market, this set is also one of the most adjustable. You can set the motion sensor to detect movement up to a range of 16 to 26 feet and aim each fixture’s two side heads to cover an area as broad as 270 degrees. When the lights’ sensors detect motion, they turn on for about 30 seconds, illuminating the area while conserving battery life.

The solar panel on top of each light uses polycrystalline silicon technology, which offers a higher level of charging efficiency than older solar panel technology. Mounting brackets for the lights are included.

Best budget: Signature Garden 8-Pack Solar Garden Lights

Signature Garden

SEE IT

Specs

  • Color Options: Black, bronze, silver
  • Water-Resistance: Yes
  • Control: App

Pros

  • Includes eight lights
  • Install easily with no tools required
  • Rust and corrosion-proof

Cons

  • Plastic construction is not as attractive as a metal finish

At a cost of about $5 per light, one would be hard-pressed to find a better deal than this set of solar-powered garden lights from Signature Garden. With its eight lights, the set can cover a walkway or illuminate several garden beds. The lights are black and have a simple no-frills look that suits many home exteriors. Though they lack the durability of metal, they are constructed of ABS rigid plastic, which won’t rust or corrode in wet weather and is tough enough to endure the occasional bump.

Despite their affordable price, they’re brighter than most pathway lights at 15 lumens. Small solar panels that sit on top of the light charge a rechargeable battery that keeps the light on at night for up to eight hours. Like other pathway lights, each light in this set sits on a stake. To install, simply insert the pointed end of the post into the soil and attach the lamp.

Things to consider when shopping for the best solar landscape lights

You have a few things to consider when choosing the best solar landscaping lights. Everything from the size and shape of your yard to how you want to use the lights will factor into your final decision. 

Type

Outdoor solar lights come in a variety of types. Pathway lights are commonly sold in groups of six or eight to light walkways. This type of landscaping light sits on top of a spike that you drive into the ground.

String lights are ideal for lighting outdoor living and dining areas. You can run string lights between trees or a set of poles, or weave them through a pergola.

Floodlights provide task and security lighting for driveways. Floodlights typically mount to the eaves of the home or garage via a simple-to-install mounting kit.

Spotlights are another popular form of outdoor lighting and are typically used to highlight architectural features on a home or landscaping features, such as trees, fountains, or statues. Similar to pathway lights, the spotlight typically sits on stakes that you drive into the ground.

Color and brightness

Next, think about the light color. Light color is measured in kelvins, with anything below 3000K falling on the warm side. Warm light gives off a yellowish glow. Lights that are 4000K and above are considered cool or bright white, giving off a bluish cast. Bright white lights may seem brighter, while warm lights offer more ambiance and mood. 

Although outdoor solar lights won’t be as bright as hardwired lights, they should still shine bright enough to do the job. A pathway light should produce around 10 to 15 lumens, while a spotlight should generate around 200 lumens. Floodlights designed to provide visibility and security will produce around 800 lumens.

Battery life

Outdoor solar lights are powered via a rechargeable battery that will provide a varying amount of runtime before requiring a recharge. Expect to get around eight hours for a walkway light and around six hours for a brighter spotlight. Floodlights, which can use more than 100 LEDs, will get significantly less run time due to their high-lumen output. As such, this style of light is only designed to come on for a short period when the light senses motion.

Keep in mind that solar lights need around six hours of direct sunlight each day to sufficiently recharge the batteries. Since rechargeable batteries eventually wear out and no longer hold a charge, look for solar outdoor lights with replaceable batteries.

Budget

Finally, don’t forget to consider your budget. You might be able to get two dozen lights for $20, but half of those lights may not work right out of the package. The other half may go out within a few weeks. While more expensive doesn’t always mean better, for solar landscaping lights, additional durability and quality can go a long way to help your investment. 

FAQs

Q: How do you pick outdoor solar lights?

 First, determine where you need lighting and choose a light fixture that meets that need. Choose a light that will provide the brightness and runtime you need to light the area adequately. Finally, determine where you can place the light so that its solar panel receives at least six hours of direct sunlight daily. 

Q: How long do solar landscape lights last?

The durability and lifespan of solar landscape lights vary by brand and model. Inexpensive lights may only last a year or two. Models with a sturdier build that fall into the $40 to $60 range can often last several years with proper care. Care includes cleaning off the solar panels, replacing the batteries, and protecting the lights from damage from pets and lawnmowers.

Q: Do you leave solar landscaping lights on all the time?

Yes, you generally leave solar landscaping lights on all the time. Most solar landscaping lights have light sensors that turn the lights as the sun goes down. However, some have remote controls with timers and different lighting schemes.

Q: How do you position outdoor solar lights?

Outdoor solar lights require maximum access to the sun. Direct sunlight charges the batteries so the lights can illuminate after dark. Any shade will limit the amount of power the solar panels can absorb. To maximize the light, avoid installing solar lights under trees, bushes, or in the shade of a house or other outdoor structure.

Q: Which solar lights are the brightest?

With their 15-lumen output, the Signature Garden 8-Pack Solar Garden Lights are the brightest pathway-style solar lights on the market. InnoGear Solar Spotlights put out 200 lumens each, making them the brightest solar spotlight. At the same time, the AmeriTop LED Solar Motion Sensor Lights are among the brightest outdoor lights you can buy at 800 lumens.

Final thoughts on the best solar landscape lights

The best solar landscaping lights improve safety, add character, and fit within your outdoor design plans. Whether that’s a string of lights strung through an arbor or post lights lining a walkway, these outdoor lights illuminate where you need them without gobbling up energy (and money).

Selecting a solar outdoor light is about choosing the right type of outdoor fixture for the job. Floodlights are the best option for providing visibility and security for driveways and areas around the home, while pathway lights are ideal for illuminating walkways. Once you know what type of light to choose, make sure to purchase one that provides adequate brightness to do the job with a solar cell that can capably recharge the batteries during the day.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best solar landscape lights of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best dog beds of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-dog-beds/ Fri, 08 Oct 2021 20:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=367479
Dogs photo

Our good boys and girls need a little R&R, too, and these dog beds will give them the snuggly break they deserve.

The post The best dog beds of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Dogs photo

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A big brown dog laying on his bed in a grey color and with a neck supportive bed. PetFusion Ultimate Dog Bed
SEE IT

This memory foam orthopedic dog bed gives medium to large dogs plenty of comfort, with a removable waterproof cover for easy cleaning.

Best for small dogs A brown small dog with some flowers on his head sitting in his grey plush bed. FuzzBall Fluffy Luxe Pet Bed
SEE IT

This fuzzy and plush non-slip dog bed is perfect for puppies or smaller pooches.

Best for calming your dog BarkBox Memory Foam Dog Bed is the best calming dog bed. BarkBox Memory Foam Dog Bed
SEE IT

Two layers of memory foam work to cushion, contour, and cool dogs so they can relax and sleep better.

Dogs need a place to rest and relax just as much as people do, and dog beds provide that definable space where dogs can escape or stay confined while they rest. While some beds may be a platform only, others have cradling memory foam and cooling technology to keep your pup comfortable. Add a washable cover, and you have a bed you and your dog can love. Bed designs range from simple to sophisticated, plush to flat. Your dog’s size, age, and preferences (if they have them) all come into play. The best dog beds fit the dog and the room and might look comfy enough that you’ll want to test them before handing one over to your pup. 

How we chose the best dog beds

As a dog lover myself, I combined my own experience, as well as that of other PopSci contributors familiar with dog products, into my search. I also conducted market research online, diving deep into customer impressions and scouring the features of numerous bed brands to find the best of the best. When choosing the best beds, I considered size, fabric, and frame choices, as well as durability and comfort features.

  • Size: Dogs come in all shapes and sizes. Some brands make beds that scale to fit the shapes of many different types of dogs, while other brands focus on just the pint-sized or the hippo-competitors. I picked some beds that are meant for all-size dogs but made sure to highlight a few size-specific picks.
  • Fabric and frame: I looked for beds that prioritized either machine-washable outer layers or stain-resistant materials. In my experience, an easily cleanable surface is an all-important feature of a dog bed. I also looked for especially tough frames on framed beds, as anything else could invite chewing and wear.
  • Durability: Chewing-prone dogs need a high-durability bed that won’t succumb to teething or canine anxiety in just a few weeks.
  • Comfort features: Memory foams, egg-crate textured foam, and bolsters are a few of the comfort features I prioritized in this list. 

The best dog beds: Reviews & Recommendations

Adopting a puppy can be one of the most exciting times in a new dog owner’s life. However, watching a dog grow up and mesh with the rest of the fur family is truly a treat—you remember the first time your dog walked over to the cat bed and decided they were friends. Along with dog crates, dog mattresses and beds are just some of the best dog items you can purchase to make Fido feel truly at home.

Best overall: PetFusion Ultimate Bed

PetFusion

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This memory foam bed gives big dogs support that contours to the dog’s shape, no matter how they lay. 

Specs

  • Number of sizes: 6
  • Machine-washable cover:  Yes
  • Colors: 3

Pros

  • Comes in XXL for bigger dogs
  • Waterproof liner protects the memory foam
  • Removable, washable cover and bolsters

Cons

  • Fabric holds onto fur

The PetFusion Ultimate Dog Bed comes in six sizes, but it’s the extra-large and extra-extra-large sizes that make it a great pick for large breeds. The memory foam support can handle the added bulk of a big body while contouring to a dog’s pressure points. A waterproof, durable fabric covers the padding and unzips down the full length of one side. The zipper makes it easier to remove the foam interior come washing time, which is important, as the exterior is machine washable and the interior isn’t. And, if that zipper breaks—or any part that breaks due to manufacturer defect—there’s a 36-month warranty that covers it.

The cover features soft, comfortable fabric. However, that fabric does hang onto fur, which is the one downside of this bed.

Best for small dogs: FuzzBall Fluffy Luxe Pet Bed

FuzzBall

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The FuzzBall made the cut for its soft plushness that gives small dogs big comfort. 

Specs

  • Number of sizes: 4
  • Machine-washable cover: Yes
  • Colors: 4

Pros

  • Machine-washable soft cover
  • Design lets small dogs snuggle in and feel secure
  • Luxe-looking design

Cons 

  • Not enough filling for some dogs

The FuzzBall Fluffy Luxe Pet Bed features an ultra-soft, machine washable cover that comes in four colors. The bottom fabric has anti-slip silicone grips to keep the bed stationary for wriggly nappers. It is also waterproof to keep floors clean in the case of an accident. This bed includes bolsters around the edges with little cushioning in the center. That’s been surprising for some reviewers. However, the plush cover and bolsters are designed for dogs to snuggle into, using the bed almost like a nest. This model definitely gives off a luxe, cozy feel. However, some dogs (and owners) don’t like that there’s not as much padding in the center of the bed.

Best for large dogs: Plufl

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Plufl is a super-sized, comfy dog bed you can share with your pup.

Specs

  • Number of sizes: 1
  • Machine-washable: Yes
  • Colors: 4

Pros

  • Soft
  • Gel-infused cooling foam
  • Increased snuggle time with your dog
  • Machine-washable

Cons

  • Hard to fit cushions in the cover
  • Large for smaller homes

The Plufl is perfect for horse-sized dogs, multiple smaller doggos, or humans that want to lie around with their pups after a long, hard day. Looking at the Plufl, it feels like something that should have always existed. It just makes sense. I often stare over at my dog, Wanda, jealous that her bed looks a lot more comfortable than my couch.

The Plufl’s cooling gel-infused foam cushion helps keep everyone cool while providing a thick enough surface that prevents you from feeling like you’re lying on the floor. The plush pillow around the perimeter keeps your pet’s dog toys from rolling out and also provides a comfy pillow to lay your head on, easing neck pain.

The Plufl looks just like your standard fluffy dog bed, but it’s about three times the size—68 inches long by 33 inches wide. You’ll need a fair bit of space for this dog bed, but the built-in handles make it fairly easy to lug around. And you can fold it in half for storage when not in use.

When putting the bed together, Plufl recommends you leave the two rolls of cushion unraveled and open for at least 24 hours. This will allow the material time to expand. The bed wasn’t the easiest to put together alone due to the large cushions. We’d recommend having someone else there to speed up the process. But the cover is removable and machine-washable, so don’t worry if your dog or your sweaty self stinks up the joint.

Choose from four colors: Grey, Charcoal, Biscuit, and a Blush pink.

Best for calming your dog: BarkBox Bed

Why it made the cut: The BarkBox relieves stress with a cooling gel memory foam that helps to calm anxiety as it enhances relaxation.

Specs  

  • Number of sizes: 4
  • Machine-washable cover: Yes
  • Colors: 5

Pros:

  • Two-layer foam design supports and cushions
  • Water-resistant lining
  • Upholstery fabric cover that’s machine washable

Cons: 

  • Fabric can be loud

The BarkBox Memory Foam Bed is covered in a tough machine-washable upholstery fabric. The two-layer memory foam inner cushion gets extra protection with a water-resistant liner. Even better, every bed comes with a free toy, meaning your dog has an automatic emotional support toy to sleep with.

Dual layers of memory foam soothe restless animals. A gel foam top layer contours the body while removing body heat. It’s supported by a second layer of memory foam that adjusts to your dog as it lays on the bed. The only downside with this model is that the fabric’s rough texture can be loud if your dog is a restless sleeper.

Best for chewers: Kuranda Bed – Chewproof Design

Why it made the cut: The Kuranda’s high-strength PVC frame and choice of fabrics let you design a custom bed that resists chronic chewing. 

Specs 

  • Number of sizes: 6
  • Machine-washable cover: No
  • Colors: 4

Pros

  • Custom fabric options
  • Tough, but lightweight PVC frame
  • Indoor and outdoor designs available

Cons

  • No cushioning

Kuranda beds don’t leave durability to chance with dogs that get bored or have anxiety. High-grade PVC creates a durable frame that can withstand the chewing of teething dogs. 

PVC is also lightweight, so you can carry this bed all over the home or yard without breaking a sweat. Owners get to pick from four bed colors and a choice of fabrics, including heavy-duty vinyl, ballistic nylon, outdoor vinyl mesh, or textured nylon. 

There’s no cushion for this bed, which means chewers can’t rip out the stuffing. However, it also means older dogs, or those with arthritis, may not get the extra-plush they want. And, if your dog is a very determined digger, they might be able to claw a hole in the fabric.

Best orthopedic: Furhaven Orthopedic CertiPUR-US Certified Foam Pet Bed

Why it made the cut: Older dogs and those with joint pain get relief from egg-crate textured orthopedic foam that contours and supports the body with gentle pressure relief.

Specs 

  • Number of sizes: 5
  • Machine-washable cover: Yes  
  • Colors: 8

Pros

  • Egg-crate textured foam cushions while enhancing airflow
  • Soft faux fur, machine-washable cover
  • Bolsters provide a backrest or chin pillow

Cons 

  • Bolsters are only held on by the cover

Are you trying to help your beloved pup stay comfortable and sharp in its golden years? This bed will do just that. 

The Furhaven Orthopedic CertiPUR-US Certified Foam Pet Bed features egg-crate foam with gentle cushioning and excellent airflow. Bolsters on two or three sides (depending on the model) provide a pillow or back support. 

The bolsters on this bed are held on by only the cover only, meaning that they may not offer the greatest support. However, the cover itself is soft and machine washable. This bed may not be memory foam, but it supports achy joints and muscles with targeted texture and provides ample room for older dogs to get comfortable. 

Best washable: Newton Baby Washable & Orthopedic Pet Bed

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Both the core and cover are machine washable, making less-than-happy accidents even easier to clean.

Specs 

  • Number of sizes: 3
  • Machine-washable cover: Yes 
  • Colors: One

Pros

  • Temperature regulating core
  • Easy to wash
  • Scratch-proof

Cons 

  • Expensive
  • Limited size range

Every pet parent has known the struggle of Barkers mistaking the pet bed for a wee wee pad. Most pet beds either require spot-cleaning, or boast a removable cover. Get peace of mind that your pet’s bed is truly clean with the Newton Baby Washable & Orthopedic Pet Bed, which features a machine-washable core and cover. It’s orthopedic to support supple little heads and creaky joints, and the core is temperature-regulating to keep your canine cool all year long. The bed itself is made using Wovenaire technology, which was invented in Japan. The bed is created by extruding high-quality, food-grade polymer into a clear pool of water, which creates a resilient rectangle that’s 90% air by volume. The resulting product provides the comfort of foam and latex without the environmental drawbacks. If it’s good enough for fragile, soft little babies, it’s more than perfect for your fragile, soft little (fur) baby.

Best budget: MidWest Homes for Pets Bolster Pet Bed

MidWest Homes for Pets

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Quality isn’t sacrificed for price with this versatile, wallet-friendly pet bed.

Specs 

  • Number of sizes: 8
  • Machine-washable cover: Yes  
  • Colors: 5

Pros

  • Fits in most crates
  • Lots of colors and sizes
  • Easy to wash

Cons 

  • Not thick
  • Sheds

Throw this bed in a carrier or a cage for transport, or leave it out for daily napping. Or do both, thanks to its price that makes it easy to purchase more than one to put in multiple places. The synthetic fleece keeps your dog comfortable in warm or cold climates and doesn’t wear down over time. Additionally, its stitching and construction allow it to resist wear and tear. However, the bed might not be best for older dogs, as it’s not thick. The bed also comes with a one-year warranty in case this bed slipped through MidWest’s product testing. Judging by the brand’s longevity—it’s been around for 90 years—you may not need to use it.

What to consider when buying the best dog beds

You can’t just get any dog bed for your pooch. They only deserve the softest, most comfortable pet bed on the planet, since they are perfect angels who can do no wrong. However, there are some things to keep in mind when purchasing your dog a new bed to ensure their happiness—and your sanity so they don’t take bed-related anger out on your couch cushions.

Washability

We all love our four-legged friends, but they can really make a mess sometimes. A dog bed with a washable, waterproof cover will make your life infinitely easier. Check the cover’s washing instructions, as some may have to be line-dried, especially if they have a non-skid bottom.

Durability

If you’re spending a lot of money on a pet bed, you’ll want it to have longevity. Otherwise, you’re throwing money right into the hungry, voracious pit that is your dog’s mouth. Additionally, eating stuffing and fabric is not good for a dog’s stomach and could warrant a trip to the emergency vet—which means you’ll throw even more money right into the hungry, voracious pit that is your dog’s mouth. Either invest in a bed that includes structural features like triple-stitched seams, dense stuffing, and a puncture-resistant cover, or accept that nothing will satiate your pup like ripping apart a brand-new bed. In that case, make sure it’s made out of non-toxic materials and cheap so it’s easy to repurchase.

Size

Size matters. An extra-large dog needs an extra-large dog bed. But an extra-extra-large dog? Well, there’s a bed for him too. Beds designed for big dogs often feature more padding to account for the extra weight. Smaller dogs often feel more secure in a bed as pint-sized as they are. The wrong-sized bed could lead to a big dog that’s cramped or a small dog that feels exposed or insecure. 

Comfort

You wouldn’t want to sleep in an uncomfortable bed—why should your dog? More importantly, if your dog has joint problems or is older, a comfortable bed is a must-have feature. The best dog bed will support and cushion your dog’s body to prevent or manage any pain they may have. Your dog’s bed is their domain and helps them feel calm and stress-free. A comfortable bed can help prevent them from tearing up the house out of stress.

Extra features

Do beds really have extra features? Yes, they do. There are dog bunk beds, luxury dog beds, and heated dog beds. The climate you live in, your dog’s breed, and your personal aesthetic might require a bed with extra features. Extra features may include reinforced corners, covered heavy-duty zippers, bolsters, or more.

FAQs

Q: Do dogs need a bed?

Most dogs need a bed. However, not all of them are picky. A simple cushion or raised bed may be all some dogs want or need. However, as your dog ages, he’ll probably need some cushioning and support to prevent aches and pains. A bed can also provide a space that’s just for the dog. Sometimes dogs try to encroach onto the sofa or your bed. If a dog bed is available, it is easier to train the dog by giving them something that’s theirs. 

Q: Do dogs prefer hard or soft beds?

It depends on the dog. Some dogs simply need a platform that keeps them off of the ground. Others have more delicate sensitivities and prefer a soft and cushy bed. As dogs age, soft beds can cause arthritis pain.

Q: Are Sealy dog beds good? 

Sealy makes excellent dog beds. If we were adding the best outdoor bed to our list, a Sealy dog bed would probably be the one. Their beds feature cooling foams and come in indoor or outdoor versions for the different lifestyles of our favorite four-footed explorers.

Q: What dog beds are indestructible?

Dogs always find a way to destroy something, but the Kuranda Bed boasts an anti-chew design. However, there are some things you can do to prevent a dog from destroying its bed, including trimming its nails and purchasing beds that feature tightly woven fabric so your dog’s nails can’t catch and cause a tear.

Q: How often should you change your dog’s bed?

If your dog bed is machine-washable, aim to wash it at least once a week to keep it fresh—and keep your dog clean as well. If your dog’s bed is looking like it’s been through some things, change it. A tattered bed can ruin the vibe of your living room, and also pose a health risk. Taking good care of your bed, and purchasing beds made of high-quality materials will make a pet bed last longer for more daytime snoozes.

Final thoughts on the best dog beds

For an all-around high-quality, comfortable bed, the PetFusion Ultimate Bed gets the top prize. Its supportive cushion lets the dog sink into the bed. If your dog likes to chew and dig, the Kuranda Bed – Chewproof Design—with its PVC frame and tough fabrics—will probably last longer. Regardless of the best pet bed you choose for your furever friend, dogs deserve a warm, cozy spot to rest their head as much as we do. A comfortable pet bed can make all the difference in your dog’s quality of life and help extend your furniture’s lifespan, too.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best dog beds of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best compression socks of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-compression-socks/ Tue, 10 Aug 2021 20:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=387909
A lineup of the best compression socks on a white background
Amanda Reed

Give your circulation a boost—and your legs some love—with these supportive socks.

The post The best compression socks of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best compression socks on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Sockwell's Men Elevation Compression Socks are the best compression socks overall. Sockwell Firm Compression Socks
SEE IT

These all-around winners provide strong compression and reliable support for people who stand all day and look good to boot.

Best ankle-length The Paplus Ankle Compression Sock is the best ankle compression sock. PAPLUS Ankle Compression Socks
SEE IT

These ankle socks provide 15-20 mmHg compression to gently boost circulation and support the foot.

Best budget ACTINPUT Compression Socks for Men and Women are the best budget compression socks. ACTINPUT Compression socks for Men & Women
SEE IT

Light compression you can buy in bulk.

Compression socks, also known as compression stockings or support stockings, gently squeeze and apply pressure to the legs. The pressure improves circulation while preventing and reducing swelling. These socks are a common part of post-injury or surgery recovery, but they’ve gained popularity among long-distance travelers and athletes for their recovery benefits, too. Whether you’re an athlete, recovering from an injury, or in an occupation that keeps you on your feet all day, pressure socks encourage blood flow and help you stay comfortable. However, compression socks come in different pressures, lengths, and sizes that determine how well they’ll work for your particular issues. We’ve rounded up some of the best compression socks for swelling, athletics, and general use to get your feet back in working order. 

How we chose the best compression socks

Pressure socks should not cause pain or uncomfortably pinch the skin. A sock that causes numbness, tingling, or discoloration is too tight. With this said, we conducted user testing with all sizes of feet, performed heavy research, and looked at critical reviews to inform our judging.

The best compression socks: Reviews & Recommendations

We picked a range of socks for various needs, from socks that help runners with performance and recovery time to those that alleviate pain from plantar fasciitis, arch and heel pain, and Achilles tendonitis. Any one of these picks should get your blood pumping and your feet jumpin’.

Best overall: Sockwell Firm Compression Socks

Sockwell

SEE IT

Why they made the cut: Sockwell’s Firm Compression Socks provide plenty of support while you’re on the job and still look stylish. 

Specs

  • Materials: Merino wool, rayon, nylon, Spandex
  • Compression: 20-30 mmHG
  • Machine washable: Yes

Pros

  • Designed with graduated compression to reduce swelling
  • Comes with arch support and cushioned sole
  • Provides moisture-wicking and odor-control

Cons

  • Not designed for athletic performance

If you’re looking for a compression sock you can wear all day, Sockwell’s Firm Compression Socks provide plenty of support while not looking like medical socks. Created to improve circulation in the legs of people who sit or stand all day, these socks are designed with graduated compression that minimizes swelling and cuts down on fatigue. They also wick away moisture and provide odor control thanks to the power of merino wool, and come in a range of colors from black to putty.

Best for men: Physix Gear Sport Compression Socks

Physix Gear Sport

SEE IT

Why they made the cut: These compression socks provide moderate pressure and come in a range of fun designs that will look great when working out.

Specs

  • Materials: Lycra
  • Compression: 20-30 mmHG
  • Machine washable: Yes

Pros

  • Great for extreme races
  • Ankle cuff stays put
  • Range of colors and designs

Cons

  • Not particularly suited for the cold

The Physix Gear Sport Compression Socks provide 20-30 mmHg of pressure, which is adequate for running and other sports, as well as post-workout recovery. Their graduated pressure provides higher pressure through the feet and ankles and gradually decreases toward the top of the calf. These socks come in three sizes and include “stay put” cuffs to keep the sock in place. They also come in 12 colors.

Best for women: Hi Clasmix Graduated Medical Compression Socks

Hi Clasmix

SEE IT

Why they made the cut: These socks are designed to promote blood flow, discourage blood clots after surgery, and are also great for people working on their feet all day. 

Specs

  • Materials: Nylon, polyester, copper fiber
  • Compression: 20-30 mmHG
  • Machine washable: Yes

Pros

  • Comfortable for all-day wear
  • Encourages blood flow and circulation
  • Moisture-wicking and breathable fabric that eliminates odor

Cons 

  • Striking design may not work with professional outfits

The Hi Clasmix Graduated Medical Socks are the best compression socks for women and fit shoe sizes 6 to 15.5. They feature graduated compression between 20-30 mmHg, enough for daily wear, athletics, or recovery. A copper-infused fabric helps prevent odors and wicks moisture for more comfortable wear.

Best for running: 2XU Vector Cushion

2XU

SEE IT

Why they made the cut: These athletic compression socks are specifically designed to improve runners’ performance with decreased recovery time and streamlined comfort. 

Specs

  • Materials: Nylon, Lycra
  • Compression: 15-20 mmHG at base of foot (20-30 mmHG at ankle) 
  • Machine washable: Yes

Pros

  • Support feet and legs
  • Cushioning provides plantar fascia and arch support
  • Lock-in technology reduces blistering

Cons

  • Expensive

Runners, if you’re looking for compression socks to enhance performance without looking stodgy, the 2XU Vector Cushion Socks are a solid option. Designed with graduated compression, these socks for running increase circulation in your feet and legs to get more blood to your muscles. They come with arch and plantar fascia cushioning to absorb shocks and with technology that helps reduce blistering. That said, they’re an expensive pair of socks. 

Best ankle-length: PAPLUS Ankle Compression Socks

PAPLUS

SEE IT

Why they made the cut: Created for athletes, these ankle socks are designed with light compression and provide 360 degrees of support that cradle feet and aid recovery.

Specs

  • Materials: Nylon, Spandex
  • Compression: 15-20 mmHg 
  • Machine washable: Yes

Pros

  • Designed with targeted compression zones
  • Moisture wicking 
  • Comfortable

Cons

  • Only provides compression to feet and ankles

The PAPLUS Ankle Compression Socks feature light, 15-20 mmHg compression in a side-specific design. Each is labeled R or L, which helps the compression fit and target the foot’s arch better. This compression provides progressive pressure throughout the foot and ankle. They’re made of a moisture-wicking fabric that improves breathability for more comfortable wear. That said, they’re not the best for cold weather, so you may also want to check out some heated socks.

Best toeless: SB SOX Plantar Fasciitis Compression Socks

SB SOX

SEE IT

Why they made the cut: Created specifically for people with foot ailments such as plantar fasciitis, arch and heel pain, and Achilles tendonitis, these compression socks are designed to relieve pain.

Specs 

  • Materials: Nylon, Spandex
  • Compression: 15-20 mmHg 
  • Machine washable: Yes

Pros

  • Provides arch support
  • Moisture wicking 
  • Comfortable

Cons

  • Not designed for cold weather

SB SOX Plantar Fasciitis Compression Socks feature compression and ribbing designed to follow the arch of the foot. The ribbing through the arch mimics the natural movement of the foot’s ligaments to provide better support. A thin heel lets you fit it under your regular socks without changing the fit of your shoes. Moisture-wicking fabric keeps the SB SOX cool even under another pair of socks. They come in four sizes and nine colors.

Best budget: ACTINPUT Compression Socks for Men and Women

ACTINPUT

SEE IT

Why they made the cut: If you’re looking for light compression, this eight-pack of socks provides great value for everyday use for people who stand all day.

Specs 

  • Materials: Nylon, polyester, elastane
  • Compression: 15-20 mmHg 
  • Machine washable: Yes

Pros

  • Comes in an eight-pack
  • Moisture wicking 
  • Good value

Cons

  • Not designed for foot ailments

The ACTINPUT Socks for Men and Women are made with 15-20 mmHG compression and come in packs of eight. These knee-high compression socks provide uniform pressure from toe to knee in two sizes. You get many options, from a pack of all black to nude, white, gray, and colorful patterned designs.

What to consider when buying the best compression socks

Let’s start with the most basic question—what are compression socks used for? Compression socks apply gentle pressure to the tissues beneath the skin of the legs. That extra pressure prevents fluid leakage and promotes fluid absorption. That generally means less swelling, as well as swelling prevention. 

Weakening veins and valves get a boost from pressure socks by supporting vein and capillary walls. Even if your veins are perfectly healthy, blood can pool in the legs after long periods of sitting or time on your feet. Consequently, people who work while standing, those who walk all day, and those who travel for several hours at a time find relief from swelling with the added pressure of compression socks. 

These socks come in different types and designs. For example, gradient or graduated compression socks apply higher pressure toward the toes, feet, and ankles, with less pressure through the calf. Ankle compression socks only apply pressure to the foot and ankle. Toeless designs make it easier to wear with regular socks for greater cushioning and comfort. 

Compression socks also come in different pressure levels, with socks available to the average consumer having light to medium compression. Pressure is measured in millimeters of Mercury (mmHg). People with certain health issues may require a specific sock pressure level recommended by a doctor, while others can just choose a comfortable level.

  • 15-20 mmHg (light compression): Daily wear, general sports, and travel.
  • 20-30 mmHg (medium compression): Daily wear (especially for varicose veins and swelling), mild symptoms of discomfort, sports recovery.
  • 30-40 mmHg (strong compression): Often recommended for blood clot prevention, medical recovery, or post-surgery.

Here is what you should look out for when shopping for the best compression socks:

Alleviating ankle swelling

Pregnancy, poor circulation, temperature fluctuations, and fatigue are only a few of the reasons your feet and ankles may swell. Capillaries, the very small blood vessels, help carry blood to the arteries and veins and back again. Their thin walls are easily damaged, leading to fluid buildup and poor circulation. 

Pressure socks gently squeeze the legs, helping fluids to reabsorb and blood to flow more easily. These pressure socks also decrease the diameter of veins, increasing the velocity of blood flow and volume. In short, they keep the blood moving and fluid from pooling. If swelling plagues you during and after a long airplane, car ride, or a long shift on the job, these socks may help. 

Potential improved running performance

Here’s the deal: The jury is still out on the benefits of compression socks for running performance. Some studies have found a correlation between pressure socks and improved running performance and muscle fatigue, while others have found no difference

It comes down to what you need and want the compression socks to do. If you have swelling when you run, which is pretty normal, pressure socks can definitely reduce fluid buildup in your feet and legs. That may or may not benefit your running time and recovery. Runners who travel long distances to get to their events, such as marathons or triathlons,  may also reap the benefits of compression socks because they can reduce swelling due to prolonged periods of sitting or standing.

However, a fairly universal finding is that if the wearer believes the socks help, they report less fatigue, better circulation, and quicker recovery. The mental “race” can be just as difficult for runners as the actual race. If the socks work for you and help with recovery, you may want to consider a purchase. 

Style of sock

Something that goes to your knees or beyond is too much sock for the occasion. In other cases, you may only need compression and extra support in the arch, heel, or low ankle. Ankle socks may offer a solution to any of the aforementioned issues. 

These socks sometimes rise above the ankle bone, but many stay below this visible landmark. They have similar pressure levels as taller socks. Some of these designs feature targeted pressure through the arches or heels to relieve plantar fasciitis or support foot injuries. These socks also cover less surface area, making them a cooler option when temperatures rise.

FAQs

Q: How much do compression socks cost?

A single pair of socks that cost $15 or more can quickly get expensive—up to $50 for one pair! However, you can get comfortable compression for much less, but you do have to let go of a few things. First, budget compression socks usually have less pressure. They’re more likely to fall in the 15-20 mmHg range. The quality of the fabric may be lower compared to higher-priced socks. For example, you won’t find moisture-wicking fabric among the less expensive designs. The seams may come apart quicker, too. That said, you can buy several cheap pairs for the price of a single pair of pricier designs.

Q: What does 15-20 mmHg mean for compression socks?

The 15-20 mmHg means the socks provide 15-20 millimeters of mercury in pressure. It’s a measure of the sock’s tightness. Socks range from 15-40 mmHg, with 15 being the lowest pressure offered. 

Q: Can compression socks lower your blood pressure?

Unfortunately, no, compression socks cannot lower or raise your blood pressure. They increase the velocity at which the blood moves in the lower limbs, but not enough to change your blood pressure measurements.

Q: What level of compression socks do I need?

The compression level depends on your activities, comfort level, and the socks’ purpose. To improve general circulation throughout daily activities, 15-20 mmHg socks usually do the trick. At 20-30 mmHg, athletes and those with medical issues like poor circulation or injury get more support. Socks at the 30-40 mmHg level are typically reserved for injury recovery. No matter the pressure level, the socks must be comfortable for you. They shouldn’t cut off circulation, cut into your skin, or cause skin discoloration. 

Q: How many hours per day should I wear compression socks?

You can wear compression socks all day except when you’re showing or bathing. Then make sure to take them off at night, the National Health Service recommends.

Final thoughts on the best compression socks

Keeping your tootsies happy can help you stay on the move when your feet start to get tired. The best compression socks allow your blood to flow and reduce swelling without pinching or cutting off circulation. They also make great gifts. You may need a sock without toes or an ankle compression sock to support your arch. If you have a medical condition that requires a compression sock, talk to your doctor to determine the right pressure and sock style. These socks can express your personality with bright colors and patterns, or they may blend in with your natural skin tone. If you need a pair, there’s a design out there that will work for you.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best compression socks of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best downhill skis of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-downhill-skis/ Tue, 31 Aug 2021 19:07:47 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=393781
Hit the powder with the best downhill skis.
Curt Nichols, Unsplash

Leave no powder uncarved with the best downhill skis on the market.

The post The best downhill skis of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Hit the powder with the best downhill skis.
Curt Nichols, Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best beginner ski for kids The Rossignol Experience Pro Skis are the best beginner ski for kids. Rossignol Experience Pro Skis
SEE IT

These skis have the edge to stay in control without sinking into the powder.

Best powder skis The Blizzard Rustler 11 Skis are the best powder skis. Blizzard Rustler 11 Skis
SEE IT

These wide, wooden skis provide extra control for heavier skiers. 

Best budget The Rossignol Smash 7 are the best cheap downhill skis. Rossignol Smash 7
SEE IT

These responsive skis make quick turns and provide great value.

The thrill of hitting the powder makes it hard to resist the call of the slopes. When you’re making those turns on the best downhill skis, you merge with the slopes and become part of a centuries-long tradition. Snow skis have come a long way since the days of strapping wooden boards to the feet and tromping through the snow. Today, different types of skis cater to different ski styles—the carvers and mogul junkies—and conditions—crud, ice, and powder. 

Do you attack the mountain, or do you float above the snow, gliding where the mountain takes you? The skis’ materials, shape, edge design, and weight change how they feel and respond. Consequently, if icy conditions rule your local mountain, you’ll need different skis than if a fresh layer of powder welcomes you on the weekends. Keep reading to get the lowdown on the best downhill skis for the wide range of factors you bring to or run into on the mountain.  

The best downhill skis: Reviews & Recommendations

Best men’s skis: Nordica Enforcer 100 Skis

Nordica

SEE IT

The Nordica 2022 Enforcer 100 Skis feature a carbon-reinforced wood core surrounded by two metal sheets. The carbon fiber reduces the overall weight but gives the ski more strength and responsiveness. The combination of materials, length, and width makes it an excellent choice for powder or groomed runs. Nordica has adjusted the core thickness with each length, creating greater stability at shorter lengths. 

Best women’s skis: BLIZZARD Women’s Black Pearl 88 All-Mountain Skis 

Blizzard Entertainment

SEE IT

A narrower waist and carbon flipcore design give the BLIZZARD Black Pearl 88 excellent stability, especially if you keep your speed entering into the turn. The edges dig into the mountain, making it a better choice for those who prefer carving into groomed runs than riding through the powder. However, it can also handle powder to a depth of about six inches. Overall, it’s a stable choice that lets a woman carve deep trenches all the way down the mountain. 

Best beginner ski for kids: Rossignol Experience Pro Skis 

Rossignol

SEE IT

Rossignol Experience Pro Skis have the materials and design for intermediate junior skiers who are ready to carve or float down the mountain. A medium-width waist keeps it from sinking too deeply into the powder, but the edge provides the cut to stay in control on groomed snow. The flex and rocker support young skiers as they develop their ability to turn, pivot, and stop. 

Best for groomed runs: Rossignol Hero Elite Plus Ti Skis

Rossignol

SEE IT

The Rossignol Hero Elite Plus Ti Skis integrate technology from the company’s race line. The Line Control Technology locks the ski into each turn, letting you dig into the mountain as you carve your line. A narrower waist creates quick turns that let you take on a diverse range of run difficulties, including the elusive double black diamonds. 

Best powder skis: Blizzard Rustler 11 Skis

Blizzard Entertainment

SEE IT

The Blizzard Rustler 11 Skis definitely do not have a trim waist. The wide width gives them the float needed for deep, powdery runs. This powder ski’s mix of paulownia, poplar, and beech wood is lightweight but provides good control. The width of the ski coordinates with the length, making these a good option for taller, heavier skiers who need extra surface area to redistribute their height and weight on the snow.

Best all-mountain skis: Volkl M6 Mantra Men’s Skis

Volkl

SEE IT

The Volkl 2021 M5 Mantra Men’s Skis hold an edge in almost any condition—crud, powder, groomed. They’re relatively lightweight, so your legs don’t wear out on moguls or when hitting the jumps. The M5 has more pop than many all-mountain skis and is more forgiving for those who want to sit back and relax on the mountain. 

Best for moguls: Rossignol Experience 80 CA Men’s Skis

Rossignol

SEE IT

The Rossignol Experience 80 CI Men’s Skis feature a tip and tail that’s slightly flatter than previous models. That gives them the responsiveness to cut over and around moguls with good speed. Their edge provides the right angle to cut into the mogul without slipping. When you keep a tight form and manage your poles, these skis turn well enough to do the hard work for you. 

Features to consider when shopping for the best skis

The best skis for you have a shape that easily lets you carve, a width that floats (or cuts), and a length that keeps you in control. Take a look at what’s and why’s of finding your dream skis so you can hit the slopes.

Size the skis by your age and skill level

Are you a complete newbie, or are you racing to the double-black-diamond runs from the moment you get out of the car? Shorter skis that are narrow at the waist (the portion in the middle) are more forgiving and easier to turn, making them a great choice for beginners. Beginner skis also have more flex. That extra flex makes them more forgiving and responsive should you get off balance or try to tighten your turns. 

Intermediate skiers can look for a wider waist and rockered tip and tail that pull the ends of the skis up. This design feature makes them feel shorter and adds responsiveness when you hit the powder. Intermediate skis are typically a little stiffer to let you really dig into the mountain on hard turns. Advanced skiers need skis with carbon or Titanal that absorb vibration and let you focus on the slope while cruising down trails at higher speeds. 

Age and gender make a difference, too. A woman’s lower center of gravity and wider hips need a different ski shape than a man’s narrower profile. While many skis are labeled unisex, women often get a better fit and responsiveness from a ski specifically designed for them. Children need skis with a lot of flex and forgiveness as they learn a new sport. Skis for younger skiers are also shorter, making turns easier. 

The best skis for groomed trails are designed to carve and hold a turn

The perfect corduroy (‘roy) of a newly groomed run is a glorious beast to conquer. It takes a ski with a deep cut edge and the ability to absorb the vibrations that kind of snow can put out. The edges of these skis dig into the snow, leaving the telltale troughs of a snake trail. 

Skis for groomed runs also need technology to lock them into the curves, holding the shape of the turn until you’re ready to shift into the next turn. Skis that lean toward the groom lovers tend to have medium to narrow waists. A narrower waist lets you shift from one edge to the other for sharper, quick turns. 

If you spend more time searching for deep powder, your ski gear will need to keep up 

When you see skiers in powder up to their waists, it’s hard not to jump in and make a snow angel. However, staying upright in deep powder is a challenge. The right skis can help you float your way through the powder, letting you kick up a good spray with each turn. The best skis for powder have a fatter waist, long length, and full rocker to keep you from sinking too deeply into the snow.

Powder skis feature wide waists that spread out the skier’s body weight. Think of them as the snowshoes of downhill skiing. Look for a medium or multi-radius side cut to help you carve and hold your turns when the powder tries to pull you down. Models with a rocker in the tips and tail help the ski float and turn more readily despite disappearing into fine powder. 

All-mountain skis are a versatile downhill ski that works for both powder and groomed runs 

Beginning and casual skiers often do well with an all-mountain ski. These skis run the middle of the road on width, stiffness, and rocker design. Their edges can cut decent troughs on groomed runs, but they also have enough surface area to provide some float in the powder. 

The key with these skis is to get the right length and width for your size. Taller, heavier skiers need a longer, wider ski that can support their weight and give them control through turns and powder. Smaller skiers can end up fighting a long, wide ski. Stick to a length somewhere between mouth and forehead height when the ski stands on the ground. If you’re new to skiing or like tight turns, opt for a ski in the shorter range for your height. 

Professional skiers who love the thrill of the black diamond should consider investing in a pair of mogul skis

A tightened stance with soft knees lets you glide through moguls with precision. Moguls require a lightweight, responsive ski that won’t wear out your legs faster than the mountain. In general, a model with a narrower waist will provide more responsiveness and the fast turns needed to navigate tight moguls. 

Mogul skis also require an edge that can cut into the snow, so you don’t slide or drift over the bumps. From there, it’s about finding a length that supports your speed and skill level. 

FAQs

Q: How long should downhill skis be?

The length of the downhill ski should correspond with your height, weight, and skill level. Look for a ski that, when standing on end on the floor, reaches between your mouth and your forehead. Beginners should start with shorter skis, and heavier skiers should opt for longer skis. 

Q: What are the best skis for an intermediate skier?

The best skis for an intermediate skier is a ski that’s medium in width and height. These mid-range skis provide a slightly stiffer ride than a beginner ski but let intermediate skiers dig into tougher runs. The Volkl 2021 M5 Mantra Men’s Skis, for example, gives intermediate skiers a chance to take on harder runs as their skills improve.

Q: What is the best downhill ski brand?

The best downhill ski brand depends on your skill level and the conditions you usually ski in. However, some of the most well-known include Volkl, Rossignol, K2, Blizzard, and Nordica. There are many more, but these five have models that continually make the best-of lists. 

A final word on shopping for the best downhill skis

Not much can compete with the feel of crisp mountain air making your eyes water as you glide down a mountain. When you add in the best skis, you’ll get in more runs, experience less fatigue, and focus on the thrill of an adventurous winter sport. Look for a pair of skis that fit your ski style and size, and you’ll be tearing up the runs in no time. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best downhill skis of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best dog cameras of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-dog-camera/ Wed, 10 Nov 2021 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=371901
Dogs photo

Keeping an eye on, and even rewarding, your dog just got easier with the dog cameras packed with special features.

The post The best dog cameras of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Dogs photo

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best treat-tossing camera Furbo 360 Degree Treat Tossing Dog Camera product image Furbo 360 Degree Dog Camera
SEE IT

Reward your pup for good behavior even while you’re far from home with this remotely controlled and super-smart dog camera.

Best high-end dog camera Dogs photo eufy Pet Dog Camera
SEE IT

With high-quality sound detection and treat tossing, this pick ensures you’ll stay connected to your furry friend all day.

Best budget dog camera The Wansview Baby Monitor Camera is our best dog camera on a budget pick. Wansview Baby Monitor Camera
SEE IT

Even at an affordable price, this pick is perfect for monitoring your dog with quality image, smart motion alerts, and two-way audio.

While the cats are away, the mice … or dogs … will play, but a dog camera lets you keep an eye on Rover when you’re at work or out shopping. Pet cams come with a wide range of features. Some can also be used as a baby monitor, while others have distinct features, like a treat dispenser, that make them a pet-only monitor. These cameras can shed light on unsolved mysteries, such as who tipped over the trash can, while also providing assurance that your pet and home are safe. We’ve rounded up a list of the best dog cameras, from the budget-friendly puppy cam to the feature-heavy pet monitor. 

How we chose the best dog cameras

When selecting the best dog cameras, we compared over 50 products to select only those that offered high-quality features like night vision, 1080p camera quality, smart alerts, and other additional functions such as treat-tossing for the ever-so-slightly spoiled pup. Whether you need a no-frills option to ensure your dog isn’t shredding the new couch, or a more high-tech option to keep your pet entertained, we have a product for you. We also chose options that ranged in price, so there’s a dog camera for every kind of budget.

The best dog cameras: Reviews & Recommendations

The best dog cameras are connected devices that offer extra peace of mind when you’re away from home. Determine the most important features—whether that’s two-way audio, sound detection, or night vision—and narrow down the options to those that best fit your smart home and lifestyle.  

Best treat-tossing camera: Furbo 360-Degree Dog Camera

Furbo

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With a treat launcher and built-in night vision, this rotating dog camera is purpose-built for your pooch, and gives you the tools you need to keep tabs on your pets when you’re away.

Specs

  • Camera: 360 HD day and night vision with dog tracking
  • Audio: Two-way audio with bark alert
  • Subscription: Furbo Dog Nanny paid subscription for real-time alerts, as well as highlights
  • Connectivity: Wi-Fi, USB

Pros

  • Treat catapult handles decently sized treats
  • Talk to your dog from your phone
  • Useful pet updates with video

Cons

  • Requires a reliable Wi-Fi connection
  • Many updates require paid subscription

Keep abreast of your puppy’s shenanigans with the Furbo 360-Degree Dog Camera. This encrypted robotic dog camera is part treat-trebuchet, part two-way mic, and part home security camera. Connecting to your phone via Wi-Fi, the camera keeps you engaged with your at-home friend, even when you’re at the office or abroad.

While many of Furbo’s advanced features require a moderately priced paid monthly subscription, the Furbo still works well without it. Easily jump into your living room from your smartphone app to access two-way talk and chat up your puppy while launching treats. With encrypted online security, you won’t have to worry about Furbo stealing your data, or your home stream being intercepted. All in all, the Furbo 360-Degree is a home pet camera that’s sure to be a hit with your fuzzy friends.

Best upgrade: Petcube Cam Pet Monitoring Camera

Petcube

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With features like vet chat, zoom, magnetic-mounting, livestreaming, and two-way audio, this is a versatile tool for pet monitoring.

Specs

  • Connectivity: Wi-Fi
  • Camera quality: 1080p HD
  • Night vision: Yes

Pros

  • Versatile mounting system
  • Two-way audio
  • Vet chat available

Cons

  • Rewinding records requires a subscription

The Petcube Cam Pet Monitoring Camera uses Wi-Fi to offer a wide range of angles, alerts, and extra services. Its magnetic-mounting system can attach to metal objects, but it includes adhesives to attach underneath shelves and other unusual places to get the right angle. The pet cam offers 1080p HD livestreaming video with a 110-degree wide-angle view. You can also zoom in up to 8x. Two-way audio lets you give your dog commands when you’re away from home. This is also one of the very few cameras with built-in vet chat. You ask questions through the app about the behavior you’ve seen through the camera or that you’ve observed. You can also add cameras to your Petcube account, getting a full view of several rooms in your home. The downside with this camera: for full features, including fast forward and rewind of recordings, you have to have a subscription. 

Best design: Nooie Pet Camera 2K

Nooie

SEE IT

Why It Made The Cut: Track your pup with motion detection, a swivel build, and night-vision, and follow along over a secure connection (or after the fact on an SD card), with this Google Home and Alexa-compatible pet camera. 

Specs

  • Resolution: 2K
  • Zoom: 8x zoom
  • Audio: Two way
  • Connectivity: Google Home, Alexa

Pros

  • Solid night-vision
  • Swivels 355 degrees horizontally for full motion tracking
  • Two way talk
  • Secure connection

Cons

  • Clunky app and sometimes difficult connectivity

Proud pet owners know the anxiety of leaving town, with their trusty pooch left at home. However, with the Nooie Pet Camera 2K, there’s nothing stopping you from keeping up with the pup. This pet cam comes with an AI-driven motion detector that swivels the camera 355 degrees for full horizontal coverage, and 94 degrees of vertical coverage (enough to follow the cat up the refrigerator). It also sports solid night vision, and two-way talk.

The Nooie is compatible with both Google Home and Amazon Alexa. The Nooie app is somewhat clunky, however, most users don’t have too much trouble, and Nooie does a decent job with security. Security buffs who want to use this pet camera for after-the-fact evidence will be happy to find that it’s also compatible with SD cards. If you’re looking for a solid 2K pet camera with 2-way talk, and nighttime check-ins, then we think Nooie is a great pick.

Best high-end: eufy Pet Dog Camera

eufy

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Keep your pooch entertained with this treat-tossing and wide-angle option.

Specs

  • Connectivity: Wi-Fi
  • Camera quality: 1080p
  • Night vision: Yes

Pros

  • Auto-tracking
  • 60 days of local storage
  • Rotatable anti-clog treat-tossing
  • Dishwasher safe

Cons

  • More pricey option
Wanda as seen from the eufy dog treat cam
On a Very Special Episode of …

The eufy Pet Dog Camera offers a 170-degree wide-angle lens and 270-degree rotatable three-distance treat-tossing—meaning that this pick can keep a close eye on your pooch and have them entertained and appeased with intermittent treats. This high-quality pick also has AI-powered movement tracking, plus four infrared sensors for low-light/night situations, so you can be sure your pup isn’t causing any chaos. The barking notifications and two-way audio also allow you to calm down your pup from far away, which is a must for active or noisy dogs. And with 60 days of local storage, there’s plenty of time to get adorable videos or collect evidence of your furry friend’s activities.

Best multi-camera system: YI 2pc Security Home Camera

Why it made the cut: If you want to capture more than one room on camera to keep an eye on your pet at all times, this system from YI can nix any blind spots.

Specs

  • Connectivity: Wi-Fi
  • Camera quality: 1080p
  • Night vision: Yes

Pros

  • Alexa compatible
  • Multiple cameras and angles
  • Cloud storage for all footage

Cons

  • App alerts can be too frequent

The YI Home Security Camera is easily accessible through the YI app and offers added features like nine live feeds, activity alerts, cloud storage, Alexa compatibility, and emergency response services. You can share your video stream with up to five people, and control the activity alerts using the app—making this product easy to tailor for your unique setup. The camera provides 1080p with enhanced night vision and a 106-degree angle view. With two cameras, you can get multiple angles in the same room or put them in separate rooms for a fuller view of what’s happening in the home.

Best wall-mounted: Petcube Bites 2 Lite

Petcube

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This wall-mounted pet camera packs plenty of features while being out of paw’s reach

Specs

  • Connectivity: Wi-Fi
  • Camera quality: 1080p
  • Night vision: Yes

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • 160-degree wide viewing angle
  • Alexa compatible

Cons

  • Does not support 5GHz networks
  • Rewinding records requires a subscription
Dogs photo
WandaVision

What good is a pet camera if your pet constantly knocks it over? The Petcube Bites 2 Lite solves that problem with an included wall-mounting kit that gets the camera out of paw’s reach. The camera lets you see—and hear—your pets loud and clear with 1080p video, a 160-degree wide-angle view, and 30-feet of night vision. The treat dispenser can toss treats a short, medium, or long distance to wherever your pet is parked. Additionally, the camera and detachable dishwasher-safe container (filled with up to 1.5 lbs of treats) work equally well on a flat surface if you don’t want to mount anything on the wall. Setup only takes a minute, and each camera includes 24/7 access to customer service and a vet with the Petcube app. Much like the Petcube Cam Pet Monitoring Camera, some features—video downloads and smart alerts, for instance—are only available with a subscription.

Best budget: Wansview Baby Monitor Camera

Wansview

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you want to keep tabs on your pooch without spending heavily, this affordable option fits the bill.

Specs

  • Connectivity: Wi-Fi
  • Camera quality: 1080p HD
  • Night vision: Yes

Pros

  • Smart pan, zoom, and tilt
  • More budget-friendly than others
  • Smart motion alerts

Cons

  • Set-up is slightly more difficult

The Wansview Baby Monitor Camera includes some of the features of higher-end cameras, but they’re a bit more difficult to access and use than more expensive models. Through the app, you can set up motion detection alerts. The camera records a 10-second clip to send with the motion alert, so you can determine if you need to take action. However, you still get access to a 1080p HD camera that pans, tilts, and zooms. It’s Alexa-compatible and provides two-way audio to calm your pet or check on kids when they get home from school. Finally, there’s also night vision to keep track of any pet wanderings. 

What to consider when shopping for the best dog cameras

The focus when picking the best dog camera for you is purpose, position, and accessibility. These can help you decide on a model that will fit your goals, home, and lifestyle. Dog cameras come with a wide range of features. Some models include an app, while others require you to log in to a website to check the camera’s feed. The amount of control you want, along with what kind of activity you want to monitor, should all factor into your decision. 

How many rooms do you need to monitor?

You’ll need to decide what and how much of your home you want to monitor. Dog monitoring systems typically have one camera. However, some advanced models come with two, with the option of adding more. If the goal of the pet camera is to only monitor your pet’s activities, you only need a camera in areas to which he has access. One camera will do if he’s limited to a single room. However, if he has the freedom to roam, a multi-camera system will let you keep a closer eye on activity. 

You may also only need a camera in problem areas. Dogs who get separation anxiety may take out their anxiety behaviors near the front door. A single camera located there lets you know when he’s having a hard time. 

Do you need advanced features?

Consider what features you really need and make sure you’re not paying for extras that you don’t. There’s a long list of potential advanced features. The most common include two-way audio, tilt control, rotational control, remote app access, sound detection, motion activation and detection, vet notification, and night vision.

Advanced features add to the price of the camera but may add functionality that makes it more valuable to you. Features like camera position control are more common and don’t significantly add to the price, while less common features, such as vet notification, are more expensive. This feature provides 24/7 access to a veterinarian if you notice any problem behavior related to the dog’s health. 

Dogs with separation anxiety or barking habits that disturb neighbors may require a sound-detection feature. This feature alerts you to noises above certain levels, letting you take action before there’s a problem.  

What kind of remote control do you need?

Dog cameras either include an app that provides remote control or they require you to create an account and log into the company’s website to control the camera. Either option can work well, but personal preference can determine which is easier for you. People who use their mobile devices for everything will probably find an app easier to interact with. However, make sure the app works with your device’s operating system—iOS or Android. Those who use a work PC or laptop may find a website easier to monitor throughout the day. 

Do you need a treat dispenser?

This unique feature of some dog cameras adds another dimension to the camera’s functionality. It becomes a rewards center for your dog. This feature can help distract your dog when he’s misbehaving or showing the initial signs of separation anxiety. It’s not an absolute necessity, but it is a feature only found on cameras specifically designed for dogs versus those designed as a baby monitor. 

Do you use a virtual assistant? 

Some cameras are compatible with popular virtual assistants like Alexa. Virtual assistant-savvy owners can easily integrate camera control into the assistant’s list of commands. You can then use voice control and add the camera to the list of devices controlled through a single access point for easier digital monitoring.  

What kind of video storage options do you want?

Some camera companies offer video cloud storage for a monthly subscription fee. These subscriptions also give you access to advanced video options, including the ability to fast-forward, rewind, and take snapshots. Others also include the option to use an SD card or similar device to record and review videos. Other companies may let you view video for a limited time before it’s no longer available. Without some kind of recording option, you’ll only be able to view a live stream. That’s helpful but may not provide as much monitoring ability as you need. 

Will you use the camera for something other than monitoring the dog?

Do you plan to use the camera for security monitoring or monitoring children in addition to the dog? If so, video recording and monthly subscriptions might be more worth it. Features like two-way communication are also more important if you’re using the camera to alert you when kids get home from school. 

FAQs

Q: Do dog cameras have sound?

Most dog cams have sound. Many include sound notifications to let you know when your dog starts barking. That can alert you to an intruder, pet separation anxiety, or anything else out of the ordinary. Some models also include two-way audio, so you can talk to your dog as well as monitor what’s going on at home with your dog cam.

Q: Should I talk to my dog through the cameras?

It might take some trial and error to discover if talking through the pet camera works for your dog or not. Some dogs will find your voice soothing. Others may find it confusing and anxiety-inducing. Do a trial run before you rely on the camera as a soothing method. Go into another room and talk to your dog through the camera. His response will give you a good idea if talking to him is a help or hindrance.

Q: Can clever dog cameras be used outside?

The majority of dog cameras are for indoor use only. Only those designated as outdoor cameras are safe for outside use. If you want to keep track of your dog while he’s outside, an outdoor security camera will do the trick. 

Final thoughts on the best dog cameras

The best dog cameras offer the features you need to monitor and calm your pet when you’re not home. A puppy cam with two-way communication and a treat dispenser might be right for some homes. Other pet owners may only need to get to the bottom of the shenanigans of a mischievous pet. Even budget-friendly pet cameras offer a glimpse into the life of your dog that can help you relax (and help keep your home in one piece) when you’re away. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best dog cameras of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best electric toothbrushes of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-electric-toothbrush/ Sun, 10 Oct 2021 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-electric-toothbrush/
Ramp up your oral hygiene with one of the best electric toothbrushes.

Bring the shine back to your teeth with an electric toothbrush that vibrates, pulses, and times your brushing for better oral health.

The post The best electric toothbrushes of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Ramp up your oral hygiene with one of the best electric toothbrushes.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Philips Sonicare ProtectiveClean 6100 Electric Toothbrush is the best rated. Philips Sonicare ProtectiveClean 6100 Electric Toothbrush
SEE IT

With multiple speeds, intensities, and a built-in timer, customize your tooth care.

Best sustainable Suri makes the best electric toothbrush that's made with sustainable materials. Suri Sustainable Electric Toothbrush
SEE IT

This beautiful sonic toothbrush is built with plant-based heads, replaceable parts, and comes with a UV travel case for easy disinfection.

Best for kids Brusheez makes the best electric toothbrushes for kids in a range of animal shapes. Brusheez Kids’ Electric Toothbrush Set
SEE IT

This cute and affordable set is available in nine different animals and comes with a chart to track progress with gold stars. 

Electric toothbrushes take some guesswork out of caring for your pearly whites. These battery-operated brushes vibrate or spin to clear plaque. All you have to do is hold the toothbrush at the right angle and apply gentle pressure. Some may have extra features like power settings, pulse settings, or smart features that measure bristle pressure. Some include a travel case that can be taken on the road. With these and other things in mind, we’ll guide you through the basics and share our recommendations for the best electric toothbrushes. 

How we chose the best electric toothbrushes

I’m a big fan of electric toothbrushes and have used a number over the years. When I pick an electric toothbrush, I look at the following four factors: 

  • Modes: Does the brush have enough modes for adequate cleaning? A single mode could work as long as it’s strong enough for most users. However, extra modes could offer broader functionality for those focused on keeping great dental hygiene. We preferred brands that offered options.
  • Bristle action: Does the vibration or oscillation effectively maintain contact with the teeth and help remove plaque? This is an important consideration we factored into our picks.
  • Battery life: Most people need at least a few days’ worth of battery life between charges, especially if they travel. I looked for models that give users the freedom to brush away from a cord or extra batteries. 
  • Performance: Does the brush clean well? Do the settings work together with the brush head design to remove plaque effectively? I looked for brushes where the whole package sums to strong performance.

The best electric toothbrushes: Reviews & Recommendations

Most electric toothbrushes include a built-in timer that runs for the American Dental Association (ADA) recommended two minutes. Your toothbrush’s timer may include notifications every 30 seconds to tell you when to change brushing locations. But the features, and price, can increase as far as you feel comfortable. Here are our picks to help you separate the best from the rest.

Best overall: Philips Sonicare ProtectiveClean 6100 Electric Toothbrush

Why it made the cut: This Philips model has features that let you customize the brushing experience and protective features like a pressure sensor, making it one of the best electric toothbrush models on the market.

Specs

  • Speeds: 3
  • Intensities: 3
  • Power source: Built-in, rechargeable battery

Pros

  • Built-in pressure gauge helps protect gums and enamel
  • Up to 3 weeks of battery life, depending on brush settings
  • Quadracer timer alerts you to move to different tooth quadrants

Cons 

  • A few units have shown poor durability

The Philips Sonicare ProtectiveClean 6100 Electric Toothbrush strikes a balance between extra features and price. It includes three speed settings and three intensities, allowing users to customize their brushing experience. 

It also includes a built-in pressure gauge that triggers an orange light if you’re pressing too hard. This feature helps protect gums and enamel from damage. The Philips electric toothbrush’s built-in Quadracer timer runs for two minutes and includes thirty-second alerts, so you know when to change areas on the teeth. Finally, we love the long battery life this brush has. 

Sadly, this model does have a few reports citing units with poor durability. A few have had button durability issues, while others had problems with brush heads falling off. While these issues are uncommon, they are worth noting.

Best sustainable: Suri Sustainable Electric Toothbrush

Suri

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This elegant toothbrush is designed with plant-based heads and recyclable parts. It provides 33,000 sonic vibrations per minute and a UV travel case disinfects the brush.

Specs

  • Speeds: 1
  • Intensities: 2
  • Power source: Built-in, rechargeable battery

Pros

  • Made with plant-based and recyclable parts
  • Beautiful design
  • 40-hour battery life
  • Comes with UV cleaning case

Cons

  • Can only replace parts from company

Brushing your teeth is one of the non-negotiables of life, but like taking out the garbage, it’s not typically a highlight of the day. But the Suri Electric Toothbrush elevated the experience for me. Created with the idea that “our daily rituals should be in harmony with our planet,” the toothbrush features plant-based heads and bristles and an aluminum body that can be taken apart so any parts that stop working can be repaired. Unlike bulkier options on the market, its design is sleek and appealing. It comes in three colors (Midnight Black, Sea Mist, and Winter Fern), and Suri provides a magnetic mirror mount for your bathroom.  

Although Suri has designed its toothbrush for sustainability, the device doesn’t skimp on useful tech. Its 33,000 sonic vibrations per minute tickled my mouth and made me look forward to brushing. With both a cleaning and polishing mode, the brush has a two-minute timer and haptic feedback every 30 seconds to let you know when to move on to another section of your mouth. Afterward, my mouth felt like I had gotten a professional cleaning.

What really makes the Suri stand out, however, is its travel case, which features UV-C light that disinfects your toothbrush within one minute. Like the mirror mount and the USB charging stand, the case design is thoughtful and sleek enough to easily tuck into a backpack, carry-on, or purse, for that matter. The brush also recharges within four hours and provides an impressive up to 40 hours of battery life. 

You might expect a premium price for a toothbrush made with sustainable materials and the latest tech. Thankfully, though, the Suri is priced in the same range or is less expensive than many other sonic toothbrushes on the market. — Jen McCaffery

Best water-flosser combo: Waterpik Sonic-Fusion Professional Flossing Electric Toothbrush

Why it made the cut: The SonicFusion saves space and time by employing a water flosser and electric toothbrush combo—the power of two devices rolled into one. 

Specs 

  • Speeds: 3
  • Intensities: 10
  • Power source: Built-in, rechargeable battery

Pros

  • 10 pressure settings to clean sensitive teeth
  • Built-in timer with 30-second pacer
  • Works on brush, floss, and combo modes

Cons

  • May require a surge protector

The Waterpik Sonic-Fusion Professional Flossing Electric Toothbrush has a head that functions as a toothbrush, water flosser, or both at the same time. With 10 pressure settings, even people with sensitive teeth can find a setting that water flosses without irritation. 

A bestseller for many years, the SonicFusion also includes many of the same high-end features found with other electric toothbrushes, like a two-minute timer, a 30-second pacer, and a travel case. You can even add mouthwash to the reservoir for extra dental treatment while you brush and floss. 

Watch out for power surges while you use this device. Surges have been known to cause this flosser to stop functioning. However, a responsive customer service team can help fix this known issue if this happens. 

Best for kids: Brusheez Kids’ Electric Toothbrush Set

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This adorable dinosaur brush set will help get your child excited about brushing from an early age.

Specs  

  • Speeds: 1
  • Intensities: 1
  • Power source: 2 AA batteries

Pros

  • Adorable designs
  • Self-contained set
  • Affordable

Cons

  • Some users had issues with batteries not working
  • Batteries not rechargeable
The best electric toothbrushes of 2023

Teaching kids to make brushing a habit is a lot easier when there’s a dinosaur involved. Brusheez electric toothbrush sets are available in nine fun animal character shapes, from Snappy the crocodile and Pepper the dino to Jovie the giraffe. Created for kids for ages three and older, each brush is designed with soft bristles to go easy on teeth while removing twice as much plaque. The self-contained set comes with a replacement head, rinse cup, and two-minute sand timer to encourage good hygiene. Made without BPA, it can be placed on your bathroom counter or mounted to a mirror. And for some extra affirmation, the set includes a chart with gold stars to encourage brushing twice a day.

Best for braces: Oral-B Pro 1000 CrossAction Electric Toothbrush

Why it made the cut: The Pro 1000 made the cut for its ease of use and the effectiveness of its oscillating action when cleaning orthodontic braces.

Specs

  • Speeds: 1
  • Intensities: 1
  • Power source: Built-in, rechargeable battery

Pros

  • Compatible with a wide range of Oral-B replacement toothbrush heads
  • Bristle and head design cup the tooth for better cleaning coverage
  • Built-in 2-minute timer

Cons 

  • Timer doesn’t automatically shut off the toothbrush
  • Only one mode

The best electric toothbrush for braces, the Oral-B Pro 1000 CrossAction, uses an oscillating action with vibration. It’s a slightly different action from most toothbrushes, but it works well for moving under and around braces. This model is also compatible with many of Oral-B’s brush heads. 

The Oral-B Electric Toothbrush keeps things simple with one mode and a single intensity. A timer offers thirty-second warnings when it’s time to change the area of your mouth you’re brushing. However, the toothbrush doesn’t automatically turn off when two minutes are up. A longer vibration signals the end of the cycle, but the toothbrush continues to vibrate, so you do have to remember to turn this toothbrush off manually.

Best budget: Gleem Battery Power Electric Toothbrush

Why it made the cut: The Gleem looks and functions like a more expensive electric toothbrush, yet it has just the right features to keep it at an affordable price. 

Specs 

  • Speeds: 1
  • Intensities: 1 
  • Power source: Disposable AAA batteries 

Pros

  • Simple, 1-speed design
  • Memory function lets you stop the cleaning and pick up where you left off
  • Compact traveling case

Cons

  • Strong vibrations in the handle

The Gleem Electric Toothbrush cuts brushing down to the basics. It has one speed, one intensity, and a built-in timer. The only extra feature is a memory function that remembers where you were in the last brushing cycle so that you can pick up where you left off. It’s powered by disposable AAA batteries, making it a good option for travelers or those looking to save on counter space. The slim travel case is an appealing bonus. 

We love this affordable electric toothbrush, especially for travel. However, be warned that it has strong handle vibrations that may interfere with the vibrating head. 

Things to consider before buying an electric toothbrush

Battery type and run time

Electric toothbrushes usually have either a built-in, rechargeable battery or they use disposable batteries. The better battery type is largely a matter of personal preference. However, if you have an older bathroom that does not have an electrical outlet, a model with disposable batteries could be more practical.

Run times for either battery type vary from two days to several months. Battery life is affected by the settings used too. If you use a toothbrush at the highest vibration setting and brush three times a day, you’ll go through your battery faster than if you brush gently and only twice a day. Longer battery life and run times make brushing less of a hassle, especially when traveling. 

Smart features

Smart electric toothbrushes connect to an app via WiFi or Bluetooth. These toothbrushes use the app to time each brush session and may even automatically place orders for replacement heads. 

Some models track the areas of your mouth that have been brushed and make recommendations for areas that you consistently miss. There are also smart toothbrushes that can gauge the pressure applied to your teeth. These extra features can help you improve your brushing skills. However, they add dollars to the toothbrush’s price. 

Bristle motion and type

The bristles of an electric toothbrush come in the same varieties as manual toothbrushes: they vary by stiffnesses, shape, size, and configuration. Consider how the different bristle and head designs affect the performance. 

For example, electric toothbrushes with larger heads cover more area but might be too big for a child’s mouth. Others may include rubber components that buff while brushing. Consider what kind of cleaning you want the brush to do, and whether the extra features will help you with your oral health care.

Some designs, like electric toothbrush/water flosser combos, let you brush and floss with the same machine. If you’re considering a water flosser as part of your routine, these combos can save you time and money.

Cleaning modes

Some people prefer to stick to the basics and focus on a single cleaning mode. Others prefer to customize their brushing experience. Electric toothbrushes with several speeds or pulse settings let users find brushing motions that feel good for them and provide the best results for their specific oral hygiene needs.

FAQs

Q: How much does an electric toothbrush cost?

The cost of an electric toothbrush depends on what features it provides. A comprehensive system for daily oral hygiene, such as the Waterpik Sonic-Fusion Professional Flossing Electric Toothbrush, costs about $179. But you can also maintain your oral health with a more budget-friendly option, such as the Gleem Battery Power Electric Toothbrush, for less than $20.

Q: How do I choose an electric toothbrush?

Start by deciding on your budget. Some people happily spend hundreds on a toothbrush they’ll use for 10 or more years. Others might want something a little easier on the wallet. Afterward, consider the sensitivity of your teeth and gums. A single speed and intensity model might work well if your mouth isn’t overly sensitive. However, sensitive teeth and gums may require specialized lower settings that only come with more expensive brushes. Finally, consider the kind of action you want—oscillation, vibration, or both. Both work equally well, but some people prefer one over the other. 

Q: How can I remove tartar from my teeth without going to the dentist? 

The best way to remove and keep tartar from forming is to go to the dentist for regular cleanings. Then, brush your teeth twice a day and floss once a day. Good oral hygiene prevents tartar from forming in the first place, so it doesn’t need removal by you or the dentist. Most home remedies for tartar removal will just as easily damage your gums and enamel as remove tartar. We recommend regular dental visits paired with consistent tooth care at home.  

Q: Do electric toothbrushes damage teeth?

Electric toothbrushes can damage teeth the same way a manual toothbrush can, though they are no longer more likely to damage teeth than their manual counterparts. Bristles that are too stiff can damage the enamel or irritate the gums. Over-aggressive brushing with an electric toothbrush can also damage teeth and gums in the same way manual brushing can. However, the timers on many electric toothbrushes are designed to counteract this by reminding you to move on to the next quadrant.

Final thoughts on the best electric toothbrushes

The Philips Sonicare ProtectiveClean 6100 Electric Toothbrush offers the best mix of features and functionality. It’s got just enough extras to give you options but isn’t so loaded with features that you feel like you’re waving a magic wand in your mouth. If you want an upgrade that cuts down on bathroom appliances, the Waterpik Sonic-Fusion Professional Flossing Electric Toothbrush brushes, flosses, and applies mouthwash. It has a higher price point and a storage commitment but makes up for it by excelling at providing all-in-one home tooth care.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best electric toothbrushes of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best milk frothers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-milk-frother/ Thu, 29 Jul 2021 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=384790
Savor your beverage with the best milk frother.
Unsplash, Daniel Klaffke

The best milk frothers aerate milk to create delicious drinks right in your own kitchen.

The post The best milk frothers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Savor your beverage with the best milk frother.
Unsplash, Daniel Klaffke

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best Electric Frother The Miroco Stainless-Steel Milk Steamer is the best electric milk frother.  Stainless Steel Milk Steamer
SEE IT

This pick’s speedy heating delivers a creamy froth in minutes.

Best for Coffee Drinkers The Breville BMF600XL Milk Cafe Milk Frother is the best for coffee drinkers.   Breville BMF600XL Milk Cafe Milk Frother
SEE IT

The Breville milk frother brings premium features to the table with adjustable temperature control.

Best Handheld Frother The Zulay Original Milk Frother is the best handheld. Zulay Original Milk Frother
SEE IT

This little battery-powered frother whips milk into deliciousness and offers numerous uses.

That creamy, frothy foam you enjoy in your morning cappuccino or flat white—the natural crema—doesn’t come from the coffee beans. That tasty, bubbly foam comes from frothed milk. To properly froth milk, you need a milk frother. The best milk frothers offer fast, simple operation and easy cleaning. Many of these handy machines are small and affordable. But if you’re making drinks for a crowd (or several for yourself), a larger countertop electric frothing machine can make enough for a crowd. We’ve researched the best milk frother models for making cups of deliciously creamy, silky steamed milk or for adding to coffee, tea, and more of your favorite at-home hot drinks. 

How we selected the best milk frothers

I’m particular when it comes to lattes, so no below-average frother would make the cut. To select only the best milk frothers, I compared 50 products from over 20 brands to find the best value options to make your at-home brew taste as if it came from a cafe. Because we all prefer our specialty drinks served in different ways, you’ll find some options that offer cold foam, iced drinks, or matcha, while others are bare-bones for those who keep it simple. I also chose a variety of electric, hand-pumped, and motorized whisk frothers, depending on the amount of time you have in the a.m. to make your latte or cappuccino. This final selection represents a range of high-end picks with plenty of bells and whistles to the super-affordable motorized whisks that will get the job done.

The best milk frothers: Reviews & Recommendations

Best overall: Breville BMF600XL Milk Cafe Milk Frother

Breville

SEE IT

Specs:

  • Type: Induction heating
  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Capacity: 3 cups

Pros

  • Warms and froths milk
  • Adjustable temperature
  • Variety of froth styles, latte or cappucino

Cons

  • Most expensive option

The Breville BMF600XL Milk Cafe Milk Frother uses induction heating for fast, even temperature changes. Induction heating provides adjustable temperature control, which opens the door to cold or hot drink-making and mixing. This model makes three cups at a time and automatically turns itself off once it reaches the set temperature. Each machine comes with two frothing discs. The cappuccino disc makes a creamier, thicker froth, while the latte disc creates a froth that leans toward smooth and silky. When one disc is in use, the other attaches to a magnetic storage plate on the back of the base. 

Best electric: Stainless-Steel Milk Steamer

Miroco

SEE IT

Specs:

  • Type: Electric
  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Capacity: 8 ounces

Pros

  • Heats and froths
  • Runs quickly
  • Also makes foam

Cons

  • More expensive than other options

The Stainless Steel Milk Steamer makes quick work of eight ounces of milk. In less than two minutes, it creates the perfectly frothed addition for coffee, tea, and other drinks. The heating function turns on or off for cold or hot drinks. This pick is crafted with stainless steel and a non-stick interior, making it easy to clean and durable for many lattes to come. The auto-off safety switch feature means you can simply press the button and walk away before returning to fully-frothed milk. Quiet operation rounds out the list of features for this simple, but effective machine. 

Best handheld: Zulay Original Milk Frother

Zulay

SEE IT

Specs:

  • Type: Motorized whisk
  • Material: Steel
  • Motor power: 12,500 RPM

Pros

  • Portable option
  • Comes in many colorways
  • Works with matcha, coffee, or protein powder

Cons

  • Batteries required

The Zulay Original Milk Frother certainly is petite, but don’t let that deceive you about its power—with 12,500 RPM, it will transform milk into a frothy dream in no time. It runs on two AA batteries, making it a good option for travel or camping. This frother also comes with a stand for more convenient storage. It’s designed to froth the milk alone, or it can mix and froth coffee, protein powder into shakes, or delicious matcha lattes. Large quantities aren’t this model’s forte, but it can froth single drinks in a hurry. And if you love color, this frother offers more than 20 options to choose from.

Best with a pump: Ninja Coffee Bar Easy Milk Frother

Ninja

SEE IT

Specs:

  • Type: Hand-pump
  • Material: Plastic
  • Capacity: 12 ounces

Pros

  • Dishwasher safe
  • No plug or batteries required
  • Can foam cold milk

Cons

  • Takes more time than an electric option

The Ninja Coffee Bar Easy Frother features a design that’s meant for convenience, with an affordable price tag and no-frills design. The glass container is microwave-safe, so you can warm milk directly in the frother. A sturdy build lets you put muscle power behind the plunger without damaging it. And while hand-pumping your milk will take more effort than an electric option, it gives you more control of what level of froth you achieve. Finally, the whole thing is dishwasher safe, taking cleanup out of your hands.

Best budget: Bosenkitchen Electric Milk Frother

Bosenkitchen

SEE IT

Specs:

  • Type: Motorized whisk
  • Material: Steel, plastic
  • Batteries: 2 AA

Pros

  • Lightweight and compact
  • Most affordable option
  • Froths quickly

Cons

  • Batteries required

The Bosenkitchen Electric Milk Frother features a BPA-free shaft and high-speed rotation of the stainless steel whisk. It runs off of two AA batteries and gets the frothing done in under a minute. It’s designed to mix and foam all kinds of drinks, not just milk. One-handed operation of the on/off button leaves you free to hold your drink or make additions to it while you froth.

What to consider when shopping for the best milk frothers

Milk frothers come in three basic types: electric milk frothers, motorized whisk frothers, and hand-pump milk frothers. Each one has its own pros and cons. The kind that fits your lifestyle (example: several drinks a day) and drink preferences (cappuccinos or lattes?) will be the best milk frother for you.

Electric milk frothers come in pitcher-like designs with a spout and handle, as well as single-piece designs the size of a food processor. Some electric models hold up to three or four cups of milk, while others are single-service, only holding eight ounces. Electric models come in a wide price range. Of all of the milk frother types, electric ones are the fastest and most efficient. 

Next, handheld milk frothers, sometimes called a milk-steamer wand or motorized-whisk frother, look like a hand mixer with a whisk attachment. They can be corded or cordless, with cordless models offering better portability. They typically work in warm or cold milk, but you’ll need a separate container for the milk. You insert the frother into the milk to do the frothing. These handheld frothers are affordable and easy to use and store, though they don’t make large quantities at once. 

Finally, hand-pump milk frothers take electricity and batteries out of the equation. The frother’s lid features a hand pump that connects to a plunger that moves through the milk to aerate it.  This process can take three to ten minutes, which is much longer than either of the other frother types. However, these inexpensive models offer simple operation and portability. 

When to pick an electric milk frother

Electric milk frothers have some distinct advantages over other milk frothers. They make quick work of large quantities of milk. Many, though not all, can heat the milk while they aerate it, providing the option of adding hot or cold milk to your drink. Some of these models can also make deliciously frothy hot chocolate, tea, or cold drinks.

Electric frothers come in many designs. Some look like a tall coffee mug or a pitcher, while some are bigger and similar in size to a blender. Consider how much counter or cupboard space you have for one of the larger machines. Some only make about a cup of frothed milk, but others may make a quart or more and require the counter and storage space for that capacity. 

Speed and portability—When to choose a handheld milk frother

If you’re not the type of person who makes their own drink every day, an electric milk frother may be more of an investment than you’d like to make. Handheld milk frothers include electric whisk frothers and pump milk frothers. Handheld frothers make about eight ounces or one cup’s worth of frothed milk. They’re generally smaller than electric models, taking up less space on the counter or in the cupboard. 

These smaller models usually make enough frothed milk for a single drink. Electric whisks do that fairly quickly. If you opt for a hand pump style, you’re in for three to ten minutes of manual labor before the milk is ready. However, pump frothers can go on the road, creating delicious drinks without requiring electricity. 

Milk steamer and frother—For those who don’t drink alone

The number and volume of drinks made each day should influence your milk-frother choice. Devoted home baristas may need more than a hand-pump or single-serving electric milk frother. A milk steamer and frother combo, which typically has a higher capacity than the average milk frother, makes three cups to over a quart of steamed milk. These high-end machines may offer adjustable temperature control, letting you create the perfect warm or cold concoctions.

Models with a removable jug make it easy to pour into several mugs. They work well if you’re making drinks for several people or several drinks for yourself, because you’ll only have to froth one batch of milk. However, a combo machine also gobbles up counter and cupboard space. Expect them to be about the size of a food processor or blender.

Milk frothers that keep things simple and unplugged

Corded and cordless (battery-powered) frothers bring milk to a creamy, air consistency fairly quickly. But what if you’re camping, off-grid, or want to skip another electric device in the kitchen? When there’s a desire for simplicity, a pump milk frother should be on your shortlist. These designs feature a handle, plunger, and tight seal. 

As you depress the plunger, it presses a plate and whisks through the milk to aerate it. The milk takes anywhere from three to ten minutes to get the right consistency with a manual model. However, these frothers work with warm or cold milk and various other drinks. They’re an excellent addition to a camp kitchen or for the home kitchen where frothy drinks are an occasional indulgence.

What is the point of frothing milk?

We’ve been discussing milk frothers, but many coffee makers (well, espresso machines) include a built-in frother to add the final touches to each drink. Froth develops the drink’s mouth-feel, a factor in the overall satisfaction of the coffee. The foam created by the process also creates tiny bubbles in the milk, some of which are too small to see. These bubbles alter the surface of the drink, potentially putting more contact between the taste buds and the mix of flavors. 

What to expect from a frother that’s under $15

With the exception of larger electric models, most milk frothers are a relatively inexpensive investment. However, when budgets are tight, every dollar counts. Models under $15 will either be a handheld, battery-powered whisk frother or a pump milk frother. These models are often reliable and froth milk within a few minutes, though the hand-pump models may take up to ten minutes. 

All these machines will deliver a good froth, but expect their material quality and durability to be less than more expensive models. The casing and plunger materials may break or bend if they’re not used carefully. Expect single-serving frothers at this price, too. 

FAQs

Q: How do I choose a milk frother?

Base your choice on your personal preferences and lifestyle habits. Start by asking yourself how often you make frothed milk. Every day? Once a week? Special occasions? Everyday use warrants an electric milk frother, or maybe even a steamer/frother combo with a removable jug. 

The next determining factor lies in how many drinks you make at one time. If you’re making more than one, you’ll need a frother with a greater capacity. For those who only intend to make one drink at a time, consider design convenience. An electric whisk frother can mix protein shakes, hot chocolate, and other drinks. A hand-pump model reduces energy use and could be useful while camping or traveling. 

Q: Is it better to froth milk hot or cold?

You can froth milk hot or cold. The temperature won’t affect the frothing. The milk’s temperature depends on how you want to use it. Coffee aficionados who monitor the temperature of their coffee drinks like the safety valve of a nuclear reactor will probably be happier with hot milk. Hot milk will have less of an impact on the final drink’s temperature, thus protecting the flavor nuances of the coffee grounds. 

However, if you’re adding the milk to your tea, frothy cold milk may cool it to a more palatable temperature. Cold frothing is also great for mixing protein drinks and other shakes. It comes down to how you want to use the milk, since temperature does not inherently make milk good or bad. It will just have a different effect on the final product.

Final thoughts on shopping for the best milk frothers

The best milk frothers don’t waste time in creating a bubbly addition for tea, coffee, and other drinks. Whether you choose to add a countertop machine or a small tool to the kitchen drawer, there’s a frother out there that will complete your morning drink. Personal taste and preference make a difference in terms of the model that will work best for you. Everything from the kinds of drinks you enjoy and how often you make them helps to determine whether a simple or sophisticated frother is best for you. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best milk frothers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best solar birdbaths of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-solar-birdbaths/ Wed, 30 Jun 2021 18:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=376389
best solar birdbaths
Make your backyard and avian attraction with solar birdbaths. Unsplash, Anthony DELANOIX

Solar birdbaths offer an energy-efficient way for birds to sip water, cool their feathers, and maintain their flight agility.

The post The best solar birdbaths of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
best solar birdbaths
Make your backyard and avian attraction with solar birdbaths. Unsplash, Anthony DELANOIX

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Bathing is an almost universal behavior among avians, yet scientists are still trying to understand the evolutionary advantage of clean feathers. While birds enjoy a good washing, they don’t splish and splash in just any mud puddle. They’re attracted to gently moving water that’s relatively clean. That’s where solar birdbaths enter the picture. 

Solar power saves energy, eliminates cords, and, importantly, creates a quieter water pump: Birds can get skittish around new or loud noises. Some solar birdbath models also feature a battery that stores energy to power the water fountain after the sun goes down or on cloudy days. Birdbaths are a stand-alone way to attract birds to your yard, but they also make a great companion for a bird feeder. Once feathered friends call your yard home, they help boost the health (and attractiveness) of your yard by eating harmful bugs and weed seeds and pollinating plants. 

The best solar birdbaths: Reviews & Recommendations

Best for gardeners: VIVOHOME Outdoor Bird Bath and Solar Powered Round Pond Fountain

Amazon

SEE IT

This attractive birdbath includes a solar-powered water pump. The pump shoots water into the air anywhere from 12 to 20 inches to attract feathered friends. It also comes with multiple fountain heads to change up the water patterns, prompting birds to come back for more. The weatherproof polyresin’s antique copper finish looks classy, but it’s lightweight, so you can relocate it from your garden to your patio at any time.

Best for modernists: Solar Bird Bath Fountain Pump

Cloudy days won’t slow down the flow of this pump, thanks to an onboard 3000mAh battery. This one charges in both sunny and partly cloudy condistions . Eight different nozzles change up the aquatic experience, spraying a maximum of 27 inches into the air.

Best for other birds: MUMTOP Outdoor Glass Birdbath Solar Birdbaths with Metal Stand

Amazon

SEE IT

Birds of a feather flock together? That’s the idea behind this glass birdbath bowl inspired by the peacock. The bowl’s bright colors and mesmerizing pattern offer a vibrant addition to your yard. Solar power keeps water moving, but it also provides fuel for LED lights, so the birdbath acts as a decorative feature day or night. The 18-inch bowl holds enough water to attract birds, yet doesn’t overtake the yard. 

Best for techno birds: AISITIN 6.5W Solar Fountain with LED Light

Amazon

SEE IT

Transform a pond, bowl, or bucket into the birds’ favorite bathing spot with a floating, Technicolor island. This model runs on either solar energy or a battery that holds up to 7 hours of running time after the sun goes down. It includes four stabilizers to center it in a bucket or bowl, or it can float in a pond. Eight nozzles provide different spray heights and shapes, allowing you to adjust it to your (and the birds’) preferences.

What attracts birds to birdbaths? 

Feathers serve several important purposes. They give birds insulation, waterproofing, and act as decoration to attract a mate. Consequently, maintaining the health of those feathers is important to keep birds alive and thriving. Almost all bird species regularly take a dip, but little research has been done on why birds bathe. There are several working theories behind the behavior, starting with the same reason people bathe: cleanliness. 

Birds replace their feathers once or twice a year. However, the fronds collect dirt and bacteria and break down over time. Bathing removes soil and oils that may get in the way of flight, waterproofing, and insulation. Water can also help remove mites and bacteria that degrade the feathers. 

A 2012 study of European starlings suggested that birds with clean feathers were more efficient fliers. What’s more, the scientists found that starlings that didn’t regularly bathe were less able to perceive threats and could be prone to long-term stress. 

Scientists haven’t pinpointed all of the benefits of clean feathers, but they may also offer a survival advantage. In one 2009 study, bathed birds were more likely to eat food despite the threat of a predator, suggesting that they knew their agility could help them escape danger. 

However, birds have their standards and don’t usually bathe in a muddy puddle. They prefer slow, moving water that’s generally cleaner. Birds also prefer shallow water; in depths of up to two inches, they can maneuver and wash in relative safety. 

Do birds care about solar energy? 

Birdbaths equipped with solar-powered water pumps have qualities birds like, even though the avians’ preference may not be a conscious one. Solar pumps may be surrounded by solar panels or connected to them via a cord. In the case of designs surrounded by solar panels, the entire unit fits inside the birdbath’s basin. Those that connect via a cord have the water pump in the basin and the solar panels outside of the basin. 

The panels absorb energy from the sun and turn it into power that fuels the pump.  Some models, hybrids, can also run off of solar or a standard power outlet. Hybrid models work well in areas where cloud cover may frequently block enough solar energy from reaching the panels. 

Related: Best bird feeders: Enjoy a backyard filled with birdsong

The post The best solar birdbaths of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best coffee makers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-coffee-maker/ Mon, 22 Nov 2021 18:14:43 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-coffee-maker/
Appliances photo

A menagerie of coffee maker options might get your head spinning, but the one for you may specialize in your favorite brew.

The post The best coffee makers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Appliances photo

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best drip coffee The Technivorm Moccamaster is the best drip coffee maker. Technivorm Moccamaster
SEE IT

Quality and simplicity come together in a reliable coffee maker with a delicious brew every time.

Best pour-over Chemex CHEMEX Pour-Over Glass Coffeemaker
SEE IT

This coffee maker turns brewing into a drinkable art form.

Best espresso machine a Breville Barista Express espresso maker Breville BES870XL Barista Express Espresso Machine
SEE IT

Fine-tune your favorite brew and explore all the flavors of a beloved bean.

Whether you prefer to start your day with the latest latte art or a simple cup of joe, it all starts with your coffee maker. The term “coffee maker” encompasses a wide range of functionality and tastes. From a manual Aeropress to a nine-bar espresso machine, each type of coffee maker has its pros and cons, and some are easier to use than others. It all depends on your tastes, preferences, and level of coffee connoisseurship. The best coffee makers offer your favorite brew at the right quality with the time you have.

Take a look at the following guide to help you pick the best coffee makers to satisfy your palate. Whether you want a small, simple machine for brewing your morning cup or the option to make something fancy, we’ve got a coffee maker for you.

How we chose the best coffee makers

There are lots of options on the market when you search for “coffee maker.” But what’s the best model for you? Is it a simple one-and-done you turn on in the morning? Or do you prefer a model with a range of options? The best coffee makers hit all the right notes, including:

Versatility: Can the coffee maker brew different volumes or be used to make different kinds of coffee drinks? Versatility adds value and lets users expand their tastes. 

Adjustability features: Many factors influence how coffee tastes, from how you grind it to how hot you brew it. Some machines take the guesswork out preparing a cup of joe, which is good for users looking for easy-to-use options. Coffee makers that showed consistency in temperature and pressure or allowed for accurate adjustability stood out amongst the competition. 

Ease of cleaning: Maintenance is half the battle with a coffee maker. The ability to easily clean the machine also weighed into our selection of the best coffee makers.

Bonus features: Built-in milk frothers or grinders reduce the number of gadgets needed in the kitchen. We gave bonus points to coffee makers that incorporated these extra features in their design.

The best coffee makers: Reviews & Recommendations

Best overall: Ninja 10-Cup Specialty Coffee Maker

Ninja

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Ninja made the cut for the versatile brew sizes, quality of the brew, and the many, many drinks you can make with one machine—definitely one of the best coffee makers overall.

Specs

  • Brew size: Up to 10 cups
  • Carafe material: Glass
  • Milk frother: Yes

Pros

  • Make brews in six sizes, from single to full carafe
  • Makes four brews—classic, rich, iced, and specialty
  • Fold-away frother

Cons

  • Some units develop a leak

The Ninja 10-Cup Specialty Coffee Maker offers multiple morning coffee options. You can set it to make a single cup, extra-large single cup, travel mug, extra-large travel mug, half carafe, or a full carafe. It also offers four brew styles, including a classic, balanced coffee, rich brew with a more intense flavor, iced coffee, or super-rich concoctions for cappuccinos, lattes, and other specialty drinks.

You can finish off those specialty drinks with the foldaway frother. Because it works with both hot and cold milk, the frother gives you more options in your drink design. The machine holds a consistent temperature, increasing the quality of each brew. If there’s a downside to Ninja, it’s that a few (very few) units develop a leak over time.

Best drip coffee: Technivorm Moccamaster

Technivorm

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The simplicity and consistency of the Moccamaster’s brews make it well worth the price and earn it the best drip-coffee maker spot on our list. 

Specs

  • Brew size: 10 cups
  • Carafe material: Glass
  • Milk frother:  No

Pros

  • Fast, easy setup
  • Hot plate maintains ideal temperature for up to 100 minutes
  • Copper heating element heats faster and more consistently

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Can’t make different types of drinks

The handmade Technivorm Moccamaster produces delicious coffee without the bells and whistles of more complex machines. Although its price tag might give you pause, know that you’re paying for quality. That quality includes copper coils that conduct heat better, faster, and more evenly, as well as a hotplate that keeps the brew at the perfect temperature for up to 100 minutes—perfect for anyone who gets sidetracked in the morning. 

You really can make your coffee with a single touch and no mess with this machine. However, it only makes basic coffee, so it’s not the best choice if you want to experiment with your brew or make your own coffeehouse drinks.

Best pour-over: CHEMEX Pour-Over Glass Coffeemaker

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Why it made the cut Simple design and high quality meet in this beautiful pour-over coffee maker that can be used to make both hot and cold brew coffee. It’s one of the best pour-over coffee makers on the market.

Specs

  • Brew size: 6 cups
  • Carafe material: Glass
  • Milk frother: No

Pros

  • Beautiful, sculptural design
  • Carafe can be covered and refrigerated
  • Easy to clean

Cons

  • Carafe may chip or break

The Chemex Pour-Over Glass Coffeemaker leaves pressure adjustments and specialty coffees for other coffee makers. This simple design looks amazing and artistic while brewing delicious, rich cups of coffee. 

The glass carafe holds up to six cups of coffee. Once brewed, you remove the grounds and filter and use the carafe to pour the coffee. You can also cover the carafe and put it in the refrigerator for an iced coffee later in the day. It’s a simple method that looks beautiful and produces a delicious brew. However, that’s all it does—make hot or cold coffee. There are no extra bells and whistles, and some reviewers report breaking or cracking carafes.

Best for hot and cold coffee: Zojirushi EC-YTC100XB Coffee Maker

Zojirushi

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This coffee maker is easy to use, easy to clean, and can easily make a good cup of iced coffee.

Specs

  • Brew size: 10 cups
  • Carafe material: Glass
  • Milk frother: No

Pros

  • Programmable timer
  • Easy to clean
  • Little to no leaks

Cons

  • Reviews report brew temps of around 185-degrees versus the advertised 200.

Zojirushi is known for its high-quality, long-lasting rice cookers. Turns out, they make a mean coffee maker as well. Connoisseurs will enjoy the coffee maker’s ability to brew Japanese-style iced coffee thanks to an included ice basket. Instead of steeping the grounds in cold water for an extended period, like traditional cold brew, the coffee is flash-chilled by brewing 200-degree coffee directly over ice cubes. The resulting coffee is smoother and lighter-bodied compared to standard cold brew—and ready immediately. And for those who drink iced coffee to ingest caffeine faster, the Zojirushi coffee maker features specific water measure lines to ensure a strong cold cup. The coffee maker can also brew hot coffee—four warming plate settings keep it as warm as you like. The programmable timer means you can wake up to your bean juice, and an easy-pour carafe minimizes dribbling so you keep every precious drop of it. The coffee maker also features a drip prevention mechanism when the carafe is removed from the unit so rogue drops don’t drip and burn onto the hot plate. However, if you like a piping-hot cup, beware: some reviewers note that they were hoping for hotter coffee in the carafe.

Best espresso machine: Breville BES870XL Barista Express Espresso Machine

Breville

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Breville espresso machine lets you be your own barista with its built-in grinder and steam wand. 

Specs

  • Brew size: 67-ounce water tank
  • Carafe material: N/A
  • Milk frother: Yes

Pros

  • Make micro-adjustments to your brew with grinder, pressure, and temperature
  • Grind on-demand, making only as much as you want
  • Small footprint for an all-in-one machine

Cons 

  • Sometimes needs help getting all the beans in the grinder
  • Expensive

The Breville BES870XL Barista Express Espresso Machine provides plenty of options for creating your own specialty drinks from start to finish. And we do mean start, thanks to the built-in bean grinder, and finish, thanks to the included frother. The built-in grinder is on-demand, which means you can load it and only grind as many grounds as you need. Those grounds can be adjusted to further customize your drinks. 

The Breville also offers adjustable pressure and temperature to fine-tune each cup of coffee. The machine guides users through the process and helps time the pull of the espresso. Once everything’s brewed, the built-in steam wand froths milk to create coffee art. All of the adjustment features can be used to extract the perfect flavor and mouthfeel for each bean used. 

There aren’t many downsides to this machine except for the high price, and the beans sometimes need a little help getting into the grinder. 

Best budget: Black + Decker Programmable Coffee Maker

Black + Decker

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Black + Decker’s classic looks and no-nonsense performance make it a great, budget-friendly choice for anyone who just wants a simple cup of coffee. 

Specs

  • Brew size: 12 cup
  • Carafe material: Glass
  • Milk frother: No

Pros

  • Can remove carafe mid-brew
  • Program it to automatically brew each morning
  • Easier cleaning with removable brew basket

Cons

  •  Basket easily overflows

The Black + Decker Programmable Coffee Maker harkens back to a simpler time when most countertop coffee makers had a similar drip system. This model features a removable brew basket for easier cleaning, though that basket can easily overflow. It doesn’t waste time making coffee, though some people find its brew too weak for their tastes. 

However, it makes a good cup of coffee, and it does it quickly. The carafe can be removed mid-brew to pour a cup without dripping. Finally, an automatic timer lets you set it to start at a specific time each day so that you can wake up to a fresh brew.

What to consider when buying the best coffee makers

Brewing method

First, you’ll want to pick your brewing method. Brewing method affects the taste, quality, and time to make the brew from start to finish.

  • Drip: If you watched your parents brew coffee years ago, they used the drip method to make coffee. This method pours hot water through the coffee grounds. The water then seeps through the grounds, dripping through the other end. Pour-over coffee makers also use this brewing method.
  • Immersion: Aeropress, French press machines, and vacuuming brewing fall into the immersion category. The hot water and coffee grounds are mixed together for a specific length of time, and then the water is pressed out of the grounds.
  • Espresso: An espresso machine uses pressure to force hot water through the coffee beans to extract their flavor.
  • Stovetop: Stovetop brewing involves a Moka pot. It’s similar to an espresso machine in that it uses pressure to extract flavor from the beans. However, it’s a much simpler process that results in a strong cup of coffee.

Number of cups

How many cups of coffee do you want to make at once? A single-serve machine may be all you need if only one or possibly two people drink coffee in the morning. You could also use a pod machine for single servings. However, families or offices where several people need their morning cup of joe will require a machine that makes several cups at a time.

What kind of drinks do you want to make?

Cappuccinos, lattes, and macchiatos require a milk frother, which some coffee makers include. With others, you need to buy a milk frother separately. Some machines allow you to adjust the pressure, temperature, and other factors that influence the taste of the brew. A machine with more adjustments will cost more, so if you don’t fine-tune your brews, skip machines with the extra bells and whistles.

FAQs

Q: Are expensive coffee makers worth it? 

Expensive coffee makers are worth it for the right coffee drinker. More expensive machines often include built-in frothers, pressure or temperature adjustment settings, and different brew sizes. If you like to tinker with your brew, one of these machines might be the best coffee makers for your needs. A no-nonsense coffee drinker who just wants to make the coffee and go probably doesn’t need all the bells and whistles. 

Q: When should you replace a coffee maker?

You should replace the coffee maker when certain functions stop working or you can no longer find the right accessories for the machine. For example, if it stops brewing, it’s time. If it doesn’t get warm enough, it’s time. If it doesn’t make enough coffee for your family or guests, it’s time. You might also need a new coffee maker if your tastes have changed, or if the coffee maker doesn’t fit your lifestyle anymore. 

Q: How to make cold brew coffee?

Make a coarse grind with your favorite coffee beans. Add the grounds to the water, and steep them overnight. (Overnight = approximately 12 hours). In the morning, your cold brew is ready. Some coffee makers also make cold brew by using cold water and pressure for a quicker cool cup. 

Final thoughts on the best coffee makers

The Ninja 10-Cup Specialty Coffee Maker is a great option for those who need to make varying brew sizes and want to dip their toe into more complex espresso drinks. However, if all you need is a quick cup, the Black + Decker Programmable Coffee Maker makes a strong brew in less than five minutes. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best coffee makers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best paper shredders in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-paper-shredder/ Wed, 13 Oct 2021 18:40:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-paper-shredder/
The best paper shredders of 2022.

Shred through those sensitive documents, bills, and credit card offers like Edward Scissorhands on a caffeine high.

The post The best paper shredders in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best paper shredders of 2022.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Fellowes Powershred 14-Sheet Micro-Cut Heavy Duty Paper Shredder Fellowes Powershred 14-Sheet Micro-Cut Heavy-Duty Paper Shredder
SEE IT

Extra security and speedy shredding make this shredder work for home or office. 

Best for home The Wolverine SD9113 Heavy Duty Shredder is our pick for the best heavy duty paper shredder. Wolverine SD9113 Heavy-Duty Shredder
SEE IT

A high paper capacity and powerful cutters shred through documents and more without slowing down.

Best budget Bonsaii 8-Sheet Strip-Cut Paper Shredder Bonsaii 8-Sheet Strip-Cut Paper Shredder
SEE IT

An excellent balance of power and capacity come together for under $30.

A paper shredder can help keep your personal and confidential information out of the hands of identity thieves and away from prying eyes. So much of our sensitive info, from bank account numbers to social security numbers, is printed on our mail, contracts, and bills. Each time one ends up in the trash, we leave ourselves vulnerable to identity theft. It’s super easy to avert this possibility by shredding documents and credit cards. It takes no time at all, either. Here’s a list of the best paper shredders currently available.

How we chose the best paper shredders

When searching for the best paper shredders, I considered over 50 models from 10 brands in all price ranges, looking for a balance between performance and price. My picks were based on their ease of use, safety, versatility, and capacity. Specific features were paramount to making my picks, including reverse buttons to remove jams, simple emptying mechanisms, and a way to easily empty baskets, all contributing to their overall ease of use. The paper shredders we recommend have thermal overload sensors and other safety mechanisms that turn off the cutters when the lid is removed from the basket. Finally, I factored in how many papers the shredder could handle at once. Capacity also included the basket volume, which determines how often it needs to be emptied.

The best paper shredders: Reviews & Recommendations

When active, those cutters that can handle a wide range of materials, including paper clips and staples, take some of the work out of shredding. Some versatile models also have wide mouths for easier paper entry. 

Best overall: Fellowes Powershred 14-Sheet Micro-Cut Heavy-Duty Paper Shredder

Fellowes

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This shredder from Fellowes can take on big jobs with its nine-gallon bin, but it’s quiet and safe to use, making it great for home or office.

Specs 

  • Dimensions: 25.2 x 11.4  x 17.3 inches
  • Paper capacity: 14 sheets
  • Security level: P-5

Pros

  • High capacity
  • Childsafe
  • Quiet

Cons

  • Expensive

Shred 14 sheets of paper at once in the teeth of this heavy-duty shredder from Fellowes. The micro-cut size means enhanced level P-5 security, and saved space, partly thanks to the 9-gallon integrated bin, and a tiny shred that comes out to roughly 2,000 particles per sheet of paper. It’s super quiet, making it perfect for shared workspaces, and the auto-stop feature can detect when your hands are close to the opening, so it’s extra safe to use and child-proof.

Best for home: Wolverine SD9113 Heavy-Duty Shredder

Wolverine

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Wolverines P-4 cross-cut comes with an 18-sheet capacity and long runtime that catapult it to the front of the heavy-duty shredders. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 13.4 x 10.4 x 22 inches
  • Paper capacity: 18 sheets
  • Security level: P-4

Pros

  • Shreds through paper, credit cards, CDs, clips, and staples
  • Cross shreds for added security
  • Completely pull out the waste bin for dumping

Cons 

  • Loud
  • Basket fills quickly

The Wolverine SD9113 Heavy-Duty Shredder puts P-4 security on everything that passes through its cutters. Those cutters handle a wide range of materials, including staples, paper clips, credit cards, CDs, and (of course) paper. A high 18-page capacity and 60-minute runtime goes through paper quickly, without the need to cool for up to 60 minutes. 

While the wastebasket fills quickly, it is easy to empty and pulls completely out of the shredder. The only other downside to this model is the noise. It makes a racket but gets the job done.

Best for office: Aurora AU1580MA Professional Grade Micro-Cut Paper/ CD and Credit Card Shredder

Aurora

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The AU1580 makes quick work of paper, credit cards, CDs, and paper clips, turning them into a micro-shredded mass that’s nearly impossible to identify. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 16.93 x 12.99 x 23.62 inches
  • Paper capacity: 15 sheets
  • Security level: P-4

Pros

  • 60-minute continuous runtime
  • Quiet operation
  • Reverse mechanism effectively fixes jams

Cons 

  • Big and heavy

The Aurora AU1580MA shredder isn’t your average Home Depot shredder. This behemoth can hold 8.5 gallons of shredded paper. That kind of capacity doesn’t come without significant weight. The AU1580 weighs in at 43.28 pounds but features casters to provide some mobility. 

It makes quick work of 15 pages at a time and can handle CD/DVDs, paper clips, and credit cards. The blades turn them into a micro-shredded P-4 mass that’s caught in the basket. An impressive 60-minute runtime lets offices with a high paper volume stay ahead of shredding. Even when shredding at full power, this model stays relatively quiet. Five indicator lights provide insight into the current status, such as door open, overload, bin full, overheat (includes automatic shutdown), and power. 

This model’s size takes up a good amount of space, so it’s not the best for small offices or homes.

Best heavy-duty: Ideal 2604 P-4 Office Shredder with Automatic Oiler

Amazon

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This German-designed shredder can handle the shredding needs of up to 10 people, is fast and secure, and comes with a sustainably made wooden cabinet. 

Specs 

  • Dimensions: 19.5 x 18.5 x 36.5 inches
  • Paper capacity: 23-25 sheets
  • Security level: P-4

Pros

  • High capacity
  • Fast
  • Comes in a wooden cabinet 

Cons

  • Heavy 
  • Expensive

This industrial-grade shredder from Ideal is a high-security, German-engineered solution perfect for legal and medical office use and any high-volume home business where privacy must be protected at all costs. Thanks to its automatic-oiling feature, it runs continuously and can easily munch through staples, paper clips, and stacks of paper 25 sheets thick, adding up to a shred rate of about 500 sheets per minute. This, thanks to its sturdy, steel-toothed construction and its 26-gallon wastebasket, make it ideal for use by a staff of 8 to 10 people.

Best portable: Aurora AU800SD Professional Strip Cut Paper Shredder

Aurora

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This Aurora model made the list as the best home paper shredder for its power, small size, versatile fit, and range of shreddable materials. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 6.5 x 12.99 x 2.95 inches
  • Paper capacity: 8 sheets
  • Security level: P-1

Pros

  • Compact and easy to store
  • Expands to fit different wastebaskets
  • Shreds credit cards and CD/DVDs

Cons 

  • Cannot handle a high volume

This portable paper shredder from Aurora can be used with or without a wastebasket, which allows you to use it in multiple locations from office to home. It cuts in strips and can destroy up to eight sheets of paper at a time, plus CDs, DVDs, and credit cards. It sits securely atop any open wastebasket and even has an extendable arm allowing it to accommodate bins up to 15 inches wide.

The AU800 can handle eight pages at once and shreds them to ¼-inch pieces. That’s only P-1 security, so this isn’t intended for ultra-sensitive information. A jam remover button helps dislodge paper or other materials from the blades. However, be aware that this model isn’t designed for high paper volumes. It shuts down and requires a cool-down period fairly quickly.

Best for credit cards: AmazonBasics 6-Sheet Capacity, Paper Shredder

Amazon Basics

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Amazon’s paper shredder features safety features and quick credit card shredding, rising to the top of the competition. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 12.8 x 7.3 x 15.9 inches
  • Paper capacity: 6 sheet 
  • Security level: P-3

Pros

  • Safety mechanism shuts it off if it’s not fit to the basket correctly
  • Shreds quickly during its 30-minute runtime
  • Auto-senses paper for better energy efficiency

Cons 

  • Produces more paper dust than other models

This shredder from AmazonBasics comes with a 3.8-gallon integrated wastebasket and shreds up to six sheets of paper at a time in a cross-cut pattern, meeting P-3 security requirements. Easily shred a banker’s box worth of bills within the three-minute continuous run cycle, and you won’t have to worry about overheating thanks to the automatic shutoff feature.

Credit cards get a special center spot on the cutter, and it blows right through them. It also features the standard reverse mechanism and an auto-on feature that senses paper and turns on the cutters. If you’re worried about security, this is the best shredder for credit cards. You can also use it to destroy a single credit card at a time.

Best budget: Bonsaii 8-Sheet Strip-Cut Paper Shredder

Bonsaii

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: For less than $30, this model provides security, a transparent window, great capacity, and versatile shredding options.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 13.3 x 6.88 x 13.97 inches
  • Paper capacity: 8 sheets
  • Security level: P-2

Pros

  • Shreds credit cards, paper, paper clips, and staples
  • Sharp, steel cutters hold their edge
  • Transparent window lets you see when it’s full

Cons 

  • Noisy
  • Short runtime

The Bonsaii 8-Sheet Strip-Cut Paper Shredder offers an impressive array of features for a relatively inexpensive model. Its 8-page capacity gets only better when you consider that it can also shred credit cards, paper clips, and staples. It even has a dedicated slot for shredding CDs, which is especially helpful if you’re getting rid of old data discs. That reduces the work it takes to prep papers for shredding. It’s the heavy-duty steel blades that eat through materials and strip cut them into P-2 sized pieces. 

Many of our recommendations adhere to the P-3 safety standard, but we can forgive the slightly less sophisticated security given the shredder’s cost. While we like the automatic overheat protection and cooling system, this model can only run for about two minutes before it needs to shut down. That might limit the shredding capacity in a large office. It’s also a noisy addition to the office environment.

Things to consider before buying one of the best paper shredders

Security level

Paper shredders are given a security rating according to the size of the paper pieces they create. Larger pieces are easier to reassemble, warranting a lower security level. Levels range from P-1 to P-7. The P-1 level machines create basic strips and offer the least security, while level P-7 is reserved for organizations like the NSA that have to shred top-secret documents. Depending on the sensitivity of the document’s information, you may need a P-3 or P-4 level shredder that cuts documents into smaller pieces than a P-2 model. At the P-5 and P-6 levels, the machines micro-cut the paper into tiny particles, making it nearly impossible to reassemble.

Paper capacity and runtimes

Shredders can handle different paper volumes at once, anywhere from four to 20 pieces. Machines that can shred a higher volume at once cost more. However, if you’re shredding hundreds of papers every week, these machines will save you time. 

Models that can shred more at once also have more powerful motors with longer running times. Less powerful motors may only run for five minutes or less before they need to cool down. Heavy-duty models can often run 30-60 continuous minutes.

What you’re shredding

Paper isn’t the only thing that needs shredding. Some of the best paper shredders can also eliminate credit cards and CD/DVDs. For those who have secure information in multiple mediums, this kind of shredder can offer a secure way to dispose of more than paper. 

Size

A home office may be limited in space, with monitors and equipment taking up desk space, making the size of the paper shredder a serious matter to consider. Some models are as big as a garbage can, while others are small enough to sit on a desktop. A no-basket paper shredder can sit atop almost any garbage can and can be stored in a drawer.

FAQs

Q: How much does a paper shredder cost?

This depends on its size, paper capacity, and other features. You can pay as little as $30 to as much as $1,780 for our recommendations.

Q: Is cross-cut or micro-cut shredder better?

When deciding which is better, cross-cut or micro-cut, you have to consider what kind of information you’re shredding. Cross-cut shredders offer some security, but there’s a possibility of the information being visible if someone really wanted access to it. This type of shredding works well for everyday emails, documents, and non-sensitive personal information. However, if there’s confidential information, a micro-cut shredder creates smaller pieces that are incredibly difficult to reconstruct.

Q: Should I shred old utility bills?

According to the Federal Trade Commission, you can shred utility bills immediately after they’ve been paid. Other documents like pay stubs and medical bills need to be hung onto for a little longer, but utility bills aren’t something you need to keep for years.

Q: How long should a shredder last?

With proper maintenance and oiling, a paper shredder should last about 10 years. However, that estimate is based on usage. Never exceeding the paper capacity and runtime limits will assure that you get the best life out of the shredder.

Final thoughts on the best paper shredders

The Fellowes Powershred 14-Sheet Micro-Cut Heavy-Duty Paper Shredder gets top marks because of its security rating, high paper capacity, and safety features. However, if you’ve got a business that regularly handles sensitive information, you’ll probably need the power of the Aurora AU1580MA Professional Grade Micro-Cut Shredder. This model’s high-capacity cutters whip through paper, credit cards, and other materials. Bring your own wastebasket with this portable Aurora shredder and use it in multiple locations from office to home. It cuts in strips and can destroy up to eight sheets of paper at a time, as well as CDs, DVDs, and credit cards. It sits securely atop any open wastebasket and even has an extendable arm that allows it to accommodate bins up to 15 inches wide.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best paper shredders in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best inflatable hot tubs of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-inflatable-hot-tub/ Thu, 17 Feb 2022 20:20:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=281623
These are our picks for the best inflatable hot tubs on Amazon.
Natasha Roy

Sit back and relax in an inflatable hot tub that gives you the comforts of a permanent model without the financial or space commitment.

The post The best inflatable hot tubs of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
These are our picks for the best inflatable hot tubs on Amazon.
Natasha Roy

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best Overall The Coleman SaluSpa Inflatable Hot Tub is the best overall. Coleman SaluSpa Inflatable Hot Tub
SEE IT

A portable, durable design and excellent pump and heater allow for long-term comfort and relaxation.

Best Value The CO-Z Inflatable Tub is the best value. CO-Z Inflatable Tub
SEE IT

This personal hot tub can hold water with temperatures up to 122°F and lets users sit back and relax.

Best With Hydro Jets The Bestway SaluSpa Hawaii HydroJet Pro is the best with hydro jets. Bestway SaluSpa Hawaii HydroJet Pro
SEE IT

Adjustable hydro jets let you customize your comfort.

The heat and motion of a hot tub’s water massage relax tense muscles and minds. But not everyone has the square footage or budget for a full-size permanent model. Plus, wouldn’t it be nice to set up a hot tub while camping or on vacation? The best inflatable hot tubs let you set up an escape anywhere you’ve got water and enough space.  

An inflatable hot tub can fit one to eight people and may feature hydro jets or air jets to provide water massage. While they can weigh over 100 pounds, these hot tubs can be stored in the garage, basement, or under a bed when folded down. They may feature temperature controls, padded seats, neck rests, and digital controls, too. Welcome to the world of inflatable hot tubs. Have a seat and relax while reading through our guide to find the best one for your backyard.

How we picked the best inflatable hot tubs

I looked at over 30 models when searching for the best inflatable hot tub. It’s a fairly limited field, but there were definitely features that stood out. I considered ease of set up, air jets or hydro jets, capacity, and the durability and effectiveness of the included heater and pump. 

Setup: Setup ease included looking at whether or not you need extra tools. Once set up, I considered the stability of the design. Could you sit on the edge of the hot tub?

Jets: How many jets are there, and how effective are they? 

Heater and pump durability: Pumps and heaters are a weak spot for many inflatable hot tubs. I looked for models that showed durability with a combination of good customer service when there was a problem.

The best inflatable hot tubs: Reviews & recommendations

Best overall: Coleman SaluSpa Inflatable Hot Tub

Coleman

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The SaluSpa made the list for its durable construction, easy-to-access digital controls, and ease of cleaning and draining. Definitely one of our favorite inflatable hot tubs on the market.

Specs:

  • Capacity: 4-6 people, 242 gallons
  • Max water temperature: 104°F
  • Included: Cover, pump, chemical dispenser, 2 filter cartridges

Pros:

  • Coverage of bubble jets
  • Stable design and construction
  • The heater maintains a set temperature for up to 72 hours

Cons: 

  • Can experience early pump failure

The Coleman SaluSpa Inflatable Hot Tub comes with all the features for a relaxing night in a hot tub. A digital control panel easily adjusts the temperature up to 104°F. The heater raises the temperature by about two degrees per hour, so it can take some time to reach that set temperature at first. Once it’s there, an automatic timer holds that temperature for up to 72 hours. 

The control panel also controls the air jets that surround the bottom edge of the hot tub. This design doesn’t have seats, though they can be bought separately. However, when you’re sitting on the bottom, those air jets gently massage the lower back. It’s advertised as holding four to six people, but in practice, it fits four average-sized adults comfortably. The Coleman’s structure includes interior wall supports, making the sides strong enough to sit on. However, it still folds down for compact storage. 

Something to watch out for is pump failure within the first year. A low number of users experience this, and the company offers good customer service, but it could be an issue.

Best large model: Intex PureSpa Greywood Deluxe

Intex

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A package that includes everything to get you started, along with a high capacity and supportive structure, puts the PureSpa near the top of our list.

Specs: 

  • Capacity: 6 people, 290 gallons
  • Max water temperature: 104°F
  • Included: Insulated cover, filtration system, 2 filter cartridges, LED light, 2 headrests, thermal ground cloth, inflation hose, carry bag, floating chlorine dispenser, test strip

Pros:

  • Internal structure adds support and shape
  • Bubble jets provide a massage-like feel
  • Quiet operation 

Cons: 

  • Small floating chlorine dispenser
  • LED light easily corrodes

The Intex PureSpa Greywood Deluxe features a fiber-tech interior structure that helps it hold its shape, even when filled to the 290-gallon capacity. It can fit up to six people, two of whom can use one of the two provided seats. However, this hot tub is fairly shallow, and the seats raise you out of the water quite a bit. 

The 170 bubble jets surround the bottom perimeter and move quite a bit of air. They draw air from the outside, so if it’s cold outside, they can cool the water temperature, too. You can adjust the temperature up to 104°F and control the bubble jets using the wireless digital controls. The pump and heater run extremely quietly. This model comes with a lot of extras like a thermal ground cover and insulated cover, both of which help conserve energy by preserving heat. 

The PureSpa includes a little ambiance with a color-changing LED light. However, that light can be a weakness, as some users have noted that it corrodes quickly, requiring frequent replacement. Additionally, the included floating chlorine dispenser is small enough that you’ll have to find another method for keeping the water clean.

Best with hydro jets: Bestway SaluSpa Hawaii HydroJet Pro

Bestway

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This model’s adjustable hydro jets can pivot to adjust the angle and twist to change the flow rate, making it one of our top inflatable hot tubs with hydro jets—and one of the most comfortable. 

Specs:

  • Capacity: 4-6 people, 210 gallon
  • Max water temperature: 104°F
  • Included: Cover, pump, chemical dispenser, 2 filter cartridges

Pros:

  • Adjustable hydro jets
  • Twisting bevel increases or decreases flow rate
  • Easy setup with a strong internal structure

Cons: 

  • Chlorinator problems

The Bestway SaluSpa Hawaii HydroJet Pro features a strong internal I-beam structure that holds the shape over time, but it’s the hydro jets and their design that got this model on the list. The jets can pivot to adjust the angle, helping target pain points. A twist of the jet’s bevel adjusts the water flow for customized water massage.  

It also features a digital control panel to make temperature adjustments up to 104°F. An automatic timer works both for and against you with this model. While it’s an excellent way to save energy by shutting down the heat after 72 hours, if you’re planning on getting in after the heat has shut down, it can take several hours to get it back to temperature. Daily use requires remembering to turn the heater and pump back on. Lift handles and an insulated cover round out the other top features. 

Where this model falls short is the chlorinator. It’s not large enough to effectively keep the water clean. Most users have to use an alternative method to sanitize the water.

Best for winter: Bestway 60022E SaluSpa

Bestway

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This Bestway model is our pick for the ultimate hot tub for winter because of its 39°F minimum temperature range and power-saving timer that keeps it at temperature for up to 72 hours. 

Specs: 

  • Capacity: 4-6 people, 222 gallons
  • Max water temperature: 104°F
  • Included: Cover, pump, chemical dispenser, filter cartridge

Pros:

  • 39°F minimum operating temperature
  • Power saving timer keeps it at temperature even in low outdoor temperatures
  • Simple setup and digital control panel

Cons: 

  • Can have pump problems

The Bestway 60022E SaluSpa has a minimum operating temperature of 39°F, which is slightly lower than similar models. It also has a power-saving timer that maintains the temperature for up to 72 hours. That can work for or against you—if you use it daily, it could get annoying to reset it every time. However, it also means there’s no risk of accidentally leaving it on for days at a time. 

Besides the temperature minimum and timer, this model also offers easy-to-use digital controls that let users adjust the temperature or turn on the air jets. Most reviewers find it easy to set up and run. When it’s not filled, the handles allow you to easily move the hot tub around your property. It also includes a cover with locking clips to help maintain the water temperature. 

As far as cons, the pump has been known, in some cases, to prematurely wear out.

Best value: CO-Z Inflatable Tub

CO-Z

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you’re working on a budget, this personal hot tub can provide heated comfort, easy portability, and an ergonomic design.

Specs: 

  • Capacity: One person, 25 gallons
  • Max water temperature: 122°F
  • Included: Electric air pump

Pro:

  • Comes with a convenient cup holder
  • Compact and easy to store
  • Can fit in some showers

Cons: 

  • Difficult to drain

The CO-Z Inflatable Tub provides a relaxing spot to kick back and relax. It can hold water that’s up to 122°F, and an extra thick bottom provides some insulation to maintain the water temperature. While it’s a bit of a bear to inflate and deflate, once it’s up, you get a personal hot tub experience complete with a seat and armrests. There’s also a cup holder to sip your favorite drink while you relax. 

Of all the models on our list, this one is the easiest to store simply because it’s smaller. That also means the pump is smaller, again saving storage space. However, this is a tough hot tub to drain when you’re done.

Things to consider before buying an inflatable hot tub

Weight and location

As goes for inflatable pools, you’ll need to consider the tub’s weight before deciding on a location. A deck can’t support the weight of a full inflatable hot tub—which can weigh more than 2,000 pounds—unless it’s been built to do so. 

Instead, opt for a patio or other ground-based space. You’ll also need to be near a fairly high-powered outlet for the pump and heating mechanism unless they’re battery-powered. The area should provide somewhere you can safely drain hundreds of gallons of water, as these hot tubs require regular draining and cleaning every so often. Be careful if you decide to set up the hot tub in a garage or basement since draining can cause serious water damage.

Inflatable hot tubs are made of tough materials, but they still shouldn’t be placed on anything sharp, like gravel. All that weight pressing down on a sharp object could lead to punctures.

Installation, maintenance savings, and cost

These hot tubs usually don’t require extra tools to install, which makes setup quick. However, it takes a couple of days for them to warm up. You’ll also need some accessories. These hot tubs require an investment in hot tub cleaning chemicals, a cover if it’s not included, and a skimmer to scoop out leaves or other debris. A seat, luckily, isn’t really necessary, thanks to a comfortable padded base and short walls.

FAQs

Q: Are inflatable hot tubs expensive to run?

They are expensive to run. They’re usually more expensive than a full-size permanent hot tub simply because they lack the same insulation to hold the water temperature. The lack of insulation can also make it take longer to heat the water to the desired temperature, all the while using more power to do so. Accessories like a cover and thermal ground cover can help hold the heat. Models with built-in timers can save money by turning off the heater automatically.

Q: What can I put under my inflatable hot tub?

Any material that can help insulate the hot tub and protect it from the ground can work as a ground cover. A drop cloth, foam tiles, thermal ground cover, or plastic resin base pad are all options worth considering.

Q: Can you put an inflatable hot tub in a basement?

You can put one in a basement, but it comes with specific hazards and issues that must be addressed. For example, you’ll experience more condensation and rising humidity levels, so you will need extra ventilation and possibly a dehumidifier. There’s also a risk of water damage if the hot tub leaks or if it drains by accident. Additionally, you’ll need some way to safely drain the water.

Final thoughts on the best inflatable hot tubs

The Coleman SaluSpa Inflatable Hot Tub offers the best mix of features, durability, and comfort, making it our top choice. For those who want adjustable comfort, the Bestway SaluSpa Hawaii HydroJet Pro’s adjustable hydro jets customize your comfort and spa experience.

The post The best inflatable hot tubs of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best inflatable pools in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-inflatable-pool/ Wed, 13 Oct 2021 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=368169
Best inflatable pools roundup sliced header
Tony Ware

Warm sunny days get even better when you can float to your heart’s desire in an easy to set up inflatable pool.

The post The best inflatable pools in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best inflatable pools roundup sliced header
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Intex 28405E PureSpa4 Person Inflatable Hot Tub Spa is the best inflatable pool overall. Intex 28405E PureSpa 4-Person Inflatable Hot Tub Spa
SEE IT

Kick back and relax with headrests, heated water, and bubbles.

Best budget The Airso Inflatable Swimming Pool is the best value. Tukuos Inflatable Swimming Pool
SEE IT
This pool sticks to the basics and provides space for floating or splashing all day long. 
Best kiddie The Bountech Inflatable Double Slide Bounce is the best inflatable pool with slide. BOUNTECH Inflatable Double Slide Bounce House
SEE IT

Two slides and a climbing wall equal hours of pool time fun.

In the past, inflatable pools have been perceived as inferior to their in-ground cousins. That’s no longer true. These easy-to-use options provide the benefits of an in-ground pool without the expense and year-round maintenance. Depending on the size and features, these pools can even travel with you or remain a backyard fixture until the weather gets cold. Our recommendations for the best inflatable pools can provide fun for the whole family.

How we chose the best inflatable pools

To narrow down the field of blow-up pools, I started with durability, then looked at setup, capacity, and accessories to find inflatable pools that would offer the best performance. 

Durability: Thick wall materials that resist punctures but are still repairable offer the best bang for your buck. 

Setup: How long does it take to set up the pool? Complex setups may make you avoid setting it up at all. We also prioritized options that are easy to clean so you can spend more time in the pool.

Capacity: The pool has to fit the number of people who want to use it. A pool that fits four adults will fit more kids than that because of their smaller bodies.

Accessories: Ground covers, insulated covers, filters, pool floats, and toys are all extras worth paying for upfront. Buying them separately can get pricey. 

The best inflatable pools: Reviews & Recommendations

The best inflatable pools have the size, features, and capacity for your family. Above-ground inflatable pools that are easy to clean and store can ensure you spend time relaxing instead of maintaining the pool. 

Best overall: Intex 28405E PureSpa 4-Person Inflatable Hot Tub Spa

Intex

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Simple setup, portability, and a long list of comfort features make this inflatable pool a standout for adults. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 28 x 58 x 28 inches
  • Capacity: Four people
  • Gallons: 210

Pros

  • Fast, easy setup
  • A hard water filtration system
  • Comfortable seating that includes headrests

Cons 

  • Online directions are better than those included with the pool

This Intex inflatable pool includes everything you need to get it set up and bubbling from the minute it arrives: from a cover with child locks to keep out leaves and hold in heat to a heating system to heat the water before your first dip. Extra accessories include a 10-watt hard water system; two-filter filtration; floating chlorine dispenser; inflation hose; ground cloth; carrying bag; and headrests.

The setup process for this inflatable hot tub usually takes less than an hour. Once you’ve got everything hooked up and ready to go, it can hold four adults. One thing to note is that the online directions are better than those that arrive with the pool. 

Best kiddie: BOUNTECH Inflatable Double Slide Bounce House

Bountech

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Bountech’s climbing wall and two slides make it fun on the way up and down, propelling it to the top of the “pools with slides” list. 

Specs 

  • Dimensions: 178 x 144 x 92 inches
  • Capacity: Three to four children
  • Gallons: NA

Pros

  • Climbing wall instead of a ladder
  • Two slides and a water cannon
  • Easy setup

Cons 

  • Sometimes arrives with a defective blower

The Bountech lets kids splash, shoot, climb, and slide. You can secure this kiddie pool with eight ground stakes and a protective net to keep sliders on the slide. Despite its large size, this kids’ inflatable pool is easy to assemble. With the included blower, one parent can get it set up on their own. At 750 watts, the blower can keep the slides inflated as long as the total bodies onboard don’t exceed the 350-pound weight limit. We also like that it comes with a repair kit and several patches. 

A word of caution: The large inflatable pool works well most of the time, but a few units have underperformed and have not kept the slide fully inflated.

Best for families: Intex Swim Center Family Lounge Inflatable Pool

Intex

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Ample seating, lots of splash room, and a simple setup make this inflatable pool one of the best for those who like a built-in lounge seat.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 88 x 85 x 30 inches
  • Capacity: Four adults
  • Gallons: 261.5 

Pros

  • Simple set up
  • Two drink holders
  • Comes with a repair patch

Cons 

  • Does not come with an air pump

Intex knows inflatable pools. This inflatable family pool offers a simple inflation setup and enough seats for four. It doesn’t come with an air pump, so you must buy one separately. However, the pool can fully inflate with an electric pump within 15 minutes. Two built-in drink holders let kids sip without getting drinks in the pool. We like that this inflatable pool with pump also comes with a repair patch just in case there’s a puncture. 

Best for adults: Bestway Fast Set Paradise Palms 15×33 Inflatable Pool Set

Bestway

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This tropically inspired backyard pool provides plenty of room for adults to cool off and take part in the fun with palm trees that spray water.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 15 feet by 33 inches
  • Capacity: Seven people
  • Gallons: 2,566

Pros

  • Large
  • Palm trees spray water
  • Comes with filter

Cons

  • Doesn’t come with a pump
  • No ladder to get in and out

So you don’t have a tropical vacation planned. That doesn’t mean you can’t go swimming among some palm trees. The Bestway Fast Set Paradise Palms 15×33 Inflatable Pool Set brings the spirit of an adult vacation to your backyard. At fifteen feet around, this big inflatable pool is large enough to fit 2,566 gallons of water and seven people. Just hook up your garden hose and the palm trees will spray water. There’s also room for lounging on one of the best float tubes.

This pool comes in seven sizes, and you can choose between a tropical or a more dignified rattan print or blue exterior (minus the palm trees). The liner is three-ply for puncture resistance, and this pool also comes with a repair kit. The included 530-gallon filter will help you keep it clean, while a built-in control valve allows you to drain the water when you’re done.

Best with filter: Summer Waves Quick Set Inflatable Above Ground Pool

Summer Waves

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Summer Waves pool mimics an in-ground model, including a cartridge filter pump for safer, cleaner swimming making it our top pick for an inflatable pool with a filter. 

Specs 

  • Dimensions: 144 x 144 x 36 inches
  • Capacity: Approximately five people
  • Gallons: 1,815

Pros

  • Easy-to-replace filter cartridge
  • Simple setup
  • Provides a lot of swimming/floating space

Cons 

  • Takes a long time to fill with water
  • Doesn’t include a patch kit

The Summer Waves pool provides size and volume above the norm for an above-ground pool. It is 12 feet across and 36 inches tall and holds a sizable amount of water even if it’s only filled to 80-percent capacity. It’s made of triple-layer PVC that resists punctures fairly well. However, having a patch kit with a pool this size is still a good idea. 

Setup takes less than 15 minutes, and the filter easily connects to the pool. A smart design makes filter replacement a simple process. Besides the lack of a patch kit, the only downside is that it’s so large that it takes a long time to fill with water.

Best budget: Tukuos Inflatable Swimming Pool

Tukuos

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Three air chambers create a simple pool that holds a surprising amount of water for the price. 

Specs 

  • Dimensions: 118 x 72 x 22 inches
  • Capacity: Six people
  • Gallons: NA

Pros

  • Fast inflation with an electric air pump (sold separately)
  • Strong walls hold lots of water
  • Easy to access drain plug

Cons 

  • In some cases, it develops holes fairly quickly

This pool by Tukuos keeps things simple but provides a lot of square footage for backyard splashing. It features three separate inflatable rings that fill within 10 to 15 minutes with an electric air pump (not included). A strong, UV-resistant material resists punctures even with rambunctious play. For the price, you get a good-sized inflatable pool that’s simple to fill and easy to empty with the drain plug. However, a small number of units have punctures upon arrival. It doesn’t come with a repair kit, but it’s worth having one on hand.  

What to consider when buying the best inflatable pool

Inflatable pools may be easier to set up than some of their above-ground counterparts, but that doesn’t mean any old pool will do. Here is what you should consider before purchasing the best inflatable pool.

Setup and location

The complexity of the pool setup varies from model to model. Some models take a few minutes with the help of an air pump. Others may require some construction and setup time before the water can flow. 

Inflatable pools require a flat, sturdy location like level ground, a patio, or a deck. However, if the pool is on a structure, that structure needs to be able to handle the weight. One gallon of water weighs about 8.3 pounds. These pools can get heavy very quickly and can collapse a porch or deck that’s not reinforced. If there’s no level ground available, an inflatable pool isn’t a great option. They need even support around the entire base to successfully hold water without breaking. 

Air pumps

Many inflatable pools come with an electric air pump. You may need to invest in an air pump or air compressor to blow up the pool if the model you choose doesn’t include this accessory. 

Capacity

How many people will use the pool at once? A couple of kids can play in a pretty small pool and be happy for hours. However, several kids and a few adults will need more square footage and water volume to relax comfortably. Make sure to measure the space where the pool will be placed. You don’t want to buy a pool that’s big enough for the family and learn after the fact that it’s too big for the yard. 

Drainage

Most inflatable pools have drainage plugs. However, you need to think about drainage when setting up the pool. Make sure it’s not in a place where all that water can cause damage. Even small pools can hold 100 gallons or more. That much water needs somewhere to safely drain.

FAQs

Q: How much does an inflatable pool cost?

Inflatable pools are generally budget-friendly compared to the cost of in-ground pools. They start at under $25 for small-capacity kiddie pools. They can range up to more than $700 for premium versions that include jets for a spa-like experience, water treatment, and filters, like the Intex 28405E PureSpa 4-Person Inflatable Hot Tub Spa. It’s also worth checking to see if the inflatable pool you’re considering comes with a pump, filter, or ladder, and if not, figuring those costs in, if necessary.

Q: How long can you leave water in an inflatable pool?

How long you can leave water in an inflatable pool depends on the tools you have to keep it clean. For sanitary reasons, replacing the water after each use is best. If you leave the water in the pool for a couple of days, cover the pool to prevent debris and animals from wandering in. Some pools come with a filter or chlorine tablets. However, ensure the pool’s material can withstand any chemicals you use.

Q: How do you inflate an inflatable pool?

There are a range of ways to inflate an inflatable pool. Some inflatable pools come with an electric pump, and electric pumps are definitely the easiest way to inflate them. You may have to buy a pump separately if one isn’t included with the pool. Your other options are a manual pump, like a bike bump, or good old-fashioned blowing, which we don’t recommend.

Q: How do you find a leak in an inflatable pool?

To find a leak in an inflatable pool, create a soap (dish soap) and water mixture, and spray it onto the area where you suspect a leak. If there is one, you’ll see bubbles start to form over the puncture.

Final thoughts on the best inflatable pools

For adults who like to soak, the Intex 28405E PureSpa 4-Person Inflatable Hot Tub Spa is easy to set up, relaxing to use, and offers filters and water treatment. It doesn’t hurt that it includes headrests, too. However, for keeping kids entertained, it’s hard to beat the slides and climbing wall of the BOUNTECH Inflatable Double Slide Bounce House. Whatever floats your boat (and your body), there’s an inflatable pool to fit your yard and lifestyle.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best inflatable pools in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best cordless vacuums of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-cordless-vacuum/ Mon, 11 Oct 2021 12:59:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-cordless-vacuum/
The best cordless vacuums can help make cleanup fast and easy.

These helpful home accessories suck in the best way possible.

The post The best cordless vacuums of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best cordless vacuums can help make cleanup fast and easy.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Tineco A11 Hero Cordless Vacuum Cleaner is the best overall cordless vacuum Tineco A11 Hero Cordless Vacuum Cleaner
SEE IT

The Tineco’s suction power, HEPA filtration, and quiet operation come together in a reliable design.

Best for pet hair The Shark Anti-Allergen Pet Power Cordless Lightweight Stick Vacuum is the best cordless vacuum for pet hair. Shark Anti-Allergen Pet Power Cordless Lightweight Stick Vacuum
SEE IT

Silicone powerfins and a tangle-resistant brush attack pet hair. 

Best budget The Shark Navigator Freestyle Cordless Stick Vacuum is the best cordless vacuum for value. Shark Navigator Freestyle Cordless Stick Vacuum
SEE IT

Cut out bells and whistles for an affordable vacuum that features two suction speeds.

Cordless vacuums have cleaned living rooms since the ’70s. Back then, there were well-founded concerns that these cordless wonders would never rival their corded counterparts. Today’s more powerful batteries and energy-efficient designs, however, get close and offer portability that full-size vacuums can’t beat. Innovative designs give the best cordless vacuums the power to suck it up for 20 minutes or more and offer versatile uses for cleaning cars, stairs, upholstery, and drapery. 

How we picked the best cordless vacuums

Cordless vacuums are the lightweight speed demons of the vacuum world. I evaluated them based on their combination of he following factors: 

Power: Power in watts and amps can be deceiving in vacuums because design heavily influences how much suction the motor creates. I looked for designs that enhance suction to remove tough debris like pet hair and fine dust. 

Design: The design covers everything from the motor and brush roll to the handle and emptying process. I considered how all of these worked together and looked for any design issues that consistently appeared in reviews. 

Battery life and run time: Battery life and run times vary by the settings and accessories used. Here’s where balance mattered. Batteries that kept the vacuum’s weight low—while still offering at least 20 minutes of juice—were more likely to make the list. 

The best cordless vacuums: Reviews & Recommendations

A cordless model frees you from the tether, the tyranny of an electrical cord and outlet. There’s no getting tangled, wrapped around furniture, or changing outlets while you work. Here are our top picks for cordless vacuums designed to deliver power and run time.

 Best overall: Tineco A11 Hero Cordless Vacuum Cleaner

Tineco

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Tineco’s combination of suction power, quiet operation, and impressive HEPA filtration made it an obvious choice for the best cordless vacuum overall.  

Specs 

  • Weight: approximately 5-6 pounds
  • Dust cup size: 0.6 liters
  • Conversions: 1 (to handheld)

Pros

  • Lightweight at approximately 5 pounds
  • Handy wall charger that holds additional tools
  • Quiet operation

Cons 

  • Clogging can be an issue

The Tineco A11 Hero Cordless Vacuum Cleaner brings suction power and versatility to your cleaning. The 450-watt cyclonic brushless (quiet) motor produces excellent suction. While it’s not as strong as a full-size vacuum, it makes quick work of light debris and pet hair. 

Pet owners will also find that the four-stage HEPA filtration helps contain pet dander. The filters are washable, saving you some cash on replacement filters. On the lowest setting, without the motorized brush, it can run up to 40 minutes. That run time goes down if it’s powering the brush, of course.

The Tineco vacuum also gets points for the wall storage/charger. It hangs out of the way without eating up any floor space. The charger also holds the additional tools, including the power brush, dusting brush, and crevice tool. However, the Tineco has been known to clog easily, depending on the kind of debris and the carpet length and thickness.

Best for pet hair: Shark Anti-Allergen Pet Power Cordless Lightweight Stick Vacuum

Shark

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This Shark vacuum’s silicone powerfins and tangle-resistant brush are designed to attract pet hair without daily hair removal, making it one of the best cordless vacuums for homes with four-legged furry friends. 

Specs  

  • Weight: 7.17 pounds
  • Dust cup size: 0.32 liters
  • Conversions: 1 (to handheld)

Pros

  • Silicone powerfins attract hair and pull it from carpets
  • Easy-to-empty dust cup
  • Resists tangles and easy to remove hair

Cons

  • Weight distribution causes head to lift off of the ground when pulling backward 

The Shark Anti-Allergen Pet Power Cordless Lightweight Stick Vacuum doesn’t have the Shark Duo Clean technology, but it puts the hurt on pet hair with its silicone powerfins. The fins work in a couple of ways. First, they keep constant contact with the floor, so hair can’t escape. Second, the silicone creates a slight charge that attracts pet hair that can then get sucked into the vacuum. 

While silicone can be gentle on hardwoods, the head also has bristles. They’re soft and work well on most hardwoods, but many people are surprised that the silicone fins have bristled helpers. 

This brush design also self cleans, making it easier to manage pet hair. That doesn’t mean it’s completely tangle-proof, but you’ll deal with fewer tangles than with other models. The Shark also comes with useful accessories, like an eight-inch crevice tool, dusting brush, and pet multi-tool. 

The entire unit converts to a handheld vac that fits all of the accessories. If you’re looking for a con, the weight distribution on this vacuum doesn’t always work quite right. Some users find that when they pull it backward, the lightweight head lifts off the ground. 

Best for hardwood floors: Dyson V8 Absolute Cordless Stick Vacuum Cleaner

Dyson

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Dyson enjoys a reputation for power, and the Dyson V8 doesn’t disappoint with its powerful suction, impressive maneuverability, and soft vacuum head option for hardwood floors. 

Specs

  • Weight: 5.75 pounds
  • Dust cup size: 0.53 liters
  • Conversions: 1 (to handheld)

Pros

  • Soft bristles on the hardwood attachment are gentle on delicate floors
  • Multiple vacuum head options provide versatile uses
  • Powerful suction that picks up fine dust and dirt

Cons 

  • Can start pulsating if it starts to get a clog

The Dyson V8 Absolute Cordless Stick Vacuum Cleaner has the benefit of Dyson’s powerful motor and highly functional (and long) list of tools. Dyson makes a soft brush head that’s ideal for hardwood floors. However, it also comes with a more aggressive head designed for carpets. Other accessories include a dust brush, crevice tool, and soft brush. There are other heads available from Dyson, which are sold separately.

This model has good balance, adding to the maneuverability and ease of use. The Dyson can be used as a handheld vacuum for a car or stair-cleaning as well. While it has plenty of pros, the V8 has also been known to have a pulsating problem if a clog starts to form in the tube.  

Best combo: Shark WANDVAC System Stick and Handheld Vacuum Combo

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A stick vac and handheld in one, the Shark WANDVAC System is both powerful and lightweight, allowing for the cleanup of floors, carpets, and furniture.

Specs

  • Weight: 5.9 pounds
  • Dust cup size: .13 quart
  • Conversions: 3 (to handheld, wand, full vacuum)

Pros

  • Operates in three modes
  • Effective on pet hair
  • Lightweight

Cons

  • Small suction cup
  • Limited battery life

Who wants to have several vacuums when you can combine them into one handy device? The Shark WANDVAC System is both a stick and handheld vacuum in one and also works in wand mode. At just shy of 6 pounds, it’s lightweight and versatile while still delivering highly efficient HyperVelocity suction. Pet owners will appreciate its brush roll, which doesn’t allow hair to wrap and is self-cleaning. The dust cup is easy to remove, and the HEPA H-10 filter is washable. The system also continuously charges on its compact corner-friendly dock (which includes an attachment storage pedestal), so it’s ready when needed. That said, the battery life is limited, so this 3-in-1 is best reserved for spot cleaning after you’ve run your robovac (such as the Shark AI Ultra Self-Empty XL shown above) and/or to get those hard-to-reach crevices.

Best handheld vacuum: BISSELL Pet Hair Eraser Cordless Hand Vacuum

Bissell

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Bissell handheld vacuum is lightweight and includes a wide range of accessories that give versatile options for use, landing it a spot on our “best” list. 

Specs 

  • Weight: 3 pounds
  • Dust cup size: 0.7 liters
  • Conversions: 0

Pros

  • Large dust cup needs less emptying
  • Multiple head tools create versatile applications
  • Powerful suction for a vacuum this size

Cons

  • No accessory storage

The BISSELL Pet Hair Eraser Cordless Hand Vacuum packs a lot into a little package. This lightweight, three-pound vacuum comes with a motorized brush tool (great for pet hair), upholstery tool, and crevice tool. They’re simple to change and turn the vacuum from an upholstery cleaner to a stair master. 

The Bissell cordless, handheld vacuum also features a larger 0.7-liter dust cup, larger than many stick vacuums. At that capacity, you won’t have to empty it nearly as often. However, the downside of this model is all those accessories. They work brilliantly, but there’s no storage for any of those extras. 

Best budget: Shark Navigator Freestyle Cordless Stick Vacuum

Shark

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Shark keeps things simple but does the basics like a pro and doesn’t come with the big price tag of many of the convertible cordless models. 

Specs 

  • Weight: 7.5 pounds
  • Dust cup size: 0.64 quart
  • Conversions: 0

Pros

  • Two-speed options
  • Motorized brush lifts embedded pet hair
  • Swivel steering

Cons 

  • Brushroll throws debris on hard floors

The Shark Navigator Freestyle Cordless Stick Vacuum skips bells and whistles like conversions and extra accessories. Instead, it’s got two speeds, one for bare floors and one for carpets and little else. The combination of suction and brush-roll power help lift pet hair from carpets. Swivel steering maneuvers around obstacles with speed and precision. However, you can’t turn the brush off, which gives it the potential to scratch delicate hardwoods. 

Things to consider before buying a cordless handheld vacuum

Battery life and run time

Battery life and run time only factor in if you’ll be vacuuming a big area on one charge, like a five- or six-bedroom house. Battery life and run time won’t affect your use if the vacuum is used only for spot cleaning or spiffing up a studio apartment. 

For those that fall into the former category, bigger batteries typically offer longer run times. However, that also means more weight. Consequently, manufacturers try to balance the weight and run time. Depending on the accessories used and suction settings, you can expect anywhere from 15 to 45 minutes per charge. Some models are advertised as having 60 minutes or more, but that is often under ideal conditions, like a fully charged battery, low pile carpet, and the lowest power setting. 

Vacuum weight

Handheld cordless vacuums can weigh as little as one or two pounds. Stick and upright vacuums usually weigh between five and 10 pounds. If you use the vacuum on the stairs or in the car, a lower-weight model will be easier to maneuver. Suppose the vacuum stays on the same floor at all times. In that case, a little extra weight (and a more powerful battery) probably won’t affect maneuverability unless you have arthritis or weak wrists. 

Pet, car, or stairs

Your carpet style, pets, and stairs are all factors that influence the type of cordless vacuum that will work best. Vacuums designed specifically for pet hair often feature brush action and vacuum heads that attract hair into the vacuum. 

For car cleaning, a handheld vacuum or a cordless model that converts into a cordless vacuum offers the best portability. Models that include extra tools like a crevice tool and upholstery tool let you reach into a car’s crevices and clean seats.

A cordless vacuum’s light weight and lack of cord are definitely stair-friendly. Some convert into a stair vacuum with a short handle, so you don’t have to stoop. Handheld models are also a good option for stairs, though you’ll have to bend over more than with a stair vacuum.  

FAQs

Q: What is the best cordless vacuum for the car?

The best cordless vacuum for the car has to be either the BISSELL Pet Hair Eraser Cordless Hand Vacuum or the Shark Anti-Allergen Pet Power Cordless Lightweight Stick Vacuum when in the handheld configuration with the crevice tool. Both of these vacuums have good power and several tools to clean the varied surfaces and crevices of a car.

Q: Is Shark cordless better than Dyson?

A Shark cordless can be better than a Dyson. It depends on which models you’re comparing and what you’re using them for. Dyson typically offers more high-quality accessory options with impressive power and battery life. However, Shark’s models have large dust cups and excellent suction, especially for removing pet hair.

Q: Which cordless vacuum lasts the longest?

Cordless vacuums typically last two to three years, depending on how often and what you use the vacuum for. At that point, their batteries begin to lose power. However, models with removable and replaceable batteries may provide longer life.

Final thoughts on the best cordless vacuums

The Tineco Cordless Vacuum Cleaner gets the top spot for its high-power suction, quiet operation, and effective HEPA filtration. However, when it comes to stairs and cars, the BISSELL Pet Hair Eraser Cordless Hand Vacuum’s impressive mobility and accessories let you zip through cleaning.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best cordless vacuums of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best smart thermostats in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-smart-thermostat/ Fri, 20 Aug 2021 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=390271
The best smart thermostats
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Get a more comfortable (and economical) home when you integrate an app- and AI-controlled thermostat.

The post The best smart thermostats in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best smart thermostats
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Google Nest Learning Thermostat Google Nest Learning Thermostat
SEE IT

Google’s Nest Thermostat is still the best designed, simplest to set up, and easiest to use.

Best for multiple zones ecobee Smart Thermostat Premium ecobee Smart Thermostat Premium
SEE IT

If you need to evenly heat or cool a large home, ecobee’s Smart Thermostat Premium has you covered.

Best budget GE CYNC Smart Thermostat GE CYNC Smart Thermostat
SEE IT

Support for external sensors and integration into a larger smart home accessory ecosystem help this smart thermostat stand out.

Heating and cooling bills can quickly skyrocket if you don’t have a systematic method for controlling your HVAC (Heating, Ventilation, Air Conditioning) system—which is why you want a smart thermostat. This gadget gives you one of the most hands-off ways to combat cost and conquer comfort. It can monitor the temperature in your home, automatically make adjustments based on your schedule, and allow you to turn up the heat or air conditioning remotely. The best smart thermostats will keep you and your home’s heating and cooling system in sync and work so seamlessly that you’ll forget how much work it’s doing behind the scenes.

How we chose the best smart thermostats

A smart thermostat is one of the most important internet-connected gadgets you can install in your home, so we took great care when sifting through the dozens of options available today. This smart home accessory will literally impact how comfortable you are at home and how comfortable you are with your monthly utility bill. Getting a flaky smart thermostat is not an option. We conducted some hands-on testing along with our research and only recommended options from the most well-established players in this space.

Installing a smart thermostat used to be one of the more expensive smart home upgrades, but our research revealed companies like Amazon and GE have stepped in to provide genuinely competitive options for under $100. You’ll still have to shell out a lot more for the most premium smart home thermostats, but you won’t need to if your needs are basic. If you’ve already gotten comfortable with some basic smart home accessories, this is the next logical step to take your house into the future.

The best smart thermostats: Reviews & Recommendations

Smart thermostats offer distinct advantages over traditional models by taking home temperature control to a new level. These models use WiFi or Bluetooth to connect to an app that lets you monitor and control the temperature from anywhere you can get a connection. Through the app, you can set weekday or weekend schedules, access temperature controls before you step foot into the house, and get detailed analyses of your energy use or temperature patterns. 

Smart home thermostats don’t skimp on technology. Some models feature geofencing, GPS, and touchscreens among their features and options. Advancements now allow some models to learn your behaviors and preferences, then adapt the temperature schedule to anticipate your needs. It comes down to the fact that the best smart thermostats give you one less thing to worry about while saving money on your energy bill. 

Best overall: Google Nest Learning Thermostat

Google

SEE IT

Specs

  • Smart home platforms: Amazon Alexa, Google Assistant
  • Supports external sensors: No
  • Price: $210

Pros

  • Easy to see at a glance
  • Color display
  • Physical buttons

Cons

  • Price

The Nest Thermostat was a phenomenal success years before Google acquired its parent company, and it’s still the best option based on our hands-on testing. Instead of relying on touch controls, which can be finicky and harder to use for less tech-savvy, you turn the temperature up and down by twisting the thermostat’s outer ring. You’ll feel resistance and hear the sound of a click every time you increase or decrease the temperature. This is a big user experience win, and easy to explain to folks staying at your place while you’re away.

Setting up this thermostat took about a half hour, which included the time it took to remove the old thermostat, screw in the Nest’s backplate, plug the wires into said backplate, attach the Nest, and connect it to our WiFi network. Google provides all the tools you’ll need (a screwdriver) to install the thermostat yourself, and the included step-by-step instructions make said installation a breeze. Just make sure to have your home’s WiFi password handy since you’ll need to input it during the setup process.

Once the Nest was set up, we could control it through the Google Home app (iOS and Android). Tapping on the thermostat within the app showed its current temperature, allowing us to turn it up or down or set the thermostat on a schedule. You also have the option to have the Nest Thermostat learn your schedule to manage your HVAC system more efficiently.

We’d argue that this smart thermostat’s best feature is its large color display. The screen makes it easy to see your current temperate at a glance, and it’ll turn blue or orange when you twist its outer ring to make your home cooler or warmer. Monochrome displays look cool but are more challenging to read—literally.

In our experience, the Nest did a commendable job learning our schedule, but we ultimately opted to use it manually most of the time. We appreciated having complete control over our HVAC system instead of relying on AI, but this says more about us than it does about the Nest. You may rarely have to touch this smart thermostats’ dial after giving it a couple of weeks to learn when you and the other people in your home are active and go to bed.

It may be expensive, but the Google Nest Thermostat’s intuitive interface and top-notch hardware make it the top choice.

Best for Alexa: Amazon Smart Thermostat

Amazon

SEE IT

Specs

  • Smart home platforms: Amazon Alexa
  • Supports external sensors: No
  • Price: $64.99

Pros

  • Has a model with a C-Wire adapter
  • Made with recycled materials
  • Supports Amazon Home Services installation

Cons

  • Only works with one smart platform

If you’re all-in on Alexa, Amazon’s smart thermostat is an easy buy in. It uses hardware developed by Honeywell Home, the consumer tech arm of a company that’s been around for nearly 120 years. It has an all-white minimalistic industrial design, with a digital readout of the temperature featured front and center. We’d prefer it if the temperature color on the smart thermostat were a color rather than all-white, but this won’t matter very much if you control it using the app (iOS and Android) or through an Alexa-enabled speaker.

Amazon offers this thermostat in two configurations; the only difference is that one comes with a C-Wire adapter if your home doesn’t have one. The C-Wire (known as the common wire) provides your smart thermostat with a constant source of power. Most newer homes have a C-Wire running from the HVAC system to the thermostat, so this shouldn’t be an issue. That said, it’s nice that Amazon has an option for those who don’t.

The functionality of this smart thermostat is pretty basic. Still, Amazon has differentiated itself by offering installation via its Home Services program for an added fee in case you’re uncomfortable doing any electrical work. It’s also prioritized sustainability by making parts of its thermostat out of recycled materials. If you’re cost-conscious and have bought into Amazon’s hardware ecosystem, this is an excellent choice.

Best for electric heating systems: Mysa Smart Thermostat for Electric Baseboard and in-Wall Heaters V2

Mysa

SEE IT

Specs

  • Smart home platforms: Amazon Alexa, Google Assistant, Apple HomeKit
  • Supports external sensors: No
  • Price: $118.99

Pros

  • Unobtrusive look
  • Very simple controls
  • Supports all three smart home platforms

Cons

  • Designed for heating only

This is the only smart thermostat designed exclusively for one type of heating system, but if you have baseboard heating, there’s a lot to recommend. This is the smallest smart thermostat we’re recommending, and its gray color will look understated but nice against almost any wall. We’re pleased Mysa went with a gray body because it makes the temperature, displayed in white, easier to see. While we’d still prefer a color display, we like that an arrow up and arrow down—used to change your home’s temperature—are clearly visible and easy to tap.

Of course, you also have complete control over the thermostat via an app on your phone (iOS and Android). The most important thing to understand is that this smart thermostat only works with heating systems, not cooling. So if you have central air, you’ll have to look elsewhere. This won’t be an issue if your home’s cooling system consists of individual window air conditioning units. We’re pleased that Mysa went through the trouble of designing its smart thermostat with compatibility with Google Assistant, Amazon’s Alexa, and Apple Homekit, so it’ll work regardless of your smart platform of choice.

If you only need a smart thermostat for your home’s heating system and have either a baseboard or in-wall heating system, Mysa’s Smart Thermostat is a great choice.

Best for multiple zones: ecobee Smart Thermostat Premium

ecobee

SEE IT

Specs

  • Smart home platforms: Amazon Alexa, Google Assistant, Apple HomeKit
  • Supports external sensors: Yes
  • Price: $237

Pros

  • Monitors air quality in addition to temperature
  • External sensor support
  • Support for all three smart home platforms

Cons

  • Price

If you want to control the temperature in a large home, your best bet is to use a smart thermostat that supports external sensors. This will ensure that every room of your place—even those furthest from the thermostat—will be heated or cooled evenly. The best option in this category is ecobee’s Smart Thermostat Premium and it isn’t even close. The face of this thermostat is black, which makes the temperature, which is displayed in white, stand out. You’ll be able to clearly see the current temperature at a glance and change it with a couple of taps. You can also make changes through ecobee’s iOS or Android app.

Ecobee bundles its smart thermostat with a single sensor, but you can get more based on your home’s needs. The sensor needs to be plugged into power but will wirelessly communicate data to the thermostat. Both the thermostat and sensor can also monitor the air quality in your room, which is a nice touch. If your smoke alarm goes off, this smart thermostat can detect it and notify your phone.

All of our smart thermostat recommendations work with one or more smart home assistants, but this is the only one with a built-in microphone that allows you to communicate directly with Amazon’s Alexa. This is a great feature if you don’t have an Echo or the one you use isn’t in the same room as your thermostat. The ecobee Smart Thermostat Premium also works with Google Assistant and Apple’s HomeKit; however, using these assistants with the thermostat will require additional hardware.

If you’ve been struggling to get your HVAC system to moderate the temperature of your entire home and don’t mind spending the money on a smart thermostat and sensor, ecobee’s Smart Thermostat Premium is your best choice.

Best budget: GE CYNC Smart Thermostat

Specs

  • Smart home platforms: Amazon Alexa, Google Assitant
  • Supports external sensors: Yes
  • Price: $64.50

Pros

  • External sensor support
  • Part of a larger smart home ecosystem
  • Price

Cons

  • Bulky

This smart thermostat is a little bigger than our other recommendations, but its value is undeniable if you don’t mind its size. This is one of only two smart thermostats we’re recommending that work with external sensors to provide consistent heating and cooling to every room of your home. GE doesn’t bundle its smart thermostat with any sensors but only charges $17 for one. You could outfit several rooms with these sensors at that price without hitting the price of ecobee’s smart thermostat. However, that one supports HomeKit, has Amazon’s Alexa built-in, and can sense smoke detectors, which are features this model lacks.

Still, GE made smart design decisions, like making the front of its thermostat black so its temperature reading and controls are easy to see and manage. You can also access these settings through GE’s iOS or Android app. While it doesn’t work with Apple’s HomeKit, this smart thermostat can be integrated into smart homes based on Amazon’s Alexa or Google Assistant. And unlike our other smart thermostat recommendations, this one from GE is part of a larger ecosystem of smart home accessories. If you invest in GE’s Cync light bulbs and smart plugs, you can manage them through a single app.

If you want a budget-priced smart thermostat that punches well above its weight, GE’s Cync Smart Thermostat is the clear choice.

What to consider when shopping for the best smart thermostats

Supported smart home platforms

Every smart thermostat can be controlled using an app on iOS and Android, but many can also be connected to smart home platforms designed by Amazon and Google. This will allow you to adjust your home’s temperature by using smart home assistants like Alexa and Google Assistant.

Size of your home

If you have a multi-story home, there’s a good chance it’s been split into different heating or cooling zones. You’ll know this is true if your house or apartment has multiple thermostats. If that’s the case, you’ll need to replace every thermostat in your home with a smart one to gain complete control over your HVAC (Heating, Ventilation, Air Conditioning) system. You can install one smart thermostat at a time, but you’ll only be able to adjust the temperature in that zone.

Remote sensors

If your home has a single zone, there’s still the chance that one room far away from the thermostat and HVAC system won’t be comfortable. This is because the thermostat’s temperature sensors, which determine when to turn it on and how long to engage your HVAC system, can only use data from the room they’re in. Some smart thermostats work with remote sensors, which can be installed in those rooms to feed additional data to the thermostat. If you use a remote sensor, your HVAC system will stay on until every room in your home reaches your specified temperature.

C-Wire

The common wire (abbreviated to C-Wire) is a cable that needs to run from your HVAC system to your smart thermostat to provide power. The color of this cable is typically blue, so you can check whether your current thermostat is connected to this wire by removing it from your wall without disconnecting it. If you don’t have a C-Wire, you’ll need to call an electrician to run one.

HVAC system

Many smart thermostats will work with multiple types of HVAC systems, but some were designed with specific heating or air conditioning equipment in mind. The more limited smart home thermostats are less expensive but may not work if you upgrade your HVAC system down the line or take them with you to another home.

FAQs

Q: What are the disadvantages of a smart thermostat?

The downfalls of smart thermostats typically come from connectivity issues. If you have slow WiFi, one of these devices could be frustrating because you can’t connect to make schedule changes. In these cases, you may often end up using manual controls.

Q: Can a smart thermostat detect room occupancy?

Yes, some smart thermostats can detect room occupancy. They do that through motion detection or sensing the app on your phone. Those that use motion detection will detect all of your family members (including pets), while those that detect the app may only recognize you in the room if you have your phone.

Q: Is a smart thermostat better than a programmable thermostat?

In many ways, a smart thermostat is better than a programmable thermostat. Smart models offer more information, like energy usage and temperature patterns, for more precise control. Smart thermostats also let you adjust the temperature when you’re away from home, which programmable models do not. 

Q: How much does a smart thermostat cost?

Our smart thermostat recommendations range from $65 to $237, with plenty of prices in between. The amount you pay will be based on which features you need.

Final thoughts on the best smart thermostats

The best smart thermostats monitor the temperature for you. They collect information that helps you (or them) make informed decisions about energy usage. These new thermostats take work out of your hands, so you can relax in your home’s cozy warmth or blessed chilliness, depending on what you prefer. Look for features that work with your lifestyle, like geofencing if you want your house to jump to attention when you pull up or learning capabilities if you want it to adapt the schedule to your preferences. In the meantime, the best smart thermostat will reduce your energy bill, save time, and make your home look ultra-modern.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best smart thermostats in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best memory foam mattress toppers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-memory-foam-mattress-toppers/ Sat, 18 Feb 2023 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=512541
The best memory foam mattress toppers can help you get a good night's sleep.

Sleep better with these mattress toppers that conform to your shape and go easy on the wallet.

The post The best memory foam mattress toppers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best memory foam mattress toppers can help you get a good night's sleep.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Tempur Pedis Tempur Supreme is the best memory foam mattress topper overall. Tempur-Pedic TEMPUR Supreme 3-Inch Mattress Topper
SEE IT

Quality materials, comfortable contouring, and a removable, washable cover offer a relaxing way to end the day.

Best cooling The BedStory 3-inch is the best memory foam mattress topper for cooling. BedStory 3-Inch Memory Foam Mattress Topper
SEE IT

Dual layers of foam support and cradle the body, while a cooling gel and a breathable cover let you drift off to sleep.

Best budget Zinus makes the best memory foam mattress toppers at a budget-friendly price. ZINUS 1.5 Inch Swirl Gel Cooling Memory Foam Mattress Topper
SEE IT

This thin topper provides light cushioning and contouring but allows the body to breathe.

If you find yourself tossing and turning because of an uncomfortable mattress, a mattress topper could help you get a better night’s sleep. Made from a space-age cushion that contours to the sleeper’s shape, a memory foam topper can help relieve pressure on the shoulders and hips or better support the back, depending on its design. The right mattress topper can revitalize an old mattress or soften an overly firm one to help you get better sleep and wake up with fewer aches and pains. Here are our recommendations for the best memory foam mattress toppers.

How we chose the best memory foam mattress toppers

Memory foam started in the space program, but today, it’s a common household material. It’s made from polyurethane foam that’s undergone treatment with various compounds and chemicals, giving the foam viscous characteristics that allow the foam to change shape under pressure. It will continue to change shape slowly as pressure increases. The elastic properties give the foam stretchiness that helps it return to its original shape without damage.

I’ve worked in the sleep industry researching and testing products for three years. After reading numerous sleep studies and digging into what makes a great sleep product, I’ve honed in on how and what products help you get better slumber. I’ve combined that real-world experience with peer recommendations plus a look at the following technologies when it came time to make my recommendations:

Foam density: Dense foams can be soft or firm, but the denser the foam, the longer it lasts.

Cover design (cuts and grooves): If the mattress topper had a cover, those covers better be removable and washable. A cover can prevent a dirty topper, but it should be washable.

Cooling technologies: Cooling technologies like gel foam or gel-infused foam, along with the design of the foam itself, can enhance breathability. Memory foam is known for trapping heat, so the topper should feature at least one cooling technology in its design.

The best memory foam mattress toppers: Reviews & Recommendations

Finding the best memory foam mattress topper for you comes down to your sleeping preferences. Are you looking for a softer landing or firmer material to support your back and neck? The following five options offer something for all kinds of sleepers.

Best overall: Tempur-Pedic TEMPUR Supreme 3-Inch Mattress Topper

Why it made the cut: This Tempur-Pedic’s performance, quality, and removable, washable cover easily make it our top choice for sleepers of all sizes and sleep styles.

Specs

  • Thickness: 3-inch memory foam
  • Firmness: Medium-firm
  • Extra feature: Removable cover

Pros

  • Removable, washable cover simplifies cleaning and maintenance
  • Foam deepens pressure relief as body heat and pressure increase
  • Dense, durable foam
  • Six sizes available

Cons

  • Requires airing out upon arrival
  • Can be warm

Tempur-Pedic enjoys a well-deserved reputation for excellence in the sleep industry. The Tempur-Pedic TEMPUR Supreme 3-Inch Mattress Topper meets their high standards and delivers well-cushioned rest for struggling sleepers. It features 3 inches of Tempur material, Tempur-Pedic’s memory foam “recipe.” It’s the same foam found in their mattresses and has similar durability, meaning it will last. The foam stretches and conforms under pressure and heat, which deepens the cushioning as you sleep. That continued customization relieves pressure at the shoulders and hips but provides support for the neck and lower back.

This model also gets high marks for the removable, washable cover. Memory foam mattress toppers without a cover can easily attract hair, dirt, and dust. The cover offers protection and works as part of the memory foam’s cooling system, which offers impressive breathability.

Most memory foam mattresses and mattress toppers have a bit of an odor upon arrival. The Supreme is no different and does require some time to air out, but it doesn’t take long. While most users don’t report overheating, there are a few that found this topper caused some overheating. However, many of those same users report that the comfort of the topper outweighed the discomfort from excess heat.

Best cooling: BedStory 3-Inch Memory Foam Mattress Topper

BedStory

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The BedStory’s gel-infused memory foam absorbs heat for improved temperature control and comes in three heights and firmnesses.

Specs

  • Thickness: Comes in 2-, 3-, and 4-inch heights
  • Firmness: Soft, medium, and firm firmnesses available
  • Extra feature: Removable cover

Pros

  • Gel infusion absorbs body heat for cooler sleep
  • Aeration pattern provides good air circulation
  • Multiple firmness options work for different-size people
  • CertiPUR-US certified foams

Cons

  • Lacks long-term durability
  • Corner loops may break when used on thicker mattresses

The BedStory 3-Inch Memory Foam Mattress Topper comes in three thicknesses: 2-, 3-, or 4-inch. Each thickness offers a different firmness level—medium with the 2-inch, soft with the 3-inch, and firm with the 4-inch. It gets high marks for offering different firmness levels and thicknesses so that people of different shapes and sizes can get cool and comfortable.

The gel-infused memory foam absorbs body heat and transports it away from the sleeper. That cooling ability is supported by aeration holes that aid heat and air circulation even as the foam contours to the body.

The BedStory topper’s CertiPUR-US-certified memory foam does an excellent job of following the body’s shape. To receive the certification, a third-party organization monitors and ensures that the topper was made without the use of substances that can potentially harm people. Even as it surrounds your body, you can rest easier knowing it’s free of things like plastics, vinyl, and toxic flame retardants.

A cover works with the gel and aeration design to dissipate further heat. Plus, it’s removable for easier maintenance and washing. Loops at each corner of the cover help hold the topper in place. The loops are helpful, but they aren’t quite long enough for the tallest mattresses and may break. One other issue noted by a few users was that, over time, the foam lost its ability to return to its original shape. Interestingly, even when it wasn’t as plush as it used to be, it maintained its cooling abilities.

Best zoned: Best Price Mattress 3-Inch 5-Zone Memory Foam Mattress Topper

Best Price

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This mattress stood out for the quality and design of the targeted zoning, helping it to support the body’s natural physiology.

Specs

  • Thickness: 3-inch memory foam
  • Firmness: Soft to medium-soft firmness
  • Extra feature: Lavender infusion

Pros

  • Targets five body zones
  • Soothing lavender infusion helps sleepers relax
  • Zoning design also enhances breathability
  • CertiPUR-US certified foam

Cons

  • Lacks density

The Best Price Mattress 3-Inch 5-Zone Memory Foam Mattress Topper features cuts and grooves in the memory foam to alter the density by zone. The five zones focus on the body’s most common problem areas—head/neck, shoulders, hips, lower back, and knees. The design in each area offers more or less support based on the body’s needs. For example, a spiral design through the lower back provides firmer support, while the chevrons at the shoulders allow the shoulders to sink into the topper, relieving pressure.

This type of design works well for couples with different sleep styles. For example, side sleepers get the pressure relief they need at the shoulders and hips, and back sleepers get added support through the back. Of course, because it’s memory foam, it also provides general pressure relief and contouring to relieve aches and pains. A lavender infusion adds a nice touch to this model since lavender has been linked to improved sleep quality. Users found the scent pleasant, though there’s no conclusive evidence that the lavender specifically improved sleep. The mattress topper is also available in several other infused scents. The only issue with the Best Price model is the density. Memory foams come in various densities, contributing to their firmness and durability. This foam has a relatively low density, which has contributed to a few cases of early breakdown.

Best hybrid: LUCID 4-Inch Down Alternative and Gel Memory Foam Mattress Topper

Lucid

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The LUCID mattress topper offers three comfort options for the price of one, making it one of the best mixed-media toppers available.

Specs

  • Thickness: Two inches of gel memory foam with 2 inches of down alternative
  • Firmness: Soft
  • Extra feature: Hypoallergenic down alternative

Pros

  • Three comfort options
  • Gentle padding with soft contouring that feels like a blanket
  • Memory foam offers excellent pressure relief through the down alternative

Cons

  • Can get warm

The LUCID Foam Mattress Topper combines two mattress topper types in a single product. The down-alternative layer and the gel memory foam layer can be used separately or together, offering three different comfort options. The hypoallergenic down alternative gives the bed a pillowy feel. Combined with the memory foam, it feels like that pillow is giving you a hug. The LUCID is an excellent way to add cushioning to a firm mattress or to experiment with different sleep options to find what works for you.

Alone, the gel memory foam does an adequate job absorbing heat. However, when it’s used with the down-alternative layer, the LUCID can get warm. Down acts as an insulator, and the memory foam’s cooling technologies cannot compensate for that insulation. When each layer is used on its own, heat tends to be less of an issue.

Best budget: ZINUS 1.5-Inch Swirl Gel Cooling Memory Foam Mattress Topper

Zinus

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This model’s simple design offers light contouring with good breathability for a price that most people can afford.

Specs

  • Thickness: 1.5-inch memory foam
  • Firmness: Soft firmness
  • Extra feature: CertiPUR-US-certified foam

Pros

  • Thin profile for light contouring
  • Requires 3 days to expand fully
  • Gel and eggshell design enhance temperature control and breathability

Cons

  • Needs extra time to air out
  • Infused green tea doesn’t cause a change in odor

The ZINUS 1.5 Inch Swirl Gel Cooling Memory Foam Mattress Topper provides comfort beyond its price. The CertiPUR-US certified gel memory foam helps to absorb heat and move it away from the body. Breathability also gets a boost from the eggshell design because it leaves air pockets for heat and air to circulate.

Gel isn’t the only addition to the memory foam. This model also contains green tea, which the manufacturer claims can add antibacterial and antioxidant properties to the topper. Such claims are unsubstantiated, but that infusion doesn’t alter the odor or affect comfort.

With only 1.5 inches of foam, don’t expect deep contouring. This model features light, gentle shaping to take pressure off problem areas. The thin foam also makes this topper easy to roll up and store in a closet or attic until needed.

Things to consider before buying a memory foam mattress topper

Your weight and sleep style: A mattress topper that works for a friend or neighbor may not be the best choice for you based on your weight and sleep style. Heavier sleepers and those over 150 pounds need thicker memory foam to get adequate pressure relief. Side sleepers may also need thicker, softer memory foam that gives under the pressure of the shoulders and hips. Smaller people, those under 130 pounds, may find thick memory foam too firm to provide adequate contouring.

As a general rule, side sleepers need softer support, while stomach sleepers need firmer support to keep the lower back from overarching. Back sleepers fall in the middle but still need support in the low back to prevent poor spinal alignment.

Cooling technology: Memory foam is well-known for trapping body heat. Today’s memory foams perform much better than those on the market 20 or 30 years ago. However, a mix of cooling technologies usually offers better breathability. For example, a gel-memory foam perforated with aeration holes will pull heat away from the sleeper and allow better air circulation. Covers can also provide extra cooling properties.

Memory foam thickness: How much contouring do you want? If you want to be enveloped in your mattress, a soft, thick 3-inch or thicker memory foam topper can feel like a bedtime hug. However, if that makes you feel trapped, a thinner 1.5-inch topper will relieve pressure without making you feel stuck.

FAQs

Q: Are memory foam mattress toppers good for your back?

A memory foam mattress topper can be good for your back. Of course, it depends on the source of the pain and the type of mattress used under the mattress topper. Back pain caused by a sagging mattress, for example, won’t go away with a topper because the topper will sag, too. However, pain that stems from a lack of cushioning can certainly be helped by memory foam. You can also buy firm or zoned memory foam mattress toppers that offer more back support.

Q: What’s the difference between gel and memory foam mattress toppers?

You can find memory foam mattress toppers without gel and those with it. The gel in the topper, whether mixed or infused into the memory foam, absorbs body heat to help cool the sleeper. There are memory foam mattress toppers that do not have gel, and therefore do not contain the gel’s heat absorption qualities.

Q: What’s the best mattress topper for lower back and hip pain?

A memory foam mattress topper can help relieve lower back and hip pain. A model with zoned support better targets these problem areas by providing pressure relief at the hips and firmer support through the lower back.

Final thoughts on the best memory foam mattress toppers

The quality, temperature control, and washable cover of the Tempur-Pedic TEMPUR Supreme 3-Inch Mattress Topper make it stand out among the best memory foam mattress toppers. If you’re unsure of the height or type of mattress topper you want, the  LUCID 4-Inch Down Alternative and Gel Memory Foam Mattress Topper gives you three options from which to choose.

The post The best memory foam mattress toppers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best humidifiers in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-humidifier/ Mon, 11 Oct 2021 19:59:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-humidifier/
The best humidifiers of 2021

Proper humidity levels protect your respiratory health and keep your skin, hair, and home moisturized.

The post The best humidifiers in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best humidifiers of 2021

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Everlasting Comfort Cool Mist Humidifier is the best overall. Everlasting Comfort Cool Mist Humidifier
SEE IT

Adjustable output and easy-fill design let you get humidifying in a hurry.

Best for babies The Levoit Baby Bedroom Top Fill Cool Mist Humidifier is the best for baby. LEVOIT Baby Bedroom Top Fill Cool Mist Humidifier
SEE IT

Small and quiet, this humidifier won’t wake your baby.

Best value The Crane Drop Ultrasonic Cool Mist Humidifier is the best value humidifier. Crane Drop Ultrasonic Cool Mist Humidifier
SEE IT

The adjustable mist lid and easy cleaning make this little humidifier a winner.

The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) recommends keeping indoor air humidity between 30-50 percent. Below that and you could experience dry skin and nasal passages, irritated eyes, and excessive static electricity. Dry air can also aggravate respiratory conditions like asthma and bronchitis. Selecting one of our best humidifiers for indoors is an affordable way to bump up humidity levels, letting you sleep and breathe better without adding complicated installation or maintenance to your to-do list. 

How we chose the best humidifiers

I based my humidifier choices on output control, cleaning ease, tank capacity, and extra features. Models with more output controls let you fine-tune the humidifier’s performance. Adjustable outputs or variable fan settings provide extra control. Cleaning ease played a major role in my choices, too. 

While some humidifiers aren’t the easiest to clean, I looked for features that help provide access to all of the necessary parts. Tank capacities should be high enough that you only have to refill about once daily. (Of course, that depends on the setting and the humidity levels.) Finally, extra features like built-in humidistats, essential oil trays, and attractive designs factored in, too.

The best humidifiers: reviews and recommendations

Humidifiers come in different shapes and sizes, but they’re all fairly simple in design. They use water from a water tank to create a fine mist using one of various methods to increase humidity levels. The best humidifier for your space will be large enough for the room and easy to clean with a design that fits your style. With the right model, you can stay more comfortable when the weather causes humidity levels to drop.

Best overall: Everlasting Comfort Cool Mist Humidifier

Everlasting Comfort

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With a large-capacity water tank, adjustable mist output, auto shutoff feature, and essential oil tray, our top pick for the best humidifier ticks all the boxes and then some. 

Specs

  • Coverage: 500 square feet
  • Tank capacity: 6L (1.6 gallons)
  • Dimensions: 11 x 7 x 13 inches

Pros

  • Adjustable mist output
  • Large 1.6-gallon water tank
  • Tank provides up to 50 hours of running time
  • Quiet operation

Cons

  • Some units fail prematurely
  • Narrow opening makes cleaning difficult

Designed for use in rooms up to 500 square feet, the Everlasting Comfort Cool Mist Humidifier provides a large 1.6-gallon tank that can last nearly 50 hours on the lowest setting. Users have a couple of options for fine-tuning humidity levels, thanks to the control dial and the adjustable mist output. 

If aromatherapy is your thing, there’s an essential oil tray, too. This model can also act as a nightlight if you’re checking on a sick family member in the middle of the night. The light turns red if the automatic shutoff kicks in when the water levels run low, giving you a quick heads-up that it’s time for a refill.  

While we love the performance of this model, cleaning it isn’t the easiest. A narrow opening requires a long scrubber or some sort of cleaning solvent. Additionally, there’s a small number of units that fail prematurely after only a few months of use.

Best value: Crane Drop Ultrasonic Cool Mist Humidifier

Crane

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Crane’s adjustable output direction and detachable, easy-to-clean base win it a spot among the best of the best. 

Specs

  • Coverage: 500 square feet
  • Tank capacity: 3.8L (1 gallons)
  • Dimensions: 8.6 x 8.6 x 13.4 inches

Pros

  • Mist lid adjusts 360°
  • Detachable cord for easier cleaning
  • Variable output control for precise humidifying
  • Eight color options

Cons

  • Can leak if mist lid isn’t properly fit

The Crane humidifier features an attractive design and small footprint. Yet, it still has a one-gallon water tank capacity, giving it an approximately 24-hour runtime. The mist lid can rotate a full 360 degrees to allow for directional vapor. However, you have to make sure to get that lid on correctly, or it can leak. 

Variable adjustment on the output controls provides precise control over how much humidity enters the home. Plus, we like that this model comes in eight fun colors.

Best humidifier for baby: Levoit Baby Bedroom Top Fill Cool Mist Humidifier

Levoit

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: In addition to its quiet operation that won’t disrupt little sleepers, the Levoit features a helpful smart sensor that automatically adjusts the humidifier’s output based on the humidity level. It’s one of the best humidifiers for baby rooms.

Specs

  • Coverage: 260 square feet
  • Tank capacity: 1.8L (.48 gallons)
  • Dimensions: 7 x 7 x 10.6 inches

Pros

  • Intelligent sleep mode automatically adjusts output 
  • Quiet operation
  • Easy to fill

Cons 

  • Small tank size
  • Difficult to clean the inner tube

The Levoit humidifier packs a lot into a small package. It includes a built-in humidity sensor so that it can adjust the output accordingly and features ultra-quiet operation. You can also add essential oils to it for use as a diffuser. The refill process is super easy. An automatic shutoff feature turns off the humidifier when the water runs out to prevent overheating. 

However, there are a couple of things to watch out for. First, the tank is pretty small. Second, the tank is easy to clean, but there’s an inner tube that’s not. It has grooves that require more detailed scrubbing. 

Best evaporative humidifier: Pure Enrichment MistAire Eva

Pure Enrichment

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The MistAire’s adjustable automatic timer and four fan speeds provide excellent humidity control in spaces up to 500 square feet. 

Specs

  • Coverage: 500 square feet
  • Tank capacity: 2.8L (.74 gallons)
  • Dimensions: 9.5 x 9.5 x 13.5 inches

Pros

  • Automatic shutoff works in 2, 4, and 8-hour increments
  • Four fan speeds
  • Multicolor night light can also shut off

Cons 

  • Difficult to find replacement filters

One of the best evaporative humidifiers, the Pure Enrichment MistAire Eva has an automatic timer which offers two, four, or eight-hour shutoff increments. That’s perfect for nighttime or if you worry about leaving it on when you leave. You can set the timer based on how long you anticipate being home and can forget about it until you get back. The MistAire also provides four fan speeds to help keep the humidity at comfortable levels. This is especially helpful for those who live in a climate where humidity levels change throughout the year.

While the MistAire’s microbial filter works well, it’s not easy to replace. They can only be bought from the manufacturer, and they’re frequently out of stock.  

Best whole-house humidifier: AIRCARE EP9 800 Digital Whole-House Humidifier

Aircare

SEE IT

Why It Made The Cut: In addition to its sizable 3.5-gallon capacity, high output, and variety of output levels, this whole-house humidifier is also one of the easier models to clean. 

Specs 

  • Coverage: 2,400 square feet
  • Tank capacity: 13.24L (3.5 gallons)
  • Dimensions: 18 x 18 x 27.25 inches

Pros

  • Built-in humidistat maintains set humidity level
  • Digital display makes it easy to check humidity
  • Easy-to-clean filter
  • 9 fan levels let you customize the output

Cons 

  • Noisy

The AIRCARE EP9 800 Digital Whole-House Humidifier has a pedestal design, so it doesn’t connect directly to the HVAC. Instead, you place it according to the manufacturer’s instructions, and set the humidistat to your desired humidity level. The humidistat then controls the humidifier. 

A digital display on the front shows what the actual humidity is, letting you see how far the humidifier has to go. Another thing we liked was the easy filter access, which makes it easy to clean. 

Filling isn’t the easiest part of this model, but it’s not too bad. There’s an opening into which you pour 3.5 gallons of water. You’ll have to use a pitcher or some kind of funnel to avoid spilling. The only thing we don’t like? The noise—this big humidifier gets a bit loud at the higher fan speeds. 

Things to consider before buying the best humidifiers

Humidifier type

  • Warm-mist: Warm-mist humidifiers heat the water to create vapor before cooling it for release. They’re considered the safest types because the heating process kills microbes in the water. Warm-mist models tend to be quiet, but they’re also more costly to run because they take more power to heat the water. 
  • Cool-mist: Cool-mist humidifiers can work in different ways. Some put water from their reservoir through a wick filter to remove impurities before emitting the water droplets into the air. Others directly evaporate water (evaporative humidifiers) to raise humidity levels. These models are easier to clean than warm-mist humidifiers, but bacteria, fungus, and mineral deposits are more likely to accrue. 
  • Ultrasonic: Ultrasonic humidifiers may be warm or cold mist (or both). They have a vibrating diaphragm that creates water droplets small enough that all you see is a mist or fog coming from the machine. These models are quiet and easy to clean. 
  • Whole-House: Whole-house humidifiers come in different types, from models that connect directly to the HVAC system to pedestal models large enough to humidify the whole house from a single room. These models are efficient, relatively easy to install, and can humidify an entire house with a single device. 

Noise level

Cool-mist humidifiers tend to be the noisiest models. If you’re looking for a model that’s quiet, evaporative (a type of cool-mist humidifier) and warm-mist models cut down on decibels. However, warm-mist models may not be the best choice for homes with kids or pets because of the potential for the heated water to spill. Evaporative humidifiers cut down on noise but emit cool water that won’t scald.

Aromatherapy

Aromatherapy uses essential oils from various plants for health benefits. You can add essential oils to the water in some humidifiers, while others have a slot or tray into which you can pour a few drops of essential oils. The oils are then emitted with the water vapor.  

Cleaning ease

It’s very important to clean a humidifier regularly, as they can grow bacteria, mold, or fungus if they are not properly sterilized after each use. Models that are easy to take apart and either hand wash or put parts in the dishwasher are the easiest to manage. Some models have a filter, which will need to be cleaned and replaced every so often. Keep in mind that the price of filters can drive up the total lifetime cost of the humidifier.

Coverage area

Humidifiers are designed to humidify specific square footage. A large humidifier designed to work in a 500-square-foot space may put out too much humidity for a 200-square-foot room. A small humidifier may not make much difference in a large space. Estimate the area’s square footage to ensure you get a humidifier with the right coverage.

FAQs

Q: Can you put essential oils in a humidifier?

You can put essential oils in a humidifier that’s designed for use as a diffuser as well as a humidifier. These models feature an essential oils tray or designs meant for additions to the water tank. Do not add essential oils to a model not designed for this purpose.

Q: Does a humidifier help with congestion?

Humidifiers can help with congestion. They can moisten the nasal passage, loosening congestion and helping expel it.

Q: Can a humidifier make you sick?

Humidifiers require regular cleaning and maintenance to prevent mold, mildew, and fungal growth. Spores and particles can be expelled with the vapor if the humidifier isn’t cleaned regularly or correctly.

Final thoughts on the best humidifiers

The Everlasting Comfort Cool Mist Humidifier gets the top spot for the adjustable output, water tank capacity, and quiet operation. The Crane Drop Ultrasonic Cool Mist Humidifier is a good choice if you need something a little smaller with directional output.

Related: Best dehumidifiers

The post The best humidifiers in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best foot massagers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-foot-massager/ Wed, 28 Jul 2021 12:25:34 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=384519
Relax after a long day with one of the best foot massagers.

Work the stress out of your tired toes and feet.

The post The best foot massagers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Relax after a long day with one of the best foot massagers.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best heated The Etekcity Foot Massager Machine is the best heated foot massager. Etekcity Foot-Massager Machine
SEE IT

The Etekcity brings smart technology to your feet, along with slow, gradual heating.

Best for feet and legs The Cloud Massage Shiatsu Foot Massager Machine is the best leg and foot massager. Cloud Massage Shiatsu Foot Massager Machine
SEE IT

This massager targets the feet, ankles, and calves with adjustable massage motions and levels.

Best shiatsu The Renpho Foot Massager Machine is the best shiatsu foot massager. RENPHO Foot-Massager Machine
SEE IT

The RENPHO’s design combines the scraping, kneading, and pressing motions of a shiatsu massage with added heat and air compression.

Imagine getting day spa treatments from the privacy of your own home. When one of the best foot massagers enters your life, that’s what you get—home luxury. These wonderful toe ticklers work out kinks, sore spots, and tension. Some models mimic shiatsu, an ancient massage therapy from Japan that uses pressure and kneading to stimulate the feet. What’s more, it may encase your feet and ankles and work over everything from the toes to the calves. Some massagers add heat into the mix, too. Take a break and read on to get the lowdown on the best foot massagers and their many benefits.

How we picked the best foot massagers

Foot massagers come in various designs and motions. Some models mimic the ancient Japanese art of shiatsu, which involves applying pressure at different points to knead and rub the muscles and connective tissue. Others vibrate, apply heat, or use water jets to work out tension and heal sore muscles. Those with heat settings can help promote circulation, too.  

Models with built-in controls require bending over, which can be difficult for some people to do. Remote controls make controlling the heat, massage speed, and positioning easier to adjust. Some models connect to an app that lets you control the settings from a smartphone or tablet.

Finally, there’s the issue of foot size. If you’ve got feet over a men’s size 10 or 11 or under a woman’s size 6, models that encase the foot may make the right contact points for your feet. Check the massager’s dimensions. Remember—what feels best to you is a matter of personal preference. If it feels good, the massager’s doing its job. We picked a range of options for a variety of needs.

The best foot massagers: Reviews & recommendations

Best heated: Etekcity Foot Massager Machine

Etekcity

SEE IT

The Etekcity provides gradual heat that makes the feet melt into the massage. Speaking of the massage, this model also offers three massage speeds and three air pressure levels to fully customize each session. There’s a touch panel on the massage unit. However, this massager connects to an app for remote control using a smartphone or tablet. Last but not least, you can remove the foot sleeve for washing. 

Best for feet and legs: Cloud Massage Shiatsu Foot Massager Machine

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

The Cloud Massage Shiatsu Foot Massager features a platform with a tilt bar. The tilt bar adjusts the platform’s height and angle to massage different parts of the body, including the feet, ankles, and calves. It includes five modes—rolling massage, a sway function, compression therapy, heat therapy, and a quiet mode. The controls are built into the massage unit, so you have to bend down to use this model.

Best vibrating: Daiwa Felicity Foot Massager Vibration

Daiwa Felicity

SEE IT

The Daiwa Felicity Vibrating Foot Massager specializes in vibration massage, with 12 vibration settings. However, that’s not all it does. It also includes eight levels of infrared heat. A remote control makes it easy to adjust the settings while using the massager. While this model doesn’t provide any other types of massage, the design includes nodes, which you can use to target pain points.

Best shiatsu: RENPHO Foot-Massager Machine

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

The RENPHO shiatsu foot massager encases the foot and applies different massage motions and types to the foot to target pressure points. It applies air compression to the top and heel of the foot. This helps to press the bottom of the foot into the kneading, scraping, and rolling motions that work over the foot’s bottom. The RENPHO includes adjustable massage and compression levels. You can also add heat and set a timer. One nice perk with this model is the removable, washable liner.

Best budget: TheraFlow Dual-Foot Massager Roller

TheraFlow

SEE IT

The TheraFlow Dual Foot Roller takes care of both feet at once, a rarity among manual foot massagers. Five bars covered in nodules roll with the motion of the foot. The two types of nodules simulate deep-tissue massage and are arranged in an arc that follows the natural curve of the feet. Made of sturdy oak, this model is durable and small enough to store under a bed or couch.

Things to consider when shopping for the best foot massagers

Level of heat

Heated foot massagers add another layer to the massager’s ability to relax muscles. Adjustable heat settings provide comfort in changing conditions. In winter, you may want more heat, while in the summer, you may not want any heat at all. Adjustable settings let you customize the level. At the very least, look for a model that lets you turn the heat setting on or off.

A note of caution with these—people with circulatory issues or conditions like diabetes, which can affect the circulation of the feet, should consult a doctor before using a heated foot massager. A condition called diabetic neuropathy can cause nerve damage that reduces feeling in the feet. If there’s pain or too much heat, neuropathy may prevent the person from feeling it and making the proper adjustments.

Other places on the body to massage

Many foot massagers go well beyond the feet. If you’re looking for a model that can massage the ankles and even the calves, they are out there. However, the designs in this category vary. Some models encase the foot and ankles, offering pressure and massage motion options. Other models look like a wrap-around boot. These models typically use air pressure to massage. 

Another popular design features a platform with two open-ended massage spaces. You can put your feet inside or tilt the platform and put the calves or forearms inside. Feet and leg massagers may also offer shiatsu massage, vibration, water jets, or other movement patterns.

Types of massage—rolling, compression, and vibrating foot massagers

There are several diverse types of massage, like rolling, percussive, compression, vibration, and water massage. Shiatsu, a form of massage developed over centuries in Japan, is another popular massager motion. Each of these types of massages could provide relief from fatigue or pain, but they are each a matter of personal preference.

Some models offer several massage types, while others specialize in one or two. If you know what kind of massage action you prefer, pick a model that specializes in it. Otherwise, opt for a model that gives you choices. That way, if one day you feel like a rolling massage and the next day you need vibration, it’s available.

Shiatsu massage

Type “foot massager” in a search, and shiatsu foot massagers rise to the top of the list. Shiatsu foot massagers mimic the movements of a traditional Japanese shiatsu massage therapy. This type of therapy starts by rubbing the feet first to warm them and increase blood flow. From there, the thumbs, fingers, and palms are used to apply pressure to specific points on the foot. 

While a machine cannot perfectly replicate the real thing, a shiatsu foot massager offers similar types of movement. The movements include rubbing to warm up the feet, followed by moving nodes that target pressure points. These massagers offer an affordable way to add shiatsu to an at-home spa day.

Price

Foot massagers are a luxury item, but they don’t have to be expensive to be effective. Manual foot massagers won’t break the bank and do a good job of stimulating the feet and toes. A popular design features a bar with rollable nodules over which you roll the foot. Nodules of different sizes and shapes target various areas of the foot. Manual massagers may have one row of nodules or several rows to work the whole foot at once. 

Massage balls also fall into the manual foot massager category, though they are used on many areas of the body in addition to the feet. While you have to do the actual work of moving your foot over the nodules, these massagers aren’t hard to use and feel good, too.

FAQs

Q: Do foot massagers really work?

Foot massagers use different methods to vibrate, stimulate, and pressurize the muscles and connective tissues in the feet. In that sense, they all work. Will foot massagers relieve pain for plantar fasciitis or tired feet? That depends on the massager, the medical condition, and personal preferences. While foot massagers may not heal medical issues, they offer a way to create a home spa for private (affordable) pampering.

Q: Do foot massagers help with neuropathy?

Neuropathy is nerve damage that causes numbness and tingling in the feet and other places in the body. A study published in the Journal of Clinical Oncology found that massage therapy reduced the pain of chemotherapy-induced peripheral neuropathy (CIPN). A 2019 study that explored the benefits of massage to prevent CIPN in breast-cancer patients also showed a positive correlation between massage therapy and reduced CIPN. These studies look at very specific instances of using massage therapy, not necessarily a foot massager, to treat neuropathy, though. However, the research generally points toward positive results between massage and reduced neuropathy pain. Foot massagers may not offer a final solution, but it could potentially offer temporary relief.

Q: Does foot vibration help circulation?

There’s evidence that foot vibration can improve circulation in the feet. However, the extent and length of the benefits remain somewhat inconclusive. It seems that foot vibration certainly doesn’t hurt circulation. 

Final thoughts on the best foot massagers

The best foot massager is one that fits your feet and offers the types of movements and features that feel good to you. Different motions feel good to different people, based on their preferences, pain points, and feet biomechanics. For some people, that will be a shiatsu foot massager or foot and calf massagers. Models that have several massaging motions give you diverse ways to relieve tired, sore feet. It’s simply a matter of deciding how you’d like to pamper yourself.

The post The best foot massagers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best heating pads of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-heating-pad/ Sun, 22 Aug 2021 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=389875
Relieve those aches and pains with the best heating pad.
Kindel Media, Pexels

Relax tense muscles and enjoy warm pain relief with a heating pad.

The post The best heating pads of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Relieve those aches and pains with the best heating pad.
Kindel Media, Pexels

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best weighted Gray and white electric weighted throw blanket father's day gift Pure Enrichment WeightedWarmth Body Pad
SEE IT

Soft fabric and a size that caters to different areas of the back create a heating pad that sore muscles can’t resist.

Best for neck and shoulder The Sunbeam Heating Pad is the best for neck and shoulder pain. Sunbeam Heating Pad for Neck & Shoulder
SEE IT

The sunbeam’s extra tall, adjustable collar cradles the neck and drapes over the shoulders for quick relaxation.

Best microwavable The Carex Bed Buddy Heat Pad and Cooling Neck Wrap is the best microwavable heating pad. Carex Bed Buddy Heat Pad and Cooling Neck Wrap
SEE IT

This pad provides moist heat or chilly contentment with its organic filling and soft fabric.

If you’ve got tense, sore, or injured muscles, before you reach for aspirin, try some heat therapy. Heating pads stimulate blood flow, help muscles relax, and offer fast pain relief. They come in different shapes and sizes to fit various areas of the body. Different types of heating pads, like weighted and microwaveable models, feature designs that fit certain needs and preferences.

If you have problem areas, there are models that can mold to or specifically fit the shoulders, neck, or lower back. In addition, there are options that can shape themselves to most areas of the body, so you can use one heating pad even if you’ve got lots of different sore spots. So get ready for some heat, and take a look at the best heating pads, along with tips on how to choose the right one for your aching body.  

Best heating pads: Our picks

Best moist: Thermophore MaxHeat Arthritis Pad

Thermophore

SEE IT

The Thermophore MaxHeat Arthritis Pad heats quickly and reaches temperatures between 150 to 165°F. The intense, moist heat is delivered by a large 14- by  27-inch pad. With three heat settings and an automatic 25-minute shutoff feature, this weighted heating pad relieves pain but keeps you safe, too.

Best for neck and shoulder: Sunbeam Heating Pad for Neck & Shoulder

Sunbeam

SEE IT

The Sunbeam Heating Pad for Neck & Shoulder features an extra-tall, adjustable collar to cover the entire back of the neck and into the scalp. In total, this pad measures 22 by 19 inches, making it large enough for men and women. The Sunbeam also includes four heating settings and a removable, washable cover made of soft micromink. 

Best microwavable: Carex Bed Buddy Heat Pad and Cooling Neck Wrap

Carex

SEE IT

The Carex Bed Buddy Heat Pad and Cooling Neck Wrap contains an organic filling of grains and herbs that holds heat or cold. Pop it in the microwave to create moist heat or store it in the freezer for a cooling wrap to treat swelling or injury. Handles on either end help it stay in place or press the heating pad into the skin for deeper heat penetration.

Best weighted: Pure Enrichment WeightedWarmth 2-in-1 Body Pad

Pure Enrichment

SEE IT

The Pure Enrichment WeightedWarmth 2-in-1 Body Pad is made of a diamond quilted mink. Each diamond contains non-toxic beads that help the pad conform to the shape of your shoulders, leg, or back. The quilting maintains an even distribution of the beads, so there’s no pooling. That also maintains the pad’s contouring so it can better reach tight, sore muscles.

The best heating pads offer more than warmth 

Both heat and cold can help soothe aches and pains. Heat attracts more blood flow and nutrients to the affected areas, helping to provide relief, according to WebMD. Heating pads can offer different types of heat, control features, and designs that make some pads more helpful under certain circumstances. For example, there’s dry heat, and there’s moist heat. Both types of heat are helpful, but there’s evidence that moist heat’s ability to penetrate soft tissue faster can boost the pad’s effectiveness. 

Heating pads with multiple or adjustable heat settings give you more control over your heat therapy. Areas of the body that don’t have a lot of soft tissue like the ankle may need less heat than the thigh, for example, where there’s ample soft tissue to disperse the heat. Of course, there are also comfort preferences and heat tolerance that may necessitate temperature adjustment. And those with a single heat setting may need closer monitoring to make sure the temperature stays in a comfortable range. 

It’s important to note that heating pads, when not used properly, can cause a burn or be a fire hazard. Safety features like an automatic shut-off and an internal thermometer prevent burns and fire. Some models feature a timer that shuts the heat off after 20 to 30 minutes, while others turn off once they reach a certain temperature. However, safety also requires that the user follow the manufacturer’s guidelines.

As far as safe use, don’t lay on a heating pad, which can trap heat against your body and potentially cause a burn or start a fire. Do not place the pad directly on your skin, and make sure you don’t fall asleep with one, even if it has an automatic shut-off feature. 

Related: In addition to heat, the best thing for back pain is more movement.

Sore backs get a better fit and treatment with a heating pad for back pain

Back pain, specifically low-back pain, causes more global disability than all other pain sources. Heat can help, whether that pain comes from overuse or stems from a chronic condition. Heating pads designed for back pain may be a simple rectangle shape that molds to the body. This type works for the back but also for general pain in other areas of the body too. 

Other designs fit like a vest or jacket, allowing freedom of movement with the arms. These electric heating pads aren’t usually battery-powered. Consequently, you can’t walk around while wearing one, but the pad will fit and stay in place better. However, these close-fitting designs can cause overheating, so pay attention to how you feel. Red skin, lightheadedness, or an upset stomach could indicate that you or your skin are overheating, and it’s time to take the pad off.

Moist heating pads bring deep, penetrating heat

Heat is heat, right? Wrong. Moisture can help the heat penetrate deeper into the soft tissues and amplify the effects. The most efficient and consistent moist heating pads absorb moisture from the air, heat it, and let it penetrate the body. They don’t run out of moisture and keep heat exposure consistent. 

Look for models with adjustable temperature settings. Moist heat feels hotter and can easily burn the skin. Moist heating pads can also welcome mold and mildew if they aren’t maintained properly. Make sure that it is completely dry before putting it away.

Heat every curve and angle with a neck and shoulder heating pad

A rectangle isn’t always the best shape for the body’s curves. Shoulder and neck pain are common complaints that may not get the heat they need from a standard rectangular heating pad. 

To address that need, neck-and-shoulder heating pads are made in the shape of the neck and/or shoulders with a collar and body that drapes across the shoulders and partially down the back. Some are for the neck only, and others are shoulders only. However, the magical ones do both at once. Look for a model that fits your body size and drapes far enough down the body to reach your problem areas.

Leave electrical cords behind with a microwavable heating pad

Microwavable heating pads have two key benefits. First, they don’t require an electrical cord. You can manipulate the pad and adjust it to the body without wrestling with a cord. A lack of cord also lets you walk around with it in place. 

The second benefit is that some microwaveable heating pads offer moist heat. Some models allow you to put a small bowl of water in the microwave with the heating pad. The water releases steam, which the pad absorbs. It then releases that moisture against your body, letting the steam penetrate deeper into the tissue. 

The downside of these pads is that you have to be careful with them initially as they may be very hot, but they lose their heat relatively quickly. At that point, you’ll have to reheat them, but it’s a small price to pay for mobile heat.

Let a weighted heating pad get a closer fit 

Weighted heating pads do a couple of things that other models don’t. First, they offer a better fit against the body. If there’s a gap between the pad and the body, heat cannot penetrate as well, and you might not get all of the benefits. Weighted models mold to the body and stay in place more readily, so you get a good fit no matter the pad’s placement. 

Second, weight and pressure have also been shown to help relieve anxiety. These heating pads can act as a mini weighted blanket while providing relaxing heat. It’s kind of a win-win situation—a better fit and relaxing heat all in one.

FAQs

Q: Is it OK to sleep with a heating pad every night?

No. You should not sleep with a heating pad every night. Even with a timer, there’s a risk of falling asleep, getting a burn, or potentially starting a fire. It’s OK to use a heating pad in bed as long as you’re awake, then take it out of bed when you’re done, and turn it off.

Q: Are heat pads good for shoulder pain?

Heating pads are an excellent option for shoulder pain. The trick is getting a good fit to the part of the shoulder that hurts. Rectangular models can work. However, you’ll get better relief with one designed to fit around the neck and shoulders. Weighted models can also help the pad mold to your shape for a closer fit and better heat application.

Q: Is there a heating pad that you can lay on?

Laying on a heating pad is a universal no-no. It traps heat and can potentially cause a burn or pose a fire hazard. 

Final word on the best heating pads

Sweet relief is only a button touch away when you’ve got the best heating pad waiting for you. Whether it’s a moist heating pad, electric model, or microwavable, there’s a model that will fit your body and budget. Make sure it’s got safety features, even heat distribution, and the coverage your aching body needs. Now, it’s time to sit down, turn on the heat, and relax.

Related: Stop tension before it takes root with the best back massager.

The post The best heating pads of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Best blenders of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-blenders/ Mon, 04 Oct 2021 03:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=362178
The best blenders of 2021

Mix your way to delicious shakes, smoothies, and other concoctions with one of the best blenders.

The post Best blenders of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best blenders of 2021

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Vitamix E310 Explorian Blender is the best overall blender. Vitamix E310 Explorian Blender
SEE IT

Incredible power and durability with lots of speed options make a blender that just keeps going.

Best immersion The KitchenAid KHBV53IC Variable Speed Corded Hand Blender is the best immersion blender. KitchenAid KHBV53IC Variable Speed Corded Hand Blender
SEE IT

Protective accessories and easy cleanup come together in an immersion blend that performs.

Best budget The NutriBullet NBF350520 Touch Combo Blender is the best value blender. NutriBullet NBF50520 Touch Combo Blender
SEE IT

Save some cash but don’t skip on power with this basic model.

A kitchen isn’t quite complete without a blender. But a weak blender can be worse than no blender at all. These powerful choppers, pulverizers, and (yes) blenders blast through food in seconds. A blender’s power, design, and extra features will determine how well it breaks up ice or handles frozen fruit. The best blenders will have features that make efficient work of the foods you blend most, whether that’s smoothies and protein drinks or soups and ice cream.  

Presets, smart features, and extra cups are only a few of the extras that come with today’s blenders. Not everyone needs a premium blender with 17 speeds and the ability to make nut butters. The best blenders are made in different types to fit everything from professional to single-serving needs. 

How we chose the best blenders

I’ve researched and tested kitchen products for years. My search for the best blenders began with evaluating performance consistency and reliability. Next, I considered the quality of the construction and materials. For example, glass and stainless steel last longer than plastic. 

With blenders, there’s also a balance between premium features and performance. I looked for those that leaned toward performance over fancy touchscreens and long lists of preprogrammed buttons. Premium features add to the price, but the performance often is the same as less expensive models with manual controls. 

Best blenders: Reviews & Recommendations

With so many blenders on the market—and even more with tons of features—picking a new blender can be a challenge. We’ve scoured the internet to find the best blenders that crush the competition as easily as they can demolish ice. Some of these best blenders can even heat up soup. One of these should make all of your milkshake or margarita-making dreams come true.

Best overall: Vitamix E310 Explorian Blender

Vitamix

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The E310 has the power and durability of more expensive Vitamix blenders, but simple controls keep the price more reasonable, making it our choice for the best blender. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 11 x 8 x 18 inches
  • Container size: 48 ounces 
  • Speeds: 10, plus pulse feature

Pros

  • 10 manual speed controls, plus pulse feature
  • Tamper included to loosen thick mixes
  • Heat blending in six minutes

Cons

  • Noisy
  • Mixes can get stuck in the container

The Vitamix E310 Explorian Blender brings quality to the kitchen. Vitamix is well-known for its industrial-strength blenders, and the E310 meets their high standards. This pick has impressive power and high-quality materials and construction, but it doesn’t have some of the premium features available on other models, such as a touchscreen and vacuum sealing. That keeps the price slightly lower on this model with all of the power you’d expect from a Vitamix blender. 

A manual dial controls the 10 speeds, and a switch operates the pulse feature when it’s time to loosen thick mixes. The stainless-steel blades actually create heat, which allows users to create warm soups in about six minutes. The 48-ounce pitcher holds enough for two or three people, so it might not work for large families or groups. 

Best blender/food processor combo: Oster Blender Pro 1200

Oster

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Oster acts as a kitchen multitasker with a food processor attachment that works just as well as the blender. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 7.25 x 8 x 14.25 inches
  • Container size: 50 ounces (blender)/40 ounces (food processor)
  • Speeds: 7

Pros

  • Includes food processor attachment and blade
  • Blends in two directions
  • Three pre-programmed settings and pulse control

Cons

  • Some units have been known to leak

The Oster Blender Pro 1200’s 50-ounce glass pitcher, 24-ounce cup, and 40-ounce food processor container and blade provide versatile options for smoothies, food processing, and blending. Both the blender and food processor blades work in both directions to reduce suction. The blender blade is designed to push food downward to keep food moving into the blades for smoother results. 

The Pro 1200 offers seven speeds, including pulse and three presets for the most popular foods—smoothies, salsa, and milkshakes. And all of the parts, except for the base, are dishwasher safe. 

Best personal: Ninja Personal Blender

Ninja

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This model’s manual pulse that powers through shakes and smoothies combined with its personal-size cups with to-go lids make it our pick for the best personal blender. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 4 x 4 x 13 inches
  • Container size: 16 ounces
  • Speeds: 1

Pros

  • Blend-and-go design of cups and lids
  • Simple to use and clean
  • Powerful motor and blades break through frozen ingredients

Cons 

  • Does not provide continuous power

This Ninja blender can easily blend protein shakes and smoothies every day without slowing down. It comes with two 16-ounce cups and two to-go lids. You can blend directly into the cups, attach a lid, and you’re good to roll with a blend-and-go meal or snack. 

This model has the power to break up frozen ingredients even though it’s equipped with only a single speed. However, that single speed only activates when you press on the cup; there is no continuous power. This design works well for smoothies and protein shakes, especially when using frozen fruit, the pulsing action prevents food from over-thickening and creating suction. However, without a continuous speed option, it doesn’t work for much else.

Best immersion: KitchenAid KHBV53IC Variable Speed Corded Hand Blender

KitchenAid

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The KitchenAid’s performance and quality stand out as it blends through all kinds of mixes, rising as our choice for the best immersion blender.

Specs 

  • Dimensions: 2.5 x 3.56 x 16.3 inches
  • Container size: N/A
  • Speeds: Variable speed trigger

Pros

  • Can be used in bowls of various sizes
  • Removable blending arm
  • Includes a pan guard to protect nonstick surfaces

Cons 

  • Variable speed is hard to control

Available in 11 colors, the KitchenAid KHBV53IC Variable Speed Corded Hand Blender features an eight-inch removable blending arm with a stainless-steel blade. The motor provides enough power to make protein drinks, smoothies, milkshakes, soups, hummus, and other dishes made possible thanks to handheld immersion blenders.

This KitchenAid blender comes with a three-cup container that doubles as a measuring cup. There’s also a pan guard included for use when mixing in nonstick cookware or other delicate containers. At cleaning time, the arm detaches from the base and goes in the dishwasher, along with the measuring cup and pan guard. The only part of this immersion blender that is not dishwasher safe is the motor unit. A variable speed button provides some speed adjustability. However, it’s fairly difficult to control. Most people find that the blender is either on or off with very little variability in between. 

Best powerful: Hurom Hexa Power High-Speed Blender

Hurom

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: From smoothies to soup, the Hurom Hexa High-Speed Blender tackles it all, making it our pick for the best powerful blender.

Specs 

  • Dimensions: 8.2 x 8.2 x 19.6 inches
  • Container size: 68 ounces
  • Speeds: Variable speed dial with three preset speeds and pulse feature

Pros

  • Auto-shutoff
  • Stainless steel shell
  • Thorough and customizable blending

Cons 

  • Not cheap
  • Loud

Hurom has earned props for manufacturing some of the best juicers on the market, allowing you to make your own healthy concoctions from the comfort of your home. The first high-speed blender from the company lives up to the hype of its countertop siblings. Unlike most blenders on the market, which have plenty of presets built-in, our powerful pick includes a manual dial that adjusts the blending speed from 16,000 to 30,000 revolutions per minute, or RPM. If you’d like to take the guesswork out of blending, there are three speed presets—smoothie, ice crush, and soup—along with a pulse switch. Thanks to its 1,600-watt motor, ice cubes, frozen fruit, and nuts don’t stand a chance against this high-powered blender. However, the power translates to a noisy blender, with some reviews noting its loudness.

If safety is a priority, the power shuts off when the motor reaches its heat limit. If the container is lifted off the base while in usage, the blender immediately stops.

Best budget: NutriBullet NBF50520 Touch Combo Blender

NutriBullet

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The NutriBullet has serious power and functions as a personal and conventional blender, providing excellent bang for your buck. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 18.5 x 17.5 x 11 inches
  • Container size: 64 ounces
  • Speeds: 7

Pros

  • Four preprogrammed speeds
  • 64-ounce pitcher, 32-ounce cup, 20-ounce cup
  • Easy-to-clean smooth buttons

Cons

  •  Lid can be difficult to remove

The NutriBullet Touch Combo Blender is a versatile appliance that comes with three container options—a 64-ounce pitcher, a 32-ounce cup, and a 20-ounce cup. They’re part of what makes this NutriBullet blender such a great buy. It can function as a conventional blender with the pitcher and as a personal blender with the cups. 

Four preprogrammed buttons help you through the most common blender mixes. Plus, you get three speeds and a pulse button too. Overall, this model provides the power of a premium blender with the versatility and price of a conventional model. It may cost more than a Walmart blender, but you get far more functionality and power with the NutriBullet.

What to consider when buying the best blenders

There’s more to blenders than meets the eye. You could purchase the most popular blender on the internet, but it might not be the best fit for your needs. For example, soup lovers might benefit from an immersion blender rather than a traditional countertop blender. Smoothie makers and frozen beverage-havers will benefit from a powerful high-speed blender that can demolish ice with ease. There are plenty of considerations to make when choosing a good blender.

Blender type

One of the four blender types may be more efficient, cost-effective, or productive for you based on how you want to use it. The four types include:

  • High performance/premium: These blenders come with a premium price that matches their high-performance status. They have powerful motors and do far more than blend protein shakes and crush ice. High-performance blenders can create fine blends like nut butters and soups and make ice cream. They may also include vacuum attachments and sound guards for greater versatility and comfort of use.  
  • Conventional: Conventional blenders crush ice and frozen fruits, though the results may be chunkier than those of a high-performance blender. Its motor might not be as powerful as a premium model’s, but for most household needs, a conventional blender can do the job at a more affordable price. 
  • Personal: Personal blenders make single- or double-serving smoothies and shakes. Their containers look more like mugs or cups than a conventional blender’s pitcher. These personal-size blender cups also include to-go lids with drinkable openings. A personal blender can handle a little ice but not hard-core ice-crushing every day. 
  • Immersion: Immersion blenders are different from the other types in that they don’t have their own pitcher. Instead of the food going into a container, the blender goes into a pot or bowl that contains the food that needs blending. Immersion blenders are the best portable blender option because they’re lightweight and compact. 

Speeds and controls

Blenders have anywhere from 1 to 17 speeds, though most people really need only three. A pulse setting is also helpful, as it allows you to manually turn the motor on and off to break up the suction in thick mixes. 

Touchscreen controls are easy to keep clean because of their flat, even surfaces. However, they’re not the easiest to use, as you may have to scroll through several screens to access certain functions. Buttons and manual dials are easier to use, but they often don’t provide the same range of functions as a touchscreen. 

Container material and design

The blender’s pitcher shape affects how well the food rotates in the blender. Grooves and indentations direct the food. Wide pitcher openings make it easier to add ingredients.

As far as materials, plastic and glass are the two pitcher options. Plastic is lighter and less likely than glass to break if dropped. However, it can also absorb odors and discolor. Glass may break more easily and be heavy, but it tends to last longer and resist odors and discoloration.

Blades

Most household blenders feature 2-8 blades set at different angles in a wing, star, or X-shape. However, the number of blades depends on the blender type and model. For example, immersion blenders feature a smaller, wing-shaped blade at the bottom. More blades equal more contact between the food and the blade. Additionally, the blade-style affects how the blender performs. X-style blades are good for food cutting and chopping. Wing-style blades are better suited for crushing ice.

Wattage

Countertop blenders can range anywhere from 500-750 watts. However, the wattage can dip as low as 300 watts, and go all the way up to 1,500 watts. The higher the wattage, the more powerful the blender, and the easier it will be to cut through frozen fruits and veggies.

FAQs

Q: Are glass or plastic blenders better?

Glass or plastic comes down to the blender’s container. Glass containers last longer, resist odors, and stain less often. However, they’re heavier and can potentially break if dropped. Plastic containers are typically less expensive, lighter weight, and resist drops better. Their downfall is that they can absorb odors and stain more easily.

Q: Is 400 watts enough for a blender?

Watts can be deceiving when it comes to blenders because power isn’t the only factor that determines efficiency. Blade and container design also affect how well foods move throughout the blender. However, most blenders average 300 to 600 watts, even though some on our list run at 1,200-1,500 watts. For general-purpose use, 400 watts works for smoothies, shakes, and frozen foods. If you’re blending ice every day, a blender with more than 600 watts will work faster and last longer.

Q: What is the most durable blender on the market?

Durability comes down to the quality of the construction and materials. Vitamix and Ninja both have a reputation for their blender quality. Their models are known for lasting for years and providing top-of-the-line performance.

Q: What is the most reliable blender brand?

Vitamix, NutriBullet, and Ninja are household blender brands, and most likely the ones that are top-of-mind for consumers. And one of the reasons they are go-to brands is because they are typically reliable. However, while brand power is important, we would argue that purchasing a blender suited for your needs is better than relying on a name alone. And, no matter what brand you turn to, see what kind of warranty they offer. A warranty sets expectations of what the customer is getting into upon purchase, and a good warranty can save you money—and frustration—in case anything goes awry.

Final thoughts on the best blenders

We chose the Vitamix E310 Explorian Blender as the best overall for the power and durability it provides. The simplicity of the controls and speeds makes it easy to run too. However, if versatility and budget are more important, the NutriBullet Touch Combo Blender functions as a personal and conventional blender for far less dough than the Vitamix. There’s much to be grateful for when it comes to a good blender. Without it, we wouldn’t be able to make chilly boozy slushes, slurpable smoothies, and scrumptious soups.

The post Best blenders of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Best stick vacuums of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-stick-vacuum/ Wed, 28 Jul 2021 13:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=384434
Make cleaning easier with the best stick vacuum.
Cottonbro, Pexels

The best stick vacuums are lightweight and portable, cleaning up everything from small spills to stairs and upholstery.

The post Best stick vacuums of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Make cleaning easier with the best stick vacuum.
Cottonbro, Pexels

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best cordless stick vacuum The Dyson V11 Torque Drive is the best stick vacuum that's cordless. Dyson V11 Torque Drive Cordless Vacuum Cleaner
SEE IT

An impressive battery life combined with strong suction create a powerful cordless vacuum.

Best stick vacuum for pet hair The Shark IZ363HT Anti-Allergen Pet Power Cordless is the best stick vacuum for pet hair. Shark IZ363HT Anti-Allergen Pet Power Cordless
SEE IT

A self-cleaning silicon-finned brushroll captures pet hair and offers tangle-free operation.  

Best lightweight stick vacuum The Moosoo K17 cordless vacuum is the best stick vacuum that's two-in-one. MOOSOO K17 Cordless Vacuum 2-in-1 Stick Vacuum
SEE IT

At only 2.84 pounds,  this vacuum is one of the best, lightweight options available. 

The best stick vacuums are lightweight cleaning tools that fit into tight spots and suck up small messes. Designs range from lightweight stick vacuums that weigh under three pounds to multi-surface stick vacuums that effortlessly transition between hardwood floors and carpet. 

These smaller versions of a traditional upright vacuum weigh a fraction of their full-size counterparts. They’re a popular option for the second story of a two-story home, as well as folks with low strength or mobility. Plus, they’re a great tool for quick clean-ups or in-between cleanings with a larger, more powerful machine. Many stick vacuums include features like one-handed dustbin emptying, conversion to a hand vacuum or stair vacuum, or cordless operation.

When choosing the best stick vacuum, consider dustbin size, suction power, and head design. The size of your family and home floor plan could make a difference in the model that works best, too. 

Ultimately, it comes down to a vacuum that feels good in your hand, provides enough suction power to eliminate messes, and fits in your storage space. Keep reading to see which models stand out on performance, along with a few tips to help you make your decision. 

Features to consider when shopping for best stick vacuum

The best stick vacuums typically have a good blend of features, including suction control, dustbin design, and battery life. The right mix gives you portable cleaning power that makes it easier to keep a neat, tidy home.

Battery life, run time, and charging time

A vacuum’s power type significantly influences the reliability of the suction and how easy it is to maneuver. A cordless vacuum cleaner lets you clean around furniture and move upstairs without tripping over a cord. You’re also not tethered to an electrical outlet while you clean. Unfortunately, you have to give up some power when you choose a cordless over a corded model. Corded models provide weaker power that may fade as the battery dies, though some models are designed to provide full suction up until the battery runs out. 

The best stick vacuums typically have a 12 to 40-volt lithium-ion battery. However, the vacuum needs at least 18 volts to provide decent power. The battery’s run time corresponds with the number of volts. Higher voltages mean longer run times. Run times range from 15 to over an hour per charge. Keep in mind that different settings and control features will use up power faster than a model with a single suction setting. Conditions like extreme cold or hot temperatures can also prematurely use up power.

It can take anywhere from two to six hours for the vacuum to recharge. Something to think about—a model with a short run time and long recharge time could be more of a hassle than a help. 

Suction and Brush Action

Stick vacuums may not offer the same power as a full-size upright or canister vacuum cleaner, but their suction and brush action can still do a great job of removing allergens, pet hair, and general debris. Some models rely solely on suction, in which case they need at least 18 volts to remove regular dust. 

Others bring suction and brush action to the cleaning game. Models with both will do a better job of cleaning pet hair off of different flooring types. To protect delicate hardwood, look for a model that lets you turn off the brush or has specially designed soft bristles. If you’ve got pets, a pet hair vacuum with extra suction settings and brush will remove more of your fur baby’s leftover fluff. 

Consider the vacuum’s weight

Stick vacuums are almost always lighter than a full-size model. However, their weight can range from ten to around three pounds. Lightweight models are easier to maneuver and carry around the house. They’re an excellent option for people with limited strength or mobility. 

Cordless vacuums are often heavier than corded models, so if weight is a big issue for you, opt for a corded model. Keep in mind that lighter stick vacuums may not have a brush or provide as much power as a heftier model. However, they provide light, portable cleaning power for places where large vacuums dare not tread.

Versatility—Conversions and Attachments

Some vacuums are better at cleaning hard floors, while others are at their best on the carpet. However, the best stick vacuums often work on both because of special attachments or conversion options. Attachments like pet cleaning heads, crevice tools, and extension tubes or hoses add versatility and help the vacuum work on varied surfaces. 

Many models convert into a hand vacuum, while a few convert to a stair vacuum as well. Extra conversions expand the vacuum’s uses and reduce the number of cleaning tools needed in the home. 

Brush and Suction Control

If you’re wondering how to clean hardwood floors without scratching them, a stick vacuum with adjustable power and brush control offers one option. Brushrolls can scratch hardwoods with their stiff bristles. These models let you turn the brush off, using suction only on hardwood floors. Another option is a model with extra soft bristles or silicone “fins” that clean without scratching. These models stir up dust and debris with the bristles or fins and suck it into the vacuum cleaner. They’re safe for use on hardwood floors, even though you cannot turn off the brushroll.

Best budget stick vacuum: what you can get for under $50

Some of the best stick vacuums can cost just as much or more than a full-size vacuum—with more power, capacity, and features. These stick vacuums perform beautifully and offer lightweight cleaning power, but don’t fret if you’re on a budget. Cheap stick vacuums exist, and they’re great for small messes and light use. Will they clean thick carpet like an upright? No. But as long as they have adequate power above 18 volts, they work well for the jobs they were designed to do, namely small-scale cleaning. 

The best stick vacuum

Best cordless stick vacuum: Dyson V11 Torque Drive Cordless Vacuum Cleaner

Dyson

SEE IT

The Dyson offers an impressive 42-minute battery life, plus the power to handle pet hair on carpets and hard floors. The only downside is the price. 

Dyson makes one of the best cordless stick vacuums for the price. It weighs just above six pounds and includes an impressive 42-minute run time with a relatively short four-hour charging time. Add to that excellent suction on both carpet and hardwood floors, and you’ve got a cordless model that’s worth the investment. This model can also handle pet hair without losing power and runs a little quieter than the average stick vacuum. 

Best stick vacuum for pet hair: Shark IZ363HT Anti-Allergen Pet Power Cordless

Shark

SEE IT

The best stick vacuum for pet hair includes a brush with silicone fins that trap fur without it tangling around the brush. This vacuum also offers a long run time, HEPA filtration, and allergen containment. On the downside, this model’s price rivals a full-size vacuum. 

The Shark IZ363HT features a self-cleaning brushroll that removes pet hair but doesn’t get clogged like a traditional brush. The brush’s silicon fins maintain contact with the floor but are gentle enough for delicate surfaces. With a 50-minute run time, this model maintains suction and keeps going to clean a sizable house. A HEPA filter and special anti-allergen seal on the dustbin prevent pet dander from re-entering the home. 

Best lightweight stick vacuum: MOOSOO K17 Cordless Vacuum 2-in-1 Stick Vacuum

Moosoo

SEE IT

This lightweight, 2.84-pound stick vacuum offers impressive suction in a featherweight package. The two power modes let users adjust it according to their needs, and it still provides 30 minutes of run time. Among the few cons is that the filters get filled quickly. 

The MOOSOO K17 weighs in at only 2.84 pounds, making it one of the lightest stick vacuums available. The cordless version (and there is a corded model, too) can run up to 30 minutes per charge. The light weight improves maneuverability, so it’s easy to move while in use or carry around the house. There are two power modes and a washable HEPA filter to round out the list of features. Plus, it converts to a hand vacuum for use on stairs and in the car. 

Best multi-surface stick vacuum: EUREKA NEC222 HyperClean Cordless Vacuum Cleaner

EUREKA

SEE IT

The Eureka NEC222’s configuration options and brush and nozzle design transition between flooring types with equal precision. A range of tools and a relatively lightweight design complete a reliable vacuum with power to clean carpets and hard floors. However, a small percentage of these vacuums may lose suction after only a few months. 

The Eureka NEC222’s configuration options—a short hand vacuum configuration and the stick configuration—add versatility of use. The brush design and powerful suction help it transition seamlessly from hardwoods to carpet or area rugs. An upholstery brush and crevice tool that can attach directly to the power unit or wand extension adds further uses on furniture, curtains, and stairs. It also offers two ways to empty the dustbin and includes a washable filter to save filter costs over the life of the vacuum. 

Best stick vacuum for hardwood floors: NEQUARE Cordless Vacuum

NEQUARE

SEE IT

The NEQUARE’s attachments and configuration options work well on carpet, hard floors, upholstery, and stairs. 

The NEQUARE Cordless Vacuum comes with three attachments (crevice tool, upholstery brush, and extension tube) that help it function as a stick, hand, or stair vacuum.  Each of the tools can attach directly to the power unit or to the adjustable tube for added length and reach. There’s also the option of onboard tool storage. While this model doesn’t offer brush control, the soft brush works as effectively on hardwood floors as it does on carpets. There’s no need to clean the brush since it can be removed and replaced with the included replacement brush. Plus, it only weighs 4.8 pounds and can self-stand.

Best budget stick vacuum: Bissell Featherweight Stick Lightweight Bagless

Bissell

SEE IT

The Bissell Featherweight’s three-pound weight and three configuration options provide convenient cleaning at an affordable price. It doesn’t have the most suction power, but for light messes, it’s a low-priced winner. 

The Bissell Featherweight really is lightweight, weighing in at just three pounds. However,  that’s not the only impressive aspect of this little model. In short, stick vacuums don’t come much more compact than this one. For an extremely affordable price, the Bissell offers three configuration options: stick, hand vacuum (with crevice tool), and stair vacuum. The 15-foot cord doesn’t provide much length, but the corded design keeps up consistent power. 

FAQs

Q: What is the difference between a stick vacuum and an upright vacuum? 

The difference between a stick vacuum and an upright vacuum comes down to power, weight, and size. Uprights have more power and larger, heavier designs. With more power comes better suction, larger bags or dustbins, and a larger vacuum to store away. Stick vacuums are lightweight, designed for small messes, and may reconfigure into hand or stair vacuums. 

Q: How long does a stick vacuum battery last? 

A stick vacuum battery, even a high-quality one, lasts anywhere from two to five years. At the end of the battery life, models with a built-in battery are kaput. However, those with a replaceable battery option can work for many more years with a fresh battery. 

Q: How to use a stick vacuum?

Remember the purpose of these models when determining how to use a stick vacuum. They’re meant for light, spot cleaning rather than whole-house vacuuming like a traditional vacuum. Stick vacuums are great for tidying up between deep-cleaning vacuum sessions, vacuuming up small spills, and cleaning hard-to-reach areas like stairs. 

A final word on shopping for the best stick vacuum

The best stick vacuum for you depends on the flooring in your home and how you want to use the vacuum. Lightweight, battery-powered stick vacuums offer enhanced portability, while heavier models can run for up to 50 minutes. If you go the cordless route, look for a model with at least 18 volts. Corded models offer more raw power, and there’s no chance of power running out before you’re done cleaning. Finally, for greater versatility, models that offer several configurations provide a wider range of convenient cleaning options. 

The post Best stick vacuums of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Best dog crates of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-dog-crate/ Tue, 13 Jul 2021 14:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=372142
A brown dog which is in the middle of some dark tiles inserted in a wooden box.
Helena Lopes, Unsplash

Made for all shapes and sizes, the best dog crates contain and protect their occupants.

The post Best dog crates of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A brown dog which is in the middle of some dark tiles inserted in a wooden box.
Helena Lopes, Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best plastic dog crate The Aspen Pet Porter Travel Kennel is the best plastic dog crate. Aspen Pet Porter Travel Kennel
SEE IT

This carrier meets most airline cargo requirements and has an easy-open latch.

Pros
  • Suitable for pets up to 50 pounds
  • Multiple sizes and colors available
Cons
  • Assembly can be complicated
Best road-trip training dog crate A small white and gray dog ​​that sits and is positioned in a metal dog cage and visible from the outside. Diggs Revol Dog Crate
SEE IT

This collapsible pick is made of durable aluminum, steel mesh wire, and reinforced plastic.

Pros
  • Easy to set up and transport
  • Removable tray for cleaning
Cons
  • Not ideal for dogs larger than 25 pounds
Best soft dog crate A carrying bag that serves to hold the animal in which it has pockets with side chains and is blue and black. Amazon Basics Premium Folding Portable Soft Dog Crate
SEE IT

Easy to store, this includes a plush fleece-covered pet bed.

Pros
  • Accessory pockets for added storage
  • Collapses easily
Cons
  • Not ideal for teething puppies

Whether it’s a trip to the vet or a safe place for your dog to rest while you’re at work, a crate is among the must-have dog supplies for most pet owners. The best dog crate safely contains your dog with space for movement and has the strength to withstand anxiety behaviors or chewing. Everything from your dog’s size and personality to how and where you plan to use the crate will determine which model is right for you and your dog. Check out this list of the best dog crates the pet products market has to offer, including a heavy-duty dog crate for escape artists and a budget-friendly model if times are tight.

Factors to consider when shopping for the best dog crate

The secret to picking the best dog crate is getting the right size and knowing how you plan to use the crate. For example, a dog crate that will only be used at home has different requirements than one that’s needed for air travel. Take a moment to review how you intend for the crate to function in order to ensure you get one that meets your specific needs. 

What size crate do I need?

A dog should be able to stand, turn around, and sit in any crate. That requires approximately four to six inches of clearance in front, back, and at both sides of the dog. Take your dog’s measurements (tip of the nose to base of the tail, top of the ears to the floor when standing, and width of the chest) and add the necessary inches to get an idea of the best dog crate size. 

Dog kennels and dog crates are categorized by the crate’s length and the weight of the dog they’re designed to contain. For example, a 32-inch crate measures, as you might expect, 32-inches long and may hold dogs up to 40 pounds. Take both the dog’s size and weight into consideration. Larger crates are made of sturdier materials to hold heavier dogs. If you happen to have a hefty but short dog, you may need a larger crate than his measurements would indicate. In general, large and extra-large dog crates have extra reinforcement—thicker plastic or metal, multiple locks, dual handles—to safely contain and transport a large, active animal.

How and where will you use the crate?

Dog crates can be used to transport the dog in the car, on a plane, or contain them in the home. For car travel, a soft-sided or plastic crate works well because of its light weight. Soft dog crates are often collapsible, making them easy to store. If you need to carry the crate with the dog in it, plastic crates work better than soft models because the hard floor adds stability. 

If you don’t need to transport the crate, you can focus less on the crate’s weight and more on the durability. Collapsible metal dog crates work well because they’re able to withstand chewing but collapse for storage when not in use. Sturdier metal designs feature bars rather than wire and aren’t usually collapsible. Keep in mind crates used daily don’t need to be collapsible, and non-collapsible models offer extra stability and durability.

What’s your dog’s personality?

High-energy, anxious, or dogs who chew obsessively can take a heavy toll on a crate. Sometimes large dogs need a heavy-duty crate even though their personality is docile. 

Heavy-duty dog crates feature metal construction, reinforced edges, dual locks, and other extra security features. These crates withstand rambunctious dogs and provide a safe place for pups who become destructive in a contained space or when they’re away from their owners. or.

What material should the crate be made of?

Dog crates may be metal, plastic, wood, and/or durable fabric. Soft crates usually feature a plastic frame with a fabric shell. They’re lightweight and easy to store. However, they’re the least sturdy crate design. 

Wood crates offer an attractive alternative to plastic and metal, as they look more like dog crate furniture. However, wood doesn’t offer the same durability as the other two materials. It shouldn’t be used for anxious dogs or heavy chewers. 

Plastic offers better durability and less weight than wood. It’s a great option for a dog that needs something sturdy and lightweight. Some models also come apart for more compact storage. 

Metal resists chewing better than plastic or wood. However, the design of the crate can determine how sturdy it is. For example, some collapsible metal crates may withstand chewing, but their hinge design may not be as sturdy as a non-collapsible crate. Consequently, a collapsible metal crate may not work for a high-energy or anxious dog who digs or bangs against the sides of the crate trying to escape.

Can I fly with a dog crate?

If flying with a pet is in your future, check for TSA approval of the crate’s design. Also, check your preferred airline’s pet travel guidelines to make sure the crate will meet all of their specifications. Airlines are very specific about dog crate details and sizes, and the guidelines may vary from airline to airline. For example, the crate may need metal nuts and bolts, and the dog’s ears may not be allowed to touch the top of the crate. Rules vary according to domestic and international flights, as well.

Does the crate include any accessories?

Dog crates sometimes include a water and/or food bowl, storage pockets, and a cushion. These extras can be bought separately, but it’s nice to have them as soon as the crate arrives. Bowls that attach to the door or side of the crate are more stable during transport. Keep in mind that if the crate needs to fly, you have to have separate water and food bowls that attach to the door so that airline employees can give the dog more food or water without opening the door. In this case, a crate that includes these accessories saves time and money. 

Related: Sniff out fido’s favorite kibble from these best dry dog food brands

The best dog crates

Weed out the crate choices by knowing in advance how you will use the crate. Next, take into account your dog’s size and personality. These three factors will help you focus on the crate style and size that works best for your pet. Additional features like carrying handles and water bowls are nice, but not necessary. 

Best plastic dog crate: Aspen Pet Porter Travel Kennel

Petmate

SEE IT

The Aspen Pet Porter Travel Kennel comes in eight sizes to fit puppies under 10 pounds. to adult dogs up to 90 pounds. Each size includes four ventilated sides and a metal door. A single-hand latch lets you reach in for the dog while opening the door. The top and bottom pieces attach via metal nuts and bolts. This dog kennel meets many airlines’ flight specifications, but you should check with your preferred carrier to make sure it meets all of their specific requirements. Aspen also offers several color choices, although every color isn’t available in every size.

Best soft dog crate: Amazon Basics Premium Folding Portable Soft Dog Crate

Amazon Basics

SEE IT

The Amazon Basics Premium Folding Portable Soft Dog Crate comes in five sizes and colors to fit a wide range of dogs. Four ventilated mesh panels keep dogs cool and comfortable. It also offers two entry points—top and front. The bottom is sturdy enough to carry smaller breeds with either the carrying handle or shoulder strap. The PVC frame and polyester fabric collapse flat for easy storage when it’s not in use. This model includes a few extras, including two zippered pockets to store treats or toys and a fleece dog bed that fits inside the crate.

Best heavy-duty dog crate: Impact Stationary Dog Crate

Impact

SEE IT

The Impact Stationary Dog Crate offers premium construction and materials to keep chewers, high-anxiety dogs, and big, strong breeds safe. An aluminum frame withstands digging or chewing, and it also cuts down on weight. This heavy-duty dog crate features four-sided ventilation and a metal door with a military-grade metal latch. The reinforced corners are designed for stability when stacking two crates of the same size. It also offers two carrying handles and airline rails on the side for easier handling when your pup is out of your sight. This crate is pricey, but it offers safety for canine Houdinis and powerful dogs other crates can’t hold. 

Best dog crate for the living room: Fable Crate

Fable Pets

SEE IT

The Fable Crate falls in the dog crate furniture category. It’s designed to contain dogs at home in a bent wood/metal or acrylic combo. The bent wood leaves no corner seams, with the top and bottom pieces held together by a wood slat on the crate’s interior. Square ventilation holes on every side keep air circulating. This wood dog crate comes in two models: a white metal gate or a clear acrylic one that slides into the crate when opened. Fable suggests acrylic for dogs that like to see what’s going on and metal for dogs who prefer a private escape. The door latches closed with a bungee cord bottom closure. The only downside is it’s not designed for travel.

Best dog crate for road trip training: Diggs Revol Dog Crate

Diggs

SEE IT

If you want to train your puppy as you travel, a compact and foldable dog crate can allow you easy transport for less hassle. This dog travel crate comes in two sizes, small and medium, and features wheels, a collapsible design, and an easy-carry handle help get you situated quickly. In addition, baby industry building standards help to prevent pinched paws or any other injuries. Made of durable materials including high-grade aluminum, steel mesh wire, and reinforced plastic, you can be sure this crate will last for many years to come even as you pack the truck tight. It also includes a removable tray at the base of the crate, allowing you to easily clean it after use.

Best dog crate on budget: MidWest Homes for Pets Dog Crate

MidWest Homes for Pets

SEE IT

The MidWest Homes for Pets Dog Crate is actually a dog crate with a divider. Each crate includes a divider panel to shrink the usable space or expand it as needed. The design includes sliding-bolt latches, excellent ventilation, and durable construction that resists chewing. This metal dog crate comes in seven sizes and double or single-door designs. The bottom of the crate consists of a sturdy plastic tray, and this kennel has ABS plastic handles for easy transport. Every size also includes rollers to reposition the crate without scratching delicate floors. Finally, the crate collapses for easy storage and reassembles without the use of tools.

FAQs

Q:

Do dogs like big crates?

Dogs are usually more comfortable in a crate that caters to their size. A large dog crate may provide too much room for a small breed. The dog can end up feeling exposed and unprotected rather than cozy and safe. However, the crate should allow the dog to stand without its ears touching the top of the crate. Dogs should have room to lay down and turn around without restriction. To get the right size crate, measure your dog when standing from the top of his ears to the floor, from the tip of the nose to the tail’s base, and across the chest. He’ll need four to six inches of clearance from front to back, side to side, and to the top of the crate.

Q:

Are wire or plastic crates better?

Wire or plastic may be better under certain circumstances. Wire crates provide more ventilation and leave the dog open to the environment. Some dogs love that. They’re confined, yet still part of the action. Plastic crates have a more enclosed space but still have four-sided ventilation. This gives the dog a place to escape from what’s going on outside of the crate. Plastic crates are designed for travel, though they can be used at home, too. They’re lightweight and sometimes include top-carrying handles. Both plastic and wire should resist chewing, but both can succumb to a determined chewer or anxious dog.

Q:

What should I look for in a dog crate?

First and foremost, the best dog crate needs to be the right size. Measure your dog and leave four to six inches of clearance in all directions. From there, look for a crate that will fit its purpose. Do you need this crate to take the dog to the vet or a trip to the park? In that case, a collapsible soft-sided crate will probably work. Are you going to fly? Make sure the crate is TSA-approved and meets the specific airline’s pet travel guidelines. Do you need a crate for confinement at home? Collapsible, wire crates work well in this case. They’re inexpensive, lightweight, and come in many sizes. If your dog gets separation anxiety, you may need something a bit sturdier, like a heavy-duty dog crate with reinforced edges and metal construction. 

Related: Best Dog Play Pens

The final word on shopping for the best dog crate

Dog crates keep your dog safe and secure when being out in the open could be a danger to him (or your home). The best dog crate will be large enough so your dog can comfortably stand, lay down, and turn around. Collapsible dog crates provide easy storage, and wood dog crates offer a dog crate furniture solution. Other owners may need an indestructible dog crate for a large breed with a talent for escaping. Rest assured there are crates made for dogs of all sizes and personalities in designs for travel, home use, or an occasional visit to the vet.

The post Best dog crates of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Best breast pumps of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-breast-pump/ Mon, 26 Jul 2021 17:34:39 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=383286
The best breast pump gets the job done when you’re not around.
Mart Production, Pexels

The best breast pumps mimic baby’s feeding patterns and get the job done.

The post Best breast pumps of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best breast pump gets the job done when you’re not around.
Mart Production, Pexels

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best Manual The New Medela Harmony is the best manual breast pump. Medela Harmony Manual Breast Pump
SEE IT

This Medela breast pump includes an efficient valve, handle, and stand and fits within the Medela feeding system.

Best Double Electric Pump The Spectra S2 Plus Electric Breast Milk Pump is the best double electric breast pump. Spectra – S2 Plus Electric Breast Milk Pump
SEE IT

The Spectra’s closed pump system prevents milk from getting into the pump and lets moms adjust the suction level and motion.

Best Budget The Haakaa Manual Breast Pump is the best budget model Haakaa Manual Breast Pump
SEE IT

The HaaKaa takes pumping down to the very basics with squeeze suction and built-in milk storage.

Your sweet bundle of joy comes with a steady appetite for breast milk. Nature knows what it’s doing because breast milk contains all of the nutrients and antibodies babies need. Today, when mom’s not available, a breast pump can help moms make sure there’s a supply of milk on hand. At the same time, pumps help moms keep their milk supply flowing if they can’t be around at feeding time. 

Breast pumps help moms create an emergency stash of milk for other caretakers or just enough for an extra bottle at night. They’re made in manual, electric, single, double, wearable, and hands-free designs. Pumps have become baby registry must-haves for many moms on the go. There’s a lot to take in when picking the best breast pump for you. Take a look at our guide and product recommendations to help you narrow down your options. 

The best breast pump basics

Breast pumps help keep up your milk supply when you’re away for a feeding or two. They also let you build up a refrigerated or frozen supply of meals for the baby. Some moms pump at work to supply meals in their absence. Other moms regularly pump once or twice a day at home to provide a nighttime meal for their partner to feed the baby. Sometimes it’s convenient to have an extra meal on hand so mom can get a few hours to herself. They can also help provide the best nutrition if the baby has feeding issues that prevent normal breastfeeding.  

Breast milk has to proceed through what’s known as the let-down reflex before it can flow. The sound and smell of a baby can be enough to start the process. However, when the baby isn’t around, the motion of the device can help with let down, too. The more natural the movement and suction, the easier it is for a pumping mom. The best breast pumps mimic a two-stage infant feeding pattern. Some models do that with two-stage suction, and others through the pump’s design.

Manual breast pumps for occasional use

Manual pumps are the simplest and least expensive option. Designs vary from more technical models with a handle and valve to a single piece that relies on bulb suction. These pumps are also lightweight and portable. They’re easy to take along on a short trip to maintain your milk supply. What’s more, some manual pumps are designed to fit specific bottles, while others store the milk until you’re ready to pour it into a storage container. 

However, manual pumps take longer to trigger let-down and empty the breast. They’re best for moms who only pump occasionally. For example, if you want to have an extra bottle of breast milk available for a nighttime feeding or a babysitter, a manual pump may be all you need.

Best manual: Medela Harmony Manual Breast Pump

Medela

SEE IT

The Medela Harmony Manual Pump features a flex technology that helps the flange fit over the breast more comfortably. The fit helps create comfortable suction to promote let-down. Medela uses a two-phase suction technology to mimic infant feeding patterns. The pump also includes a stand so you can set it down on the counter without it tipping over. Finally, this model fits with the Modelo feeding system, which includes compatible bottles, nipples, and storage containers.

Electric pumps for greater power

Electric pumps step the pumping power up a notch. Whether it’s a single or double pump, these models will out-pump a manual model every time. Some electric models offer different suction levels, speeds, and motions to help customize the experience and enhance let-downs.

Electric models are corded or battery-powered. Battery-powered models create better portability and less clutter while you pump. However, corded models tend to be more powerful and won’t lose power mid-pump session. 

Many electric pumps can function as a single or double pump. Double pumps empty both breasts at the same time, cutting pumping time in half. They’re a great option for moms who have limited time to pump. If you’re all about efficiency, an electric double pump will do the job. However, double electric pumps are the most expensive models on the market.

Best double electric pump: Spectra – S2 Plus Electric Breast Milk Pump

Spectra

SEE IT

The Spectra – S2 Electric Breast Milk Pump provides natural suction motions. However, you can adjust both the motion and the suction level for better, more comfortable control. This unit can be used for single or double-pumping. A closed system prevents milk from coming into contact with the pump, making this model simpler to sterilize. The Spectra also has an auto-timer and backflow protector to make pumping that much easier. 

Wireless and hands-free pumping

Moms end up pumping in all kinds of situations. Battery-powered, wireless pumps take some of the clutter out of the process. They’re more portable and can be used while commuting or at the office without requiring an electrical outlet. These smart breast pumps can also be hands-free if you have a breat pump bra that holds the pump in place. Some are designed specifically as wearable pumps that let the wearer go about their business.

Hands-free pumping offers some distinct advantages. You can keep going about your work, drive, or attend to other children. If you want something that’s ultra-discreet, look for a model that’s quiet, too.

Best wearable: JOYSA Double-Electric Breast Pump

JOYSA

SEE IT

The JOYSA Double Electric Pump discreetly fits inside a standard nursing bra. There are no wires or tubing to get in the way. Milk flows into a storage container attached directly to the pump. Each pump has five adjustable suction levels and charges using a standard USB cord.

Breast pumps with a feeding system

A feeding system includes a pump that deposits milk in either storage containers or bottles that are compatible with a larger feeding system. The same manufacturer will also make bottles of various sizes, nipples, covers, and possibly storage bags that are all compatible with the other pieces within the system. 

A feeding system is typically more expensive than a standalone pump. However, you get an entire system that fits together. The downside to a feeding system comes down to the baby. Sometimes babies are picky about bottles or nipples. They may refuse to eat. If they don’t like the equipment that comes with the breast pump, you may have to get another one that’s not compatible with the previous feeding system.

Best pump and feeding system: Medela Pump in Style Advanced Breast Pump

Medela

SEE IT

The Medela Pump in Style Advanced Pump includes a long list of features. It can function as a single- or double- breast pump and is designed with technology that mimics an infant’s natural feeding patterns. You can adjust suction speed and intensity for more comfortable milk expression. This model also includes a tote with a portable battery pack, removable cooler bags, and enough space to store extra bottles, nipples, and lids.

Pumping on a budget

Electric pumps can cost quite a bit. However, that doesn’t mean you can’t get an effective pump for half as much. At this lower price range, the pump doesn’t typically offer adjustable suction or speed. It may only have one container to hold milk and may or may not have a valve and handle for faster pumping. What’s more, at this price, the pumps can only empty one breast at a time.

Best budget: Haakaa Manual Breast Pump

Haakaa

SEE IT

The Haakaa Manual Breast Pump is made from a single piece of BPA-free silicone. It uses a manual bulb-suction action to express milk. There’s no valve or handle, which makes cleaning pretty simple. What’s more, the pump comes with a lid that goes directly on the pump, which also stores the milk until it can be poured into a different container. 

FAQs

Q: How do I choose a breast pump?

When you’re choosing a breast pump, consider how often and where you’ll need to use the device. A mom who works eight-hour days in an office may only have a few breaks throughout the day to pump. In this case, investing in a double electric pump makes sense. It cuts down on the time that mom is pumping and empties each breast with efficiency. 

However, some moms may prefer to pump at their desks or while they drive. A wearable pump that discreetly fits inside a nursing bra fits within this mom’s lifestyle. Moms who are on the go or who will only pump occasionally may want a single battery-powered pump or manual pump that fits inside a purse or backpack. 

Q: When should I buy a breast pump?

There are two schools of thought when it comes to when you should buy a breast pump. There are those who think it’s easier to buy one before the baby arrives. That way, you’re set up and ready to go when the crazy sleepless nights begin. You can pump from the very beginning to help your milk supply come in and offer the baby a bottle if your infant has a hard time latching on at first. 

Others feel it’s more effective to wait until after the baby is born. Some babies are picky about bottles and nipples. You may have to try several bottles and nipple brands until you find one your baby will accept. Buying an inexpensive manual pump to use until you know what bottles and nipples your baby prefers could prevent investing in an expensive pump that only works with certain bottles. Once you know what your baby likes, you can splurge for something more expensive (and efficient).   

Q: Which is better, electric or manual breast pump?

Electric pumps are faster and more efficient. They also tend to empty the breast better than a manual pump. However, if you’ll only be pumping once a week or on the occasional date night, a manual pump can be comfortable and get the job done. 

A final word on shopping for the best breast pumps

The best breast pumps fit comfortably and fully empty the breasts in a reasonable amount of time, which can be a lifesaver for busy moms. Adjustable suction and speed can make the process more comfortable and efficient. Look for a model that fits within your budget but also meets your needs. Consider how often, when, and where you’ll pump to find a pump that fits your pumping needs and lifestyle. 

The post Best breast pumps of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Best web hosting services of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-web-hosting-services/ Wed, 22 Jun 2022 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=449920
Website UX design on an iPad
Visual Design/Unsplash

The right web hosting service can help you create a jaw-dropping website that attracts regular viewers for professional or personal purposes.

The post Best web hosting services of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Website UX design on an iPad
Visual Design/Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best Overall BlueHost is the best web-hosting service overall. BlueHost
SEE IT

An excellent mix of price and features that make it easy for everyone from hobbyists to professionals to set up at attractive, secure site.

Best for Small Businesses HostGator is the best web-hosting service for small businesses. HostGator
SEE IT

A practical and varied set of plans, combined with excellent site builder and easy access to e-commerce tools, makes HostGator a top pick.

Best VPS Hostwinds is the best VPS web-hosting service. Hostwinds
SEE IT

A wide range of VPS hosting options, both managed and unmanaged, you get security and control over your hosting package.

The “Yellow Pages” are a thing of the past. Today, it’s all about attractive, functional, and speedy websites. The best web hosting services can make it easy to set up your website, interact with customers, and get customer support. The first step in setting up your website? A web host.

Your choice in web hosting services affects how your site looks, how easy it is to set up, site security, and how well the site functions overall. However, you have a lot of decisions to make. Do you need simple shared hosting or WordPress hosting? Someone with a small, personal blog probably doesn’t need the same security features as a growing business. To help you in your search, we put together a list of the best web hosting services, including options designed for professional WordPress publications and those on a budget.

How we chose the best web hosting services

First, we took into consideration personal experience, peer suggestions, and user impressions to compile a list of options. We then considered the features that make a web hosting service not just good but great, including: 

  • Security: One of the first things we considered was security options. If you’re going to sell anything from your site, you need a secure sockets layer (SSL) certificate. Some services include an SSL certificate in their packages, while others offer them separately. Other security features we considered were spam protection, PCI compliance (which you will need if you’re selling products), and spam protection.
  • FTP access: If you ever leave your current website host, you’ll need access to your file transfer protocol (FTP). Some hosting services provide FTP access while others don’t. If they don’t, you can only access your website through their website editor.
  • Storage space: Websites vary a great deal in how much storage space they require. We looked at free and basic packages up to the top-tier levels for hosting services that provide enough storage for the package options.
  • Uptime: A server’s uptime is the amount of time it’s actually running. Some subpar hosting services may seem like they’re down more often than not. No website can make it if it’s not visible to the public. We looked for hosting services with few complaints of sites being down.
  • Customer support: We only considered web hosting services that offer some form of 24/7 customer support. That support may come in the form of chats, phone, or email, but you should always have some way of communicating with the web host.

What to consider when buying the best web hosting services

The first thing to do is determine the hosting type you need, which typically means picking from the following:

  • Shared hosting: Shared hosting is the entry-level, least expensive option. With shared hosting, a single server houses multiple sites. The cost stays low because many sites are using the same server. However, if any sites on the shared server have a spike in traffic, it can affect the load times and functionality of the other sites on the server.
  • VPS web hosting: Virtual Private Server (VPS) hosting is similar to shared hosting, except that you get a dedicated server space on a shared server. It’s like setting up your website in a secured space where you are assured access to the speed and functionality you want. VPS hosting is more secure, but it’s also more difficult to manage and costs more.
  • Dedicated web hosting: Dedicated web hosting gives the site its own server. As you can imagine, it’s pricey but necessary for sites that use a significant amount of resources. This type of hosting assures that you’re getting the servers’ full power 100 percent of the time. However, some West web hosting services require you to handle any technical issues with the site. If that’s not something you can handle, look for a web host that offers managed hosting. That way, you get help with server maintenance.
  • WordPress hosting: WordPress hosting makes the WordPress environment the default on the server. It’s used for sites that build content using the WordPress content management system (CMS). An optimized word plus plan will include automatic updates for plug-ins, CMS, and backups. 
  • Cloud hosting: Cloud hosting involves several servers rather than a single server as with shared hosting. Your site is still contained on a physical server, but parts of it may be on a cloud created on several servers. When someone comes to your site, files needed for your website may come from several different servers. Cloud hosting often comes with a flexible pricing structure because you’re only charged for the amount of resources you use rather than a set amount. Cloud hosting is also easily scalable because information can be shared across more and more servers if needed. Additionally, cloud hosting creates an environment where everything isn’t saved on one server. If one server goes down, you’ll still have the functionality offered by information on the additional servers.

Extra features

A few extra features can make setting up your website fast and simple. For example, some web hosts include a site builder in every package. With others, you have to buy the site builder separately. Consider that a site builder already part of your hosting service will probably go smoother than when you install one later.

While we’re listing 24/7 customer support as an extra future, it should really be a core requirement. You should be able to communicate with your web host at any time, whether that be through chat, email, or a phone call. That doesn’t mean you’ll get an immediate response, but you’ll have an option to get assistance.

Email hosting

Many web hosting services include email hosting with their plans, though some do not. An email address that matches your website gives a professional look to your site and communication. Take a look at the specifics of the email hosting if it’s offered. Some entry-level plans may only include five email accounts per site, while others may include unlimited email accounts. Consider the kind of growth you expect for your business when picking a provider with email hosting.

Marketing and e-commerce

Many hosting plans and packages look similar at first inspection. However, when you take a closer look, there are some significant differences that may impact your website. Web hosts may offer email marketing tools as part of their standard package, while others include anti-malware and anti-spam tools as standard fare. The nature of your business can help you hone in on a host that fits your goals.

Server operating system

The default operating system is usually Linux but some web hosts offer Windows server hosting, too. There are some server applications that may require Windows, so make sure that the provider offers it if you may use applications like an SQL Server or a custom .NET application.

The best web hosting services: Reviews & Recommendations

We like to think we’re consummate hosts to all who visit our website, so here are our top picks for the best web hosting services.

Best overall: BlueHost

BlueHost

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: BlueHost balances features and price, with plans that fit professionals and beginners and offer impressive customer support.

Specs 

  • VPS Hosting: Yes
  • Cloud Hosting: No
  • Email Hosting: Yes

Pros

  • Excellent WordPress hosting plans and features
  • User-friendly interface
  • Reliable uptime
  • Reliable (and available) customer service
  • Free site migration

Cons 

  • No cloud hosting
  • No Windows-based servers

BlueHost is in the top spot for its overall ease-of-use, customer service, and WordPress hosting plans. I’ve used BlueHost for my professional website for over five years and have no complaints. I can personally attest to the responsiveness of their customer service. They’ve helped me with everything from loading issues to updating an SSL certificate. 

BlueHost also boasts an easy-to-use interface, which can’t be said for all providers. It’s basically point-and-click to explore your options and manage your websites. Where they really shine are their three hosting plans where WordPress comes preinstalled. You can also use their free WordPress migration tool to transfer your files from another host.

They’ve got a long list of security features, including three anti-spam tools, password protect directories, digital certificates, and secure shell (SSH) access. Finally, they have excellent uptime, which I can attest to. My site rarely goes down and, if it does, it always comes back online within a few minutes without me having to do anything. 

BlueHost does have its drawbacks. For example, it does not offer cloud hosting nor does it have any Windows-based servers.

Best for small businesses: HostGator 

HostGator

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: HostGator’s cloud, WordPress, VPS, and dedicated server plans are feature-heavy for a versatile and powerful way to create and maintain websites. 

Specs

  • VPS Hosting: Yes
  • Cloud Hosting: Yes
  • Email Hosting: Yes

Pros

  • Robust features with each hosting plan
  • Helpful e-commerce tools and site-building software
  • Excellent uptime
  • Works for advanced and novice webmasters
  • Excellent shared hosting plans

Cons 

  • Only some plans include Windows-based servers
  • Pushes three-year signup when many other options are available
  • Interface requires some adjustment time

HostGator appears at or near the top of many best web hosting services lists. The reason for that is the range of packages that allow small and medium-sized businesses to flourish. A few of their more attractive features include unlimited disk space and monthly data transfers at their lowest-tier business plan and a toll-free number and private SSL certificate with the highest-tier business plan. Their shared hosting plans stand out because they all come with unlimited storage, monthly database transfers, and email hosting.

However, they also offer VPS hosting, cloud hosting, and several plans that include Windows-based servers. But keep an eye on your package if you need Windows because it’s not in everyone. Their VPS and dedicated hosting plans are reasonably priced and feature-rich. HostGator also includes easy-to-use site-building software and e-commerce tools in the form of Mojo Marketplace to customize your site and start selling.

You can install WordPress on any of HostGator’s servers. They also have three plans with the WordPress CMS preinstalled. Finally, we have to mention their impressive uptime and fabulous customer service. Sites really go down and if you have questions, there’s someone available to help.

Best VPS: Hostwinds

Hostwinds

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Hostwinds offers a wide range of VPS plans and gives you extra flexibility in determining which plan is right for you.

Specs

  • VPS Hosting: Yes
  • Cloud Hosting: Yes
  • Email Hosting: Yes

Pros

  • Easy-to-use Weebly site builder
  • Range and size of VPS hosting plans
  • Impressive uptime

Cons 

  • No window-based servers
  • Short refund window

Hostwinds offers some of the best VPS plans out there thanks to built-in flexibility of the options. The highest tier of these plans can also handle a massive website. Hostwinds has four Windows-based and Linux plans. That’s expanded with several unmanaged plans but also includes both Linux and Windows servers. The largest VPS package offers 96GB of RAM, 9TB monthly data transfers, and 750GB of disk space. Yes, pick up your jaw from the floor. As far as VPS hosting goes, they offer incredible flexibility and options that can take you from small to extra large on the site scale.

However, they also have a range of plans for dedicated hosting, shared hosting, WordPress hosting, cloud hosting, and even reseller hosting if you want to take on hosting services yourself. They even have a Minecraft-hosting option.

Hostwinds plans use the Weebly platform, which is a simple drag-and-drop interface. It’s not quite as adaptive as WordPress, but it’s easy to use with a shallower learning curve. On the downside, they have a short refrain window and not all of their plans have Windows-based servers.

Best for WordPress: WP Engine

WP Engine

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: WP Engine is designed specifically for WordPress up to large businesses.

Specs

  • VPS Hosting: No
  • Cloud Hosting: Yes
  • Email Hosting: No

Pros

  • Choice of Amazon Web services or Google Cloud Platform
  • Daily backups
  • Offers custom plans
  • Excellent uptime
  • Impressive customer service

Cons 

  • Doesn’t sell domains
  • Hosting plans do not include email

WP Engine might be a little limited on the hosting type variety, but as far as WordPress goes, it’s top-of-the-line. First off, users get the choice of using Amazon Web Services or Google Cloud Platform to house their website—both huge web hosting providers with excellent speeds and security. They can actually be overkill if you are building a small personal site.

For each of their WordPress plans, you get unlimited data transfers and unlimited storage. Plans include a few extras that you don’t typically find such as a content delivery network (CDN) that speeds up load times, the option to test the site in a non-public environment, and software that helps transfer and store data.

WP Engine’s devotion to WordPress includes managed features like plug-in updates and daily site backups. Includes many features that optimize the entire process from setting up your WordPress site to maintaining quick page loading.

However, it caters to large businesses rather than small businesses or personal websites. And it’s missing a couple of perks that are fairly standard with other providers, like email hosting and purchasing a domain.

Best budget: DreamHost

DreamHost

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: DreamHost provides simple tools to create beautiful websites at a price that’s budget-friendly.

Specs 

  • VPS Hosting: Yes
  • Cloud Hosting: Yes
  • Email Hosting: Yes, except for the entry-level plan

Pros

  • Attractive security features
  • Unlimited data transfers
  • Well-rounded cloud hosting plans

Cons 

  • No window-based servers
  • No phone support

DreamHost offers affordable packages with several of their hosting types. However, it’s the cloud-hosting options that shine. Their packages range from a decent 512MB and unlimited monthly data transfers to 8GB of RAM on four CPU cores, again, with unlimited monthly data transfers. These plans are affordable and have attractive features and functionality.

We like how easy it is to navigate the dream host interface. It’s easy to find your information, change settings, and find the security features. Here, you can do everything from blocking spiders and editing .htaccess file. It also includes free SSL certificates.

On the downside, DreamHost doesn’t include phone support with any of their plans nor do they offer any Windows-based servers.

FAQs

Q: What are the biggest web hosting companies?

The biggest web host company by share of the market is GoDaddy. GoDaddy makes setting up a website fast and simple. However, the web hosts on our list have features that outpace this hosting veteran. Of those on our list, HostGator takes the top spot as far as share of the market.

Q: Which is the best web hosting for beginners?

BlueHost is one of the best web hosting services for beginners. As a newbie when I tried to set up my first website over five years ago, I can attest that BlueHost made the process simple and relatively painless. They’ve got excellent customer service and a fairly intuitive interface.

Q: What is a very popular website hosting service?

Both BlueHost and HostGator are among the most popular website hosting services. BlueHost tends to lean toward beginners, though their premium plans can certainly handle large businesses. HostGator is a feature-rich option for those who are ready to dive in from the start. 

Q: What are the different types of hosting services?

The different types of hosting services include shared hosting, dedicated hosting, VPS hosting, cloud hosting, and WordPress hosting. For more information on each, please see our buying guide above.

Q: Which server is the fastest?

The fastest server can vary by location, internet provider, and hosting service. Depending on the size and type of your website, you get the fastest speeds from dedicated web hosting and cloud hosting.

Q: How do I choose a hosting plan?

You can choose a hosting plan by estimating the amount of traffic you expect. If you’re starting completely from scratch, start with a basic plan. It’s easy to switch to a higher tier one search traffic picks up or if you discover you need more resources or features.

Final thoughts on the best web hosting services

For many individuals and businesses, BlueHost offers the best plans and customer service options. You can always upgrade your plan as your site grows and if you need help at any point, there’s email, chat, and phone communication available. DreamHost’s unlimited data transfers and cloud-hosting plans make them an attractive choice if you’re on a budget. The interface is also easy to navigate so you can quickly get things up and running.

The post Best web hosting services of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Best scheduling software of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-scheduling-software/ Sat, 11 Jun 2022 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=448985
the best scheduling software
StartUpStockPhotos via Pixabay

Scheduling software keeps your team on track and appointment book up to date, saving your business time and money.

The post Best scheduling software of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
the best scheduling software
StartUpStockPhotos via Pixabay

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Calendly is the best scheduling software overall. Calendly
SEE IT

Calendly makes scheduling appointments, meetings, and events fast and simple, whether you’re a solo person you are or a business organizing teams.

Best for appointments SimplyBook.me is the best scheduling software for appointments. SimplyBook.me
SEE IT

Designed to make it easy for customers to self schedule, this software offers flexible simplicity.

Best for small business Acuity Scheduling is the best scheduling software for small businesses. Acuity Scheduling
SEE IT

Acuity Scheduling helps small businesses stay organized and on time with a global clientele.

Whether you’re booking clients or managing a team, scheduling software can help you save time and money by better managing a busy schedule. This kind of software runs from free and basic to complex with predictive scheduling features that adjust timelines based on completed tasks. The tricky part is finding one that fits your business model.

Some software is specifically designed for the service industry, while others can adapt to multiple complex projects that involve teams of people. You can start by narrowing down the kind of features you need. For example, do you need reminders to go out for client appointments, or do you need to schedule meetings with groups of people within the same organization? Do you require payment integrations or work time tracking? The nature and size of your business will heavily influence the software that will work best for you. 

We created a list of five of the best scheduling software programs available, from an impressive free version to software that keeps collaborative teams up to date and on task. 

How we chose the best scheduling software

Scheduling software design varies a great deal. To narrow down the field, we took into consideration critical reviews, peer recommendations, user impressions, and several task-specific factors. We included scheduling software that could meet a wide range of scheduling needs because a business that makes appointments with clients has different needs than a business that executes detailed long-term projects involving collaborative team meetings. We considered the type of scheduling the software included, including whether it is adaptive or scalable for a growing business.

The ability to incorporate third-party apps—like Google Calendar, Zapier, Stripe, and PayPal, to name a few—was also an important consideration. The software should fit with your existing system and integrations help with that. At the same time, some excellent scheduling software has a steep learning curve. We considered ease-of-use and features that enhance ease-of-use, like color-coded charts, click-and-drop templates, and dashboards designed for specific industries.

Finally, can the software grow with your business? Some software is designed for small businesses with less than 50 employees. Others can expand and grow with you from a small business to a large corporation. We included both types on our list.

What to consider when buying the best scheduling software

The type of scheduling software you need depends upon the nature of your business. A hair salon or fitness professional probably needs a calendar where clients can make appointments. However, a restaurant may need employee scheduling or payroll features. Consider what you need the software to do so you get the right type.

Watch out for extra features you don’t need. Some businesses need every bell and whistle so that employees can create complex timelines and manage projects with several teams working together. However, other businesses simply don’t need that much complexity. Extra features you don’t need can not only inflate the price of the scheduling software but can also clutter your dashboard and make the software difficult to use. Take the time to figure out what you need and what you don’t before signing up.

  • Appointment scheduling: Do you need software that can create links so clients can set appointments with you? Do you want a calendar you can integrate into your website? Appointment scheduling features may also include automatic reminders, cancellation features, or SMS texts to prevent missed appointments.
  • Group scheduling: Scheduling meetings can be a daunting task when every member of your team has a hectic schedule. Scheduling software that includes group scheduling features can help you not only schedule times that work for everyone but reserve rooms as well.
  • Employee scheduling: Creating an employee schedule can be an overwhelming task once you take into account vacation days, employee requests, and other needs. Scheduling software that includes this type of scheduling often comes with payroll and timecard features too. 
  • Employee collaboration: Employee collaboration can greatly enhance project management. Collaborative scheduling software usually includes a preset amount of cloud storage so that employees can upload documents, graphics, and leave comments. This type of software also includes the ability to schedule group meetings or plan large events.

Third-party integrations

It’s rare for a business to only use a single type of software, so seriously consider any third-party apps and software that you already use to run your business. For example, scheduling software with PayPal and Stripe integrations may allow customers to not only make appointments but pay for their appointments in advance. Other valuable third-party integrations may include calendar apps like Google Calendar or Calendly to add extra functionality to a basic scheduling system. 

Ease-of-use

Scheduling software can get very complex. Some software allows you to create a timeline or Gantt chart to better manage projects and employee scheduling. However, the more features the software has, the more complex and difficult it is to use. 

Try to find software that’s not inflated with features you’ll never use. If you’ve never heard of a Gantt chart or you don’t need project management tools, there’s no use paying for those features. Keep in mind that some software adds advanced features as you purchase more expensive packages. A relatively small business may be able to get away with a free scheduling software or a basic package that doesn’t include advanced (unneeded) features.

Scalability

Some software is specifically designed for solo print orders or small businesses with under 20 employees. Others are designed to grow to up to 1,000 employees in several locations. Consider your business goals and where you’re headed. If your goals don’t include growth, you don’t necessarily need to worry too much about the software scalability. However, if your company is hitting the ground running with the glow of opening several locations and a growing number of employees, scalability is more of a factor.

The best scheduling software: Reviews & Recommendations

Best overall: Calendly

Calendly

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Calendly can grow with your business with several packages that do everything from scheduling basic appointments to planning events in multiple locations with a team of people. 

Specs

  • Free version available: Yes
  • Access: Web, iOS, Android
  • Third-party integrations: Over 700 with Professional package

Pros

  • Feature-rich free tier
  • Several affordable packages  
  • Excellent integration options (professional tier or higher)
  • Simple, easy-to-use dashboard
  • Can set up one-on-one appointments, group meetings, or events
  • Includes website scheduling

Cons 

  •  Customer support can be lacking at times

Calendly streamlines scheduling for businesses both large and small. It’s an excellent tool if you’re frequently sending emails to schedule regular meetings with colleagues or clients. It allows you to set your availability and allows people to make appointments through the software. Calendly’s packages work for solopreneurs making one-on-one appointments and large businesses with teams collaborating on long-term projects. It also has one of the more simplistic dashboards, making the learning curve welcomingly shallow. 

One of Calendly’s greatest strengths is its integrations. The Professional tier and higher packages integrate with over 700 apps through Zapier. However, it also has an impressive free tier that includes integrations with Google Meet, Microsoft teams, WebEx, Slack, and Zoom. This basic package can also set up an appointment calendar directly on your website so clients and customers can self-schedule. Where the free tier can be limiting is in the types of events you can schedule, which is only one. The paid tires give you unlimited event types, from one-on-one meetings to events in different locations.

Calendly is a great overall choice because it works for a wide range of industries and business sizes. You can also jump up a tier if your business outgrows the features available with your current package. Where Calendly can sometimes fall short is customer support. 

Best for appointments: SimplyBook.me 

SimplyBook.me 

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: SimplyBook.me’s customer-centric system makes for a fast, simple scheduling process that’s affordable and flexible.

Specs

  • Free version available: Yes
  • Access: Web, iOS, Android
  • Third-party integrations: Some, expands with Zapier integration

Pros

  • Excellent booking options for service businesses
  • Option to get a booking website with your account
  • Offers scheduling widgets for your website or social media profiles
  • Automatically sends email and SMS confirmations
  • Easily launch classes and memberships

Cons 

  • Free plan offers limited custom add-ons

SimplyBook.me is an excellent scheduling software for service-industry businesses. While there is a free plan, it’s worth paying for a subscription to access custom features, which include everything from payment acceptance to offering coupons and gift cards. The free plan only allows for one “custom feature,” while each increasingly expensive package ads on additional custom features.

Every account also includes a booking page in case you don’t have a website of your own. If you do have a website or social media accounts, you insert the SimplyBook.me widget onto your website and social media profiles to directly book clients from there.

One of the best features of this software is the automatic email and SMS confirmations and reminders, reducing no-shows and saving you time. Clients can also cancel their booking at any time. Some of the more advanced custom features include the ability to launch classes and sell memberships to expand what you offer.

SimplyBook.me can integrate with Google Calendar, Outlook calendar, and a few other common apps. It can also integrate with Zapier, using six command options to streamline the use of other apps. However, the free plan only allows one custom add-on, which doesn’t get you very far.

Best for small business: Acuity Scheduling

Acuity Scheduling

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Acuity Scheduling gives small businesses better control over their day-to-day schedule, allowing customers and clients access to your schedule in real-time. 

Specs

  • Free version available: No
  • Access: Web, iOS, Android
  • Third-party integrations: Many, including over 500+ through Zapier

Pros

  • Clients can easily make appointments
  • Share calendars on social media
  • Embed calendar links on your website or in emails
  • Excellent security for customers
  • Syncs appointments with different time zones

Cons 

  • No free tier
  • Poor phone support

Acuity Scheduling (a Squarespace company, also available as Squarespace Scheduling) gives advanced scheduling power to small businesses. Clients can self-schedule through your website or a social media profile. It also integrates with many online meeting apps and over 500 apps through Zapier. Users can easily share appointment calendars online, through email, or through social media profiles. We also love that Acuity Scheduling is focused on security for both you and your customers for more secure self-scheduling on a daily basis. Additionally, the app automatically sends out follow-up emails, notifications, and reminders to reduce no-shows. 

Depending on the package tier, you can also set up appointment packages. The highest tier is designed for 36 different locations and has automatic time zone conversion for global businesses, including support in multiple time zones. If you have more than 36 locations, they can also customize a package for you.

However, there is no free tier. You do get a seven-day free trial, but that’s not very long to figure out if this is the right software for you. (Most trial periods are 14 days.) Our only other issue with Acuity Scheduler is that their phone support can be difficult to use.

Best for projects: Bitrix24

Bitrix24

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Schedule events and meetings or use this robust software to manage internal and external communication, send and receive virtual phone calls, and monitor tasks and projects.

Specs

  • Free version available: Yes
  • Access: Web, iOS, Android
  • Third-party integrations: Integrates CRM, workflows, Zoom, Zapier, and more

Pros

  • Online time clock and work schedules
  • Collaborate with coworkers
  • Receive and make virtual phone calls 
  • Time planning tools, including event scheduler, meeting manager, and syncing with Outlook

Cons 

  • Has a steep learning curve
  • Premium plan is more expensive than similar plans

Bitrix24 combines an online calendar with task and project management tools for an all-in-one approach to managing your business. The collaboration features are one Bitrix24s highlight. The time planning tools allow employees to collaborate with one another or with clients using a meeting manager, event scheduler, or syncing with calendar tools. The coworkers can upload documents, graphics, and other information needed to complete tasks and projects.

The calendar gives the admin a view of when employees are clocking in and out as well as their work schedules and days absent. Tasks and projects are powered with WebDAV, which includes flexible permission controls. Team members can also make and receive virtual phone calls as well as schedule meetings with one another and clients.

On the downside, Bitrix24 doesn’t have the easiest dashboard to navigate. It has enough features that the learning curve is steep. Additionally, the premium plans are more expensive than some similar software solutions.

Best budget: HubSpot Meetings

HubSpot Meetings

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: HubSpot Meetings is one of the best free scheduling software solutions because it sends personalized booking links and creates group meetings.

Specs

  • Free version available: Yes
  • Access: Web-only
  • Third-party integrations: Limited to Gmail, GSuite, Outlook, Office 365

Pros

  • Syncs with Google Calendar and Office 365
  • Syncs time zones
  • Create group meeting links
  • Round-robin meeting scheduler
  • Embed calendar on existing website
  • Easily integrates with other HubSpot software

Cons 

  • Not the right choice if you don’t like HubSpot 
  • Access only through the website

HubSpot Meetings makes it easy to book appointments or meetings with clients while integrating with other HubSpot marketing software. The free account includes a single personalized booking link that you can send through email or embed on an existing website. You can also use HubSpot Meetings as part of HubSpot’s free All-in-One WordPress plugin. Each account also includes a customizable booking page if you don’t have a website. 

HubSpot Meetings readily integrates with Google Calendar (and G Suite) and Office 365, including Outlook. Users can create links for group meetings to schedule meetings with more than one person within an organization. There’s an option to use custom forms to learn about your contact and get reminders before you meet with them, too. 

This is an excellent solution, especially for marketers who already use HubSpot products. Even if you don’t, you get an easy (and free) way for clients or coworkers to set up one-on-one or group meetings. However, it’s not available through the HubSpot app, so you have to use the web interface for everything.

FAQs

Q: What is the most popular scheduling software?

Calendly is one of the most popular scheduling software options currently on the market. Its simplicity and ease of use make it a great choice for many industries and businesses of different sizes.

Q: Which scheduling tool is best?

The best scheduling tool depends on what kind of scheduling you need. Some businesses need a scheduling tool like Calendly or SimplyBook.me where customers and clients can self-schedule. These types of services also send automatic reminders and let customers cancel when needed.

Q: Does Google have a free scheduling tool?

Google has extensions that can act as a free scheduling tool. You can also do some scheduling through Google Calendar by adding video calls to your events, inviting guests to a scheduled event, and you can create multiple calendars where different teams can schedule meetings. However, they don’t have a dedicated free scheduling tool that’s as robust as those on our list. 

Q: Is there anything better than Calendly?

Calendly offers excellent scheduling options. However, that doesn’t mean it’s perfect for every person or business. Small businesses may need extra features that are offered through software like Acuity Scheduling or project management features through Bitrix24

Q: What’s the best way to schedule meetings?

The best scheduling software options include ways for clients and customers to schedule their own appointments or meetings based on your availability. This software often includes automatic reminders and lets customers cancel appointments themselves. Software that allows for group scheduling can reduce confusion and the number of emails it takes to accommodate everyone’s schedule. 

Q: What is scheduling software best for?

Scheduling software is best for booking appointments for services like hair care, fitness, or dental work. It can also be used to schedule meetings with clients or coworkers for collaboration. Some software can also be used to manage projects by automatically updating schedules as tasks are completed. More robust software may track employee time, do payroll, or accept payments through several different apps.

Q: How much does scheduling software cost?

Many scheduling software companies offer a free tier that offers limited functionality. However, as your business grows, you may need more advanced features. Packages can cost as little as $7 or $8 per month when paid annually or up to $50 to $100 per month for a premium package that includes support for multiple locations and thousands of employees. You usually save money by paying for a year’s subscription rather than paying on a month-to-month basis. 

Final thoughts on the best scheduling software

It’s hard to beat the simplicity and ease of use offered by Calendly. As your needs grow, you can increase your package to include scheduling meetings and events, too. Calendly offers an adequate free tier, but you might get more functionality for free with HubSpot Meetings, especially if you already use any of HubSpot’s software. Hubspot Meetings lets you adjust your availability so that colleagues and clients can schedule meetings, including group meetings. No matter which software you choose, make sure it fits your business model so it streamlines your workflow and enhances the services you offer.

The post Best scheduling software of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Best pet water fountains of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-pet-water-fountain/ Wed, 07 Jul 2021 17:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=370540
happy dog pet water fountain
Anna Stampfli, Unsplash

The best pet water fountains refresh your cat or dog’s water so you don’t have to.

The post Best pet water fountains of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
happy dog pet water fountain
Anna Stampfli, Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best for dogs Dog drinking water in a black and white, plastic pet water fountain PetSafe Healthy Pet Gravity Food or Water Station
SEE IT

This durable model is stainless steel and easy to clean.

Best for cats White pet water fountain with filtration system Eufy Water Fountain
SEE IT

This five-stage water filtering system ensures safe and clean water for your furry friend.

Best high-capacity Light gray pet water fountain, electric corded with LED lights PetSafe Drinkwell Platinum
SEE IT

This item has an activated carbon filter and is made of BPA-free plastic.

Pet ownership includes the rewards of companionship and the love of your furry friend. It also comes with a lot of work. The best pet water fountains take some of the work out of your hands by providing cats and dogs with clean, fresh water. These bubbly, burbling fountains are made in different styles, designs, and materials to meet the varying needs of different pet households. A gravity-fed, battery-powered, or standard electric model could help you keep your pets hydrated with purer water 24/7.

What to consider when shopping for the best pet water fountain

Pet water fountains provide a set-it-and-forget-it watering option. Most, though not all, models have a built-in filtration system to remove hair and debris from drinking water. There are also different types and shapes to consider. Everything from the number of pets to the size of the animals using the fountain can also determine which model works best for your household. Take a look at the factors you’ll need to consider before making the final decision on these great pet supplies

What type of water fountain do you want? 

There are three basic fountains types—flower, faucet, and gravity-fed. The flower and faucet models are electric or battery-powered. They both continuously recycle water, filtering it as they do so. There’s not a lot of difference performance-wise between flower and faucet models. It often comes down to what you (and your pet) prefer. 

The third option, a gravity-fed water fountain, features a large water container with a filter in the spout that feeds water into a basin via a valve. The valve and gravity do all of the work. It’s easy to see when the water container is ready for a refill, and these models come in larger sizes than the other two types. 

A word of warning—sometimes pets refuse to use one type of water fountain for no other reason than they don’t like it, and you can’t always predict what a pet will like until they’ve tried it.

How hard is the water fountain to assemble and clean?

In general, the more pieces the water fountain has, the more difficult it is to take apart and clean. Models with at least a few dishwasher-safe pieces make cleaning easier. 

Cleaning and maintenance also include monitoring and changing any filters. Some models feature multi-stage filtration, which offers cleaner water but also means more complicated (and expensive) filters. Models with easy access to simple, washable filters save time and work on the pet owner’s part. 

How many pets will use the drinking fountain?

The more pounds of pet you have, the more water the fountain needs to produce. Cats and small dogs can get by with just about any pet water fountain. However, multi-pet homes or homes with large dog breeds may need a high-capacity water fountain that holds over 100 ounces of water at a time.  

How well does the filter work, how often does it need replacing, and how much do replacement filters cost? 

Filters remove hair and other debris that finds its way into the water. Keep in mind that pets can drink water that humans wouldn’t dare touch without suffering a single stomach cramp. Some have sponge filters that need little more than rinsing and squeezing out the water, and others feature multi-stage filtration with two to three-part filters that require more frequent replacement.

The cost of replacement filters can quickly add up, especially if they’re clogged by something as common as pet saliva. Check the price of replacement filters and how often the manufacturer recommends replacing them to get a better idea of the water fountain’s total lifetime cost.

What materials make up the drinking fountain? 

Some people find the more expensive stainless steel and ceramic water fountains resist water deposits and clean better than plastic models. However, there’s no clear basis for those claims. 

Stainless steel pet water fountains are more likely to be dishwasher safe and resist the wear and tear of a rambunctious pet. Ceramic fountains often look better aesthetically, but they’re more likely to chip than either stainless steel or plastic. BPA-free plastic works well for many homes. However, it may show nicks and scratches more readily than stainless steel and ceramic. 

Will the drinking fountain be visible?

Pet water fountains come in fun designs and colors, adding a touch of personality to the room. Most of the time, they’ll be at least partially visible to guests. Generally, you want a model that isn’t an eyesore. 

Many faucet and flower designs stand out with their gentle burble, while others, like modern plastic designs, are transparent and blend into the background. Others are basic and functional, looking like a giant upside-down water bottle attached to a basin. No matter what design you choose, it should fit in with the existing decor and meet your design goals—disappear into the back or add a fun water feature. 

Some pets may find the water fountain a source of entertainment. Consequently, it’s best to place them on a waterproof mat or flooring that won’t be damaged by water exposure. 

The best pet water fountains

Cat and dog water fountains have become popular pet supplies to keep your furry friends hydrated. The trick is determining which design—faucet, flower, gravity-fed, multi-basin, high-capacity—best fits your pet and lifestyle. Once you get an idea of the size you need and how you’d like the fountain to fit in with the rest of your home’s décor, the right fountain will likely present itself. 

Best dog water fountain: PetSafe Healthy Pet Gravity Food or Water Station

PetSafe

SEE IT

The PetSafe Healthy Pet Gravity Food or Water Station comes in three sizes—64-, 128-, or 320-ounce sizes. The manufacturer provides a chart that shows how long the water should last in each one based on the size of the pet using the water station. Even the smallest dog water fountain can last several days before it needs a refill. The entire water station comes apart for easy cleaning and includes a dishwasher-safe stainless steel basin. However, the water tank is hand wash only, though it doesn’t need cleaning as often as the basin. This model doesn’t come with a water filter, but the manufacturer sells one separately. This company also offers a matching food station in the same size options.

Best cat water fountain: Eufy Water Fountain

eufy

SEE IT

The Eufy Water Fountain offers an attractive design that caters to the needs of a cat. A five-step water filtration system removes impurities and contaminants from the water, leaving clean water for the picky feline. The pump quietly circulates water through the filter and boasts a 2.5-year life cycle. A BPA-free ABS plastic basin resists scratches, bites, and drops up to 1.6 feet. An angled opening provides a splash guard to protect floors and fits the natural angles of a cat’s body. This cat water fountain must be plugged in and includes a braided cord to withstand pets that chew. The only downside—the electrical cord cannot disconnect from the main body, which means hand washing only. 

Easiest to clean: PetSafe Drinkwell Original Pet Fountain

PetSafe

SEE IT

The PetSafe Drinkwell Original Pet Fountain has a 50-ounce capacity so your pet is never dehydrated. The bowl is top-shelf dishwasher safe, and the BPA-free fountain ensures your furry friend is always drinking fresh water. This fountain includes a 5.5-foot electrical cord connected to the water pump. The pump comes apart in a three-step process, granting access to all of the fountain’s components for thorough cleaning. Reassembly is intuitive.

Best high-capacity water fountain: PetSafe Drinkwell Platinum

PetSafe

SEE IT

The PetSafe Drinkwell Platinum’s reservoir completely removes from the base for fast, easy filling. A faucet-style design provides two drinking options—the faucet or the basin. It also offers adjustable flow control. The carbon filter removes odors and strange flavors for picky pets but needs occasional changing. The BPA-free fountain is dishwasher-safe (top rack only) for easier maintenance and cleaning. 

Best budget: Wonder Creature Cat Water Fountain

Wonder Creature

SEE IT

The Wonder Creature Cat Water Fountain’s affordable price tag might attract you, but the premium features will seal the deal. A window on the tank lets you see the water level, and there’s also a blue indicator light that turns red when water starts to run low. Additionally, an auto-shutoff feature turns the pump off if the tank runs dry, preventing burnouts. The stainless steel basin stays cleaner than average thanks to a design that keeps debris from collecting at the edges. As a bonus, it includes a silicone mat to protect the floor. 

FAQs

Q:

Should I leave my water fountain on all the time?

You don’t have to leave pet water fountains running all of the time, but they are designed to do so. In some cases, you probably should, and there are a few reasons why you might want to. Electric and battery-powered pet water fountains use a pump to recycle water through a filter to keep it free of debris and bacteria. If you stop that pumping action, it takes extra effort on the pump’s part to start that circulation process again. 

Turning the pump off also gives time for bacterial growth. The filter then has to play catch up. Second, an electric water fountain that’s constantly running often attracts pets. For animals that may not drink enough, the constant access to moving water can encourage them to drink more. However, if you let the water fountain run continuously, you must make sure it doesn’t run dry and burn out the pump.  

Q:

How often should the fountains be cleaned?

How often the fountain needs cleaning depends on a few factors, like how many animals use it and how much debris gets in the fountain. Fountains in single-pet homes probably need to be cleaned once every other week. However, if you live where it’s dusty or have several pets using the fountain, it might need cleaning once or twice a week.

Q:

How often should you change the water in the fountain?

Change the water about every two days. At that rate, the water stays clean, and the fountain won’t run dry. However, if you have several animals using the fountain, you may need to change the water more often. More animals will drink more, spill more, and leave behind more hair and saliva in the water. 

Related: Best Dog Water Bottles

The final word on shopping for a pet water fountain

Pet water fountains are one of those pet supplies that can reduce the workload of pet ownership. You’ll still need to keep an eye on water levels, but your pet will have constant access to fresh, clean water. However, the pros may come with some cons, including filter replacements and general maintenance. Still, for many pet parents, the convenience of a fountain outweighs the price of replacing filters.

The post Best pet water fountains of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Best teacher planner to help you stay organized this school year https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-teacher-planner/ Wed, 11 Aug 2021 20:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=387865
Get the job done with the best tool combo kits.
Louis Hansel, Unsplash

Class is almost in session, and the best teacher planner can keep your days organized and efficient.

The post Best teacher planner to help you stay organized this school year appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Get the job done with the best tool combo kits.
Louis Hansel, Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best elementary-school planner The Artfan Teacher Planner is the best elementary school teacher planner. Artfan Teacher Planner
SEE IT

Organizational pages help elementary school teachers stay on top of a busy schedule.

Best hardcover planner The Journaltastic Teacher Planner is the best hardcover planner. Journaltastic Teacher Planner
SEE IT

An attractive hardcover and plenty of  choices on the inside make a planner that will last a whole school year.

Best multi-period planner The Elan Publishing 7 Period Teacher Lesson Plan is the best teacher planner and record book. Elan Publishing 7 Period Teacher Lesson Plan
SEE IT

Features lesson planning and assignment/grade recording space to monitor academic plans and progress.

Back-to-school season is always busy, and once school is in session, life picks up its pace. A teacher planner and/or a lesson planner can help you keep lessons in sequence, schedules on time, and on target for learning goals. The best teacher planner will have layouts and space for all of your important information in a single spot. For some teachers, a planner notebook offers the right blend of planning and calendar space. Other teachers need organization for several classes worth of students—different needs, different planners. Thankfully, there’s something for everyone.

Teacher planners come in various styles and designs. Some include seating charts, pages for recording grades, and inspiration pages, while others stick to the basics, like a weekly and monthly spread. We’ve rounded some of the best, so tame the chaos with the best teacher planner for your teaching style, schedule, and organizational approach.

Be prepared, on schedule, and on target with the best teacher planner

The best teacher planners let you organize your days, weeks, quarters, or semesters in one place. It’s a one-stop-shop for your professional life. A teacher planner isn’t a huge upfront investment. However, you don’t want to put in the effort to start one and get several weeks’ worth of lessons entered only to find that the layout and organization don’t work for you. Carefully consider what you want and need to organize in the planner.

Detailed lesson plans may be easier to organize and follow in a lesson plan book. These types of organizers provide more space for the lesson plans themselves. It may only include a monthly layout and the lesson plan pages with little space for any other information.

But what if you need to see your lesson plans in relation to the class schedule and seating chart? A full academic teacher planner might be a better fit in this case. These teacher planners may provide pages for lesson plans, daily tasks, class schedules, volunteer contact information, and emergency procedures. If you’re the type of person that likes to keep everything organized all in one place, this is the planner for you. 

There are many planners that fall in between these two styles, from agenda books to personalized planners. Consider the charts, lists, and organizational tools you use most. Then, look for a teacher planner that includes them in a single spot.

Finally, don’t forget things like thick, acid-free paper and a durable cover and binding. High-quality materials will make sure the planner makes it through an entire school year intact.

Teacher planners can cater to the unique schedule and requirements of your position. 

The grade of your students makes a big difference in the kind of information you need to track in your teacher planner. High school and junior high teachers typically see several class periods’ worth of students in a single day. You may need a page with several seating charts to plan lessons and track how far each section gets in their lesson. You may also want to track assignments and grades for each of those classes. 

Elementary school teachers will have different needs when it comes to planning. A carefully planned daily schedule keeps lessons on track and takes precedence. However, you may need to keep tabs on parent volunteer schedules, class birthdays, and lunch schedules, too. Since you work with the same students all day, it may be easier to keep all of your planning information in a single notebook. 

The best teacher planner

Best elementary school planner: Artfan Teacher Planner

Artfan

SEE IT

The Artfan Teacher Planner doesn’t leave organization to chance. It provides pages for student and resource teacher contact information, class birthdays, and special events like visitors or assemblies. The weekly spread also includes nine spaces for lesson plans. A wire binding lets you lay the planner flat or fold it over to focus on a single page.  

When the going gets tough, the tough get a teacher planner made of durable materials. 

A standard teacher planner needs to last at least nine or ten months. A classroom full of kids certainly can put your planner to the test,  so your planner has to be durable. The most common paper weight Is 20 pounds. However, 24- to 28 pound-paper will resist bleeding better. 

Consider the cover material, too. Most planners have a soft, flexible plastic cover. If you’re the kind of teacher who takes your planner home every night, you might want to consider a hardcover for increased durability. Planners that lay flat or allow you to fold the planner under to focus on one page will also need a durable binding like heavy double metal rings. 

Best hardcover planner: Journaltastic Teacher Planner

Journaltastic

SEE IT

The Journaltastic Teacher Planner’s double wire-ring binding and hardcover resist the wear and tear of the average school year. The binding also allows it to lay flat or fold over for easier writing. The weekly spread breaks down each day into seven periods, allowing you to view lesson plans side-by-side for an entire week. Other planning pages include class birthdays, a weekly activity schedule, and a contact information page. 

Keeping track of lessons, assignments, and grades together can give you a quick reference point.

Some teachers like to keep teaching resources together, especially when it comes to lessons, assignments, and grades. Teacher planners that focus on these specific things keep your materials easy to track. 

However, make sure you know what you’re buying. These types of planners can have space for anywhere from four to eight periods and limited assignment or student name space, depending on the design. You already know how many periods you’ll be teaching, but if you can have a ballpark idea of how many students, you can make sure you get a planner with adequate space.

Best teacher planner and record book: Elan Publishing 7 Period Teacher Lesson Plan 

Elan Publishing Company

SEE IT

The Elan Publishing 7 Period Teacher Lesson Plan provides durability and excellent class organization. There is space for seven periods worth of lesson plans and 44 weeks of planning pages. You can also record assignments and grades for up to 46 students. A double spiral ring design lets the planner lay flat or fold over. Reinforced edges add durability.

The small details can make all the difference in the planner’s usefulness.

What exactly makes up a personalized planner? Custom details belong to those planners that have space for extra add-ins. For example, a cover design with a clear pocket to add a schedule or photo that you can change throughout the year. Pages for class lists, extra folders, and pockets can also be useful. Some planners come in different versions that include additional pages like special events or birthday pages. 

Best personalized planner: Blue Sky Academic Teachers Weekly & Monthly Lesson Planner 

Blue Sky

SEE IT

The best personalized teacher planner the Blue Sky teacher planner’s cover offers a quick way to update your planner from the outside. It features a plastic pocket over the cover that you can use for storage or display. The class photo or schedule can both neatly fit inside. The inside of the planner is well-organized with side tabs to let you quickly flip to a new month, while the daily schedule is divided into ten periods. There is also additional space in the back for general notes.

Planning on a budget: What you get for under $10

If your budget is tight, you can still get a planner that will keep you on schedule. It’s not hard to find a record and grade book for less than $10. These planners have flexible plastic covers and thinner paper than more expensive planners. A full academic teacher planner at this price may still have all of the basic pages, but they generally feature black-and-white print with little or no color in the paper or ink. These planners also skip extras like stickers and month tabs.  

Best budget teacher planner: Pretty Simple Planners Teacher Planner

Pretty Simple Planners

SEE IT

Pretty Simple Planners Teacher Planner, the best budget teacher planner skips bells and whistles like lines and colored ink on the interior. However, it ticks all the boxes when it comes to organization options, including a weekly spread that’s broken down into periods with separated boxes for lesson plans. The softcover needs gentler treatment than its plastic or hardcover counterparts, but it protects all the interior goods that keep your lessons in order. 

FAQs

Q: What should I look for in a teacher planner?

Look for page designs and layouts that cater to your specific needs. Ask yourself how many subjects you’ll need to plan and if you want to include lesson plans in your pick. These questions can help you determine what page types will be helpful and which may be unnecessary.

Q: Why do teachers need planners?

Teachers have a lot to keep organized in the course of the day. Elementary school teachers need lesson plans for several subjects while keeping track of specialist classes, assemblies, and student birthdays. High school and junior high teachers may need to track the progress of each of their classes separately. At the same time, they need to plan lessons so they can have materials, videos, or media ready to go. 

Q: What are the best planners?

The best planners made it onto our list. The Artfan Teacher Planner offers an excellent option for an all-around academic planner. There’s room for lesson plans along with a monthly calendar and extra pages for further organization. If you want something with a little extra storage or that lets you get creative, the Blue Sky Academic Teachers Weekly & Monthly Lesson Planner gives you that with a clear pocket over the cover. 

Final thoughts on shopping for the best teacher planner

The best teacher planner for you won’t be the same as your co-workers. Your unique teaching and organizational style made a difference in your needs. So before buying, think about how you want to use the planner. A planner that coordinates your professional and personal life probably needs more page types and breakdowns than someone who just needs one for lesson plans. Know yourself, and you’ll have a pretty good idea of where to start with your planner. 

The post Best teacher planner to help you stay organized this school year appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Best window air conditioners of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-window-air-conditioner/ Wed, 28 Jul 2021 14:13:03 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=384821
Best window air conditioner models lined up next to each other on a colored wall painted on it.
Ashkan Forouzani, Unsplash

Cool those steamy temperatures and chill with the best window air conditioner.

The post Best window air conditioners of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best window air conditioner models lined up next to each other on a colored wall painted on it.
Ashkan Forouzani, Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best smart window air conditioner The LG LW8017ER is the best smart window air conditioner. LG LW8017ERSM Smart Window Air Conditioner
SEE IT

This LG comes in three powers, and each one features WiFi and voice control.

Best for small rooms The Frigidaire Mini-Compact Air Conditioner is the best for small rooms FRIGIDAIRE Mini-Compact Air Conditioner
SEE IT

This compact AC unit weighs only 41 pounds and offers powerful cooling for spaces up to 150 square feet.

Best for large rooms The LG Window Air Conditioner is the best for large rooms. LG Window Air Conditioner
SEE IT

With an impressive 24,500 BTUs, the LG includes a 24-hour timer to create a custom cooling schedule.

When the numbers on the thermometer start ticking upward, it’s time to look into some cooling options. The best window air conditioners keep the sweat from running down your back and let you relax when it’s sweltering outside. These window AC units can fit inside horizontal or vertical sliding windows, so they don’t usually require any major home construction. In comparison to other cooling options, they are relatively affordable, too.

Window air conditioners don’t function like an HVAC. Each unit is designed to cool a specific square footage. To stay comfortable and prevent overtaxing the air conditioner, you need one that’s rated for the room size. We rounded up the best window air conditioners on the market, from smart models to mini-units, along with tips to pick the right unit for your home.

The lowdown on the best window air conditioners

Window air conditioners work by sucking in indoor air and circulating it over a cold metal coil. Refrigerant gas inside the coil absorbs heat. During the cooling process, the air also gets dehumidified as moisture vapor condenses onto the coil’s surface. It then trickles down the air conditioner and out of the appliance. Some units recycle the condensed water, using it to cool part of the coil. The air conditioner’s fan then blows the cool, dry air back into the room.

Look for an air conditioner with a high combined energy-efficiency ratio (CEER). The CEER rating shows the cooling capacity ratio measured in British Thermal Units (BTUs) relative to the electricity use. The air conditioner’s efficiency while running and when on standby are factored into this number. The higher the number, the better. Ratings can range between 8 to 22, though over time, some new units may get a higher rating. 

Do you want smart features in your conditioner window unit?

Window ACs now have smart technology, just like almost every other major household appliance. Smart features offer some energy and money-saving benefits. However, smart features come with varying levels of usability. 

Some models connect to an app on a smartphone or tablet. From the app, you can turn the air conditioner on or off, set a schedule, or adjust the cooling level. These smart features let you turn the air conditioner on 30 minutes before you get home from work or automatically shut it off 30 minutes after you leave for work. Of course, the app lets you use the phone or tablet as a remote, too. 

Some units use smart technology to connect to a thermometer on the unit’s remote control. A remote placed in the center of the room more accurately represents the room’s temperature than a built-in thermometer that reads the temperature closest to the AC unit.

How much space do you have for your window air conditioner?

Small rooms, those under 200 square feet, don’t need the same BTUs as a unit that’s taking on a 500 square foot open floor plan. Mini air conditioner units designed for smaller areas are typically 4,000 to 6,000 BTU, depending on the design and features. 

Air-conditioners need approximately 20 BTUs per square foot. To calculate the size you need, measure the room’s square footage (width times length) and multiply by 20. For example, a 15 x 15 room = 225 square feet x 20 = 4,500 BTUs. That’s an estimate. Check the air conditioner’s CEER and square footage the manufacturer has rated it for to make sure the air conditioner can cool the space you have in mind. 

Window air conditioners with the BTUs for large spaces

Window air conditioners may be an add-on, but there are many models that can take on large spaces. These models have the BTUs and size to cool these spaces without overworking the unit. Some of these models have the power and capacity to cool a small house. That gets difficult if the house isn’t one big open space. However, it is possible.

Measure the space and estimate the needed BTUs using the same formula as that’s used for small rooms—room square footage x 20. These large units often offer premium features like multiple cooling and fan settings, multiple directional vents, or a dehumidifier setting. Check that the AC unit will fit in the window. These units are large, and you don’t want a unit that’s too big for the window.

Do you prefer all-in-one temperature control?

Your home can quickly get cluttered with appliances of various shapes and sizes. There are window air conditioning units that also function as a heater, offering dual uses to save space. These models aren’t usually as efficient as a designated air conditioner or heater. But if you’re short on space, they’re a space (and money) efficient way to control indoor temperatures.

Look for the same convenience features on these models as you do with other air-conditioners. Things like remote controls, smart features, and multiple fan speeds will make the unit more versatile and user-friendly.

Cooling on a budget

Window AC price often comes down to size and BTUs—smaller units with fewer BTUs cost less. Unfortunately, they don’t offer as much cooling power as larger, more expensive models.

Another way to save money on a window air conditioner is to skip fancy features like voice control, WiFi connectivity, and extra modes like a dehumidifier or fan-only settings. If you stick to the basics, you can get a reasonably affordable air conditioner for the room size.

Related: Not enough room for a window unit? Consider the best portable air conditioner.

The best window air conditioner

Best smart window air conditioner: LG LW8017ERSM Smart Window Air Conditioner

The LG LW8017ERSM Smart Window Air Conditioner comes in the three BTU options: 8,000, 10,000, and 12,000 BTUs. The 10,000-BTU unit cools spaces up to 450 square feet. This model features onboard controls, a remote control, or smart control through an app. With the app, you can remotely turn the conditioner on or off from anywhere you can get a WiFi connection. It also includes three cooling and fan speeds, as well as compatibility with Alexa and Google for convenient voice control.

Best for small rooms: FRIGIDAIRE Mini-Compact Air Conditioner

Frigidaire

SEE IT

The FRIGIDAIRE Mini-Compact Air Conditioner keeps things tight with a small 15.24-inch x 16-inch x 12-inch size. The manufacturer recommends keeping its 5,000 BTUs to 150-square-foot spaces. That’s about the size of a small bedroom or kitchen. It also includes a washable filter that removes dust from the air as it cools. Onboard dial controls keep things simple and work well, even if there’s no remote control. 

Best for large rooms: LG Window Air Conditioner

Walmart

SEE IT

The LG 24,500 BTU 230V Window Air Conditioner’s 24,500 BTUs take on spaces up to 1,560 square feet. However, it also provides premium features like four-way air deflection for targeted airflow, a dehumidifier setting, and fan-only mode. A 24-hour timer lets you customize the cooling schedule and will automatically shut the AC on and off.

Best air conditioner/heater combo: Koldfront Through the Wall Air Conditioner

Koldfront

SEE IT

The Koldfront Through the Wall Air Conditioner pulls double duty. Its 8,000 cooling BTUs chill spaces up to 350 square feet. However, when it’s chilly, it provides 4,200 BTUs for heating 100 square feet. That’s not enough to act as a complete heat source, but it can supplement baseboards or another heating method. This model also includes three fan speeds and four-way directional louvers to better circulate the air.

Best budget window air conditioner: GE Mechanical Window Air Conditioner

Walmart

SEE IT

The GE Mechanical Window Air Conditioner skips bells and whistles for an efficient 5000 BTUs. It cools spaces up to 150 square feet and monitors temperatures with an adjustable thermostat. The unit’s two cooling and fan speeds offer just enough adjustability for small spaces.

Related: Prefer a different way to cool down? The best portable fans will help you chill on a hot day.

FAQs

Q: How to choose a window air conditioner?

The most important factor when choosing a window air conditioner is the room size for which the unit is rated. You don’t want a unit that’s only designed to cool 150 square feet when you have a 400-square-foot room. You also want to look at the CEER rating. Ratings range anywhere from 9 to about 22. Most window air conditioners get a rating of 11 or 12. However, those with a rating of 14 or 15 bring extra efficiency and cooling power to your home.

Q: How long do window AC units last?

Window AC units can last as long as 25 years. They need regular maintenance and cleaning to keep them running at peak efficiency. Their lifespan also depends on how they’re used. A model that’s too small for the space it’s supposed to cool will overwork itself and wear out faster. The AC’s lifespan also depends on the settings. Low settings are less taxing than the fastest fan speed and coldest temperature setting.

Q: What size window AC unit do I need?

Look for a window air conditioner with the right BTUs for the room size. Use the following formula to estimate the necessary BTUs—room square-footage x 20 = BTUs. However, check the manufacturer’s recommendations for the unit’s approved room size. Some units have 5,000 BTUs but only cool a 150 square foot space.

Final thoughts on the best window air conditioners

A window AC unit can save you when the temperatures hit the triple digits. It’s worth paying for one of the best window air conditioners for their reliability, cooling power, and extra features. If you plan to use the air conditioner for years to come, consider investing in a high-quality unit with remote or smart control. However, the number-one factor to consider is the air conditioner’s BTUs and the square footage it can cool. Factor in the CEER to get an idea of its energy efficiency, too. Now go out and find the window AC that will let you chill in peace.

The post Best window air conditioners of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Best teeth-whitening strips of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-teeth-whitening-strips/ Tue, 10 Aug 2021 17:13:43 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=387951
Brighten up your smile with the best teeth-whitening strips.
Diana Polekhina, Unsplash

Brighten those pearly whites and reinvigorate your smile with the best teeth-whitening strips.

The post Best teeth-whitening strips of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Brighten up your smile with the best teeth-whitening strips.
Diana Polekhina, Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best fit and coverage The Rembrandt 1-Week Teeth-Whitening Kit has the best coverage. REMBRANDT 1 Week Teeth Whitening Kit
SEE IT

REMBRANDT strips pack a lot of whitening power into each notched strip.

Best whitening strips for sensitive teeth Luminex Teeth-Whitening Strips are the best for sensitive teeth. Lumineux Teeth Whitening Strips
SEE IT

Lumineux relies on natural whiteners in the form of coconut, sage, and lemon peel oil.

Best whitening-strip kit Crest 3D Whitestrips with Light are the best whitening-strip kit. Crest 3D Whitestrips with Light
SEE IT

The power of blue light helps the whitening agent penetrate the tooth enamel.

If your pearly whites aren’t as white as they once were, help is at hand. Age, stains, and genetics all play a role in the color of your teeth. But the best whitening strips can help remove those stains and brighten your smile. You can go about your business (at home) while wearing the strips. Plus, they’re more affordable and convenient than teeth-whitening treatments at the dentist’s office.  

A number of personal factors affect the strips that will work best for you. The size of the strip, the ingredients in the whitening gel, and even the flavor of the gel can influence if you’ve found the right whitening treatment. We’ve rounded up some of the fastest, best-tasting, and most effective teeth-whitening kits to brighten your smile. 

How do teeth-whitening strips lighten your smile?

Tooth discoloration can stem from a number of causes. Some people naturally have thicker enamel and whiter teeth, while others may suffer from trauma in childhood that affects the development of enamel. And some medications can also change tooth color. 

Behavior and habits can also affect your tooth color. Poor oral hygiene, or not brushing your teeth regularly, can allow plaque and stains to yellow the teeth. Smoking, tobacco, and coffee consumption can stain the teeth, too. The teeth also naturally lose their enamel over time, exposing the yellower dentin underneath. 

No matter the cause, the best teeth-whitening strips can help. Whitening strips have a whitening gel that may contain hydrogen peroxide or carbamide peroxide, or a mix of natural essential oils on one side of the strip. The gel side of the strip is applied to the teeth up to the gumline. (Strips should never be placed directly on the gums.) The strip is pressed into the crevices and wrapped around all of the teeth. 

Some strips come as a teeth-whitening kit that includes strips, multiple solutions, trays, and sometimes lights to aid the whitening process. Whitening kits may also come with additional whitening treatments and products to protect and strengthen the teeth. 

Related: Keep your mouth clean and bacteria-free with the best electric toothbrushes

What size whitening strips should I look for?

The best whitening strips fit your teeth well, reaching from the gum line to around the back of the tooth. Each brand and make within different whitening lines have strips of different widths and lengths. 

Larger, longer strips offer a better fit for most people because you want even whitening across the tooth’s surface. Some strips also feature contour cuts to give a closer fit on the upper teeth. Strips that don’t quite reach the gum line or can’t successfully wrap around to the underside of the teeth can leave spotty results. 

Best fit and coverage: REMBRANDT 1 Week Teeth-Whitening Kit

REMBRANDT

SEE IT

The REMBRANDT 1 Week Teeth-Whitening Kit gets big points for the shape and design of the whitening strips. They’re wider and longer than average to mimic the coverage of a tray. The strips also feature a notched design for a snugger fit and better shaping to the upper teeth. REMBRANDT also does its whitening in seven days rather than the usual 14 or more of other kits.

Do teeth-whitening strips irritate sensitive teeth?

Whitening strips have been known to cause tooth sensitivity. Formulas that contain hydrogen peroxide can cause pain. Hydrogen peroxide gradually whitens the teeth, with most formulas that contain it having around 10 percent hydrogen peroxide. Unfortunately, the chemical can also cause sensitivity or irritate already sensitive teeth. Some whitening strips have a higher concentration of hydrogen peroxide than others and can potentially damage the gums or tooth enamel. 

Whitening strips designed for sensitive teeth usually contain carbamide peroxide or natural whitening ingredients like essential oils. Without a “sensitive” formula, you could experience aching and sensitivity to cold and hot liquids and foods after using the whitening strips.

Best whitening strips for sensitive teeth: Lumineux Teeth-Whitening Strips

Oral Essentials

SEE IT

The Lumineux Teeth-Whitening Strips do not contain hydrogen peroxide, which can cause pain for people with sensitive teeth. Instead, this company relies on natural ingredients, using a blend of coconut, sage, and lemon peel oils to whiten and brighten teeth. This mix doesn’t pose a risk to tooth enamel or the gums. The formula is vegan, preservative-, and sugar-free, too. 

What flavors are available for teeth-whitening strips?

Flavor has nothing to do with the whitening strip’s ability to change tooth color. However, it can make a big difference in your ability to use them. The flavor of whitening gel isn’t one you want to stick around after you’re done using the strips. And if it makes you gag while you’re using them, you might not be able to keep them in your mouth long enough for them to do their job. 

Most companies try to at least cover up the taste with some kind of mint flavoring. Mint works well, but if mint isn’t your thing, there are whitening strips in other flavors. A flavor that puts a stop to the gag reflex can make that 30 to 60 minute treatment time much easier.

Best flavors for teeth-whitening strips: Zimba Teeth-Whitening Strips

Zimba

SEE IT

Zimba Teeth-Whitening Strips come in seven flavors, including four mint variations, coconut, cinnamon, and peach. The all-natural flavorings do not contain any sugar. Each whitening kit includes strips specifically designed for either the upper or lower teeth. The gel and strip design adhere well to the teeth, so the strips don’t slip during treatment.

Smile-whitening kits provide extra brightening help

A basic set of whitening strips contains just that: strips only. A full teeth-whitening kit offers a few more options if the strips alone don’t get the job done. Kits may include extras like different types of whitening gels, fast-acting formulas, or whitening lights to help along the process. 

A kit may also include more than one round of whitening strips. The length of treatment time varies by brand, but it typically takes 14 to 28 days for a full treatment. Kits may also include several rounds of treatments or additional soothing treatments to work with the whitening strips.

Best whitening-strip kit: Crest 3D Whitestrips with Light

Crest

SEE IT

Crest 3D Whitestrips with Light don’t waste time targeting yellow stains. This kit contains enough for ten days of whitening power (20 strips) and a blue light. The blue light helps the whitening power penetrate the tooth’s enamel for deeper whitening in less time. The light automatically shuts off on its own, so you don’t have to do any of the timing.  

Whitening on a budget still produces impressive results: Whitening for under $30

Whitening kits can get pricey, especially when you start adding lights and multiple treatment options. However, budget white strips and kits can be just as effective as more expensive strips. In the lower price range, you’re less likely to find add-ons like light blue lights or sensitive teeth formulas. What you will find are kits that whiten using hydrogen peroxide in their formulas. They’re effective and easy to use, but be careful if you have sensitive teeth.

Best budget whitening strips: Crest 3D Whitestrips Vivid Plus Teeth-Whitening Kit

Crest

SEE IT

The Crest 3D Whitestrips Vivid Plus Teeth-Whitening Kit comes at an affordable price and offers a couple of whitening options. It includes 20 vivid plus treatments (ten days worth of strips) and two one-hour express treatments. The express treatments give you a quick boost in addition to the standard 30-minute treatment. If you’re low on time, as in you don’t have ten days to wait for a whiter smile or need a quick whitening boost, pop in an express treatment. 

FAQs

Q: Should you rinse after white strips?

You can rinse after using white strips. However, use a mouthwash to rinse off the leftover whitening formula.

Q: Do whitening strips really work?

Yes, whitening strips really work. They take anywhere from seven to 30 days to see full results, but many people notice whiter teeth after only a few treatments.

Q: Do you brush your teeth after whitening strips?

Wait to brush your teeth after whitening strips. Whitening gels can make the teeth susceptible to damage from an abrasive brush for about 30 minutes after treatment. If you have residue on your teeth, rinse with a mouthwash until you can safely brush your teeth. 

Final thoughts on shopping for the best whitening strips

The best whitening strips will cover your stains and give you results within several treatments. For the full effects, you’ll need to use the strips for the recommended time frame. Opt for palatable flavors or a sensitive-teeth formula if the typical kit doesn’t work for you. If you want whiter teeth and a perfect smile, whitening strips are the way to do it from home.

The post Best teeth-whitening strips of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Best iPhone 13 cases in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-iphone-13-cases/ Tue, 05 Oct 2021 23:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=398227
The best iPhone 13 cases for every need

Glow up, protect, or make your iPhone 13 even more functional with a case that’s packed with personality and style.

The post Best iPhone 13 cases in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best iPhone 13 cases for every need

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall casetify best iphone 13 cases Casetify Custom Phone Case
SEE IT

Customize the protection level and color to make a case that’s protective and personal.

Best leather The Mujjo Full Leather Wallet Case is the best iPhone 13 case in leather. Mujjo Leather Case
SEE IT

Vegetables tanned, full-grain leather gets better with age while this wallet/case combo protects and organizes.

Best value The Spigen Ultra Hybrid is one of the best iPhone 13 cases for value. Spigen Ultra Hybrid
SEE IT

Slim styling doesn’t give way to a drop or two in a case that lets the phone shine through.

The new iPhone 13 is an investment worth protecting with the best iPhone 13 cases. These containers combine quality materials with designs that protect the phone (and its killer camera upgrade) from falls, water, and anything else you throw at it. It doesn’t hurt if they look good and add functionality, too. 

The latest iPhone upgrade can wear cases with innovative stands or glass screen protectors, but there are also options that keep things sleek and sophisticated. From refined leather to practical silicone, there are cases to fit different lifestyles, habits, and personalities. 

How we picked the best iPhone 13 cases

Protection was the first and foremost thing on our minds as we looked at the best iPhone 13 cases. Brands that offer drop test results provide a good idea of what kind of wear and tear the case can take. We also evaluated compatibility. Wireless charging is a convenience many people don’t want to give up. The iPhone 13 also offers Apple’s MagSafe technology that the wrong case could nullify unless you take the case off. Durability, as in how long will the case last, mattered, too.

One of the last things we considered but still factored into the final decision was appearance. A bulky phone brick isn’t most people’s favorite option. At the same time, not everyone wants a clear iPhone case. We included a little something for everyone, from the minimalist to the adventurer and the innovation-seeker. Here are the best iPhone 13 cases you can find. 

The best iPhone 13 cases: Reviews and recommendations

Best iPhone 13 case overall: Casetify Custom Phone Case

Casetify

SEE IT

Why It Made The Cut: Casetify lets you customize the drop protection level, color, and text on the case while keeping the case compatible with wireless charging and MagSafe, making it our top overall pick.  

Specs: 

  • Weight: Varies by protection level
  • Materials: Made of 65 percent recycled, plant-based materials
  • Compatibility: Wireless charging, MagSafe (certain options)

Pros:

  • Customize protection level
  • Up to 9.8-feet drop protection (based on protection level)
  • Antimicrobial coating
  • Reinforced corners, lifted camera ring, raised bezel

Cons 

  • Long shipping times

Casetify cases enjoy a strong reputation for quality, and the iPhone 13 cases live up to that reputation. The customization is what sets this case apart. You can choose from a lightweight basic design to a heavy-duty MagSafe compatible design. The price changes depending on the chosen options. But with any of them, you can also choose the color and a monogrammed message on the case. 

This custom iPhone 13 case is made of 65 percent recycled materials and has an antimicrobial coating. Depending on the options chosen, it can withstand anywhere from a 6.6 to a 9.8-foot drop. Some of the options have reinforced edges, though all have lifted camera rings to offer more protection. Some of the options are MagSafe compatible, while all of them allow wireless charging.

Best leather iPhone case: Mujjo Full Leather Wallet Case

Why It Made The Cut: This leather iPhone case made the cut for the quality of the leather and the sophisticated wallet design that’s both functional and sleek. 

Specs: 

  • Weight: NA
  • Materials: Leather
  • Compatibility: Corded charging only

Pros:

  • Full-grain, vegetable-tanned leather
  • Holds 3 cards
  • Covers buttons yet retains responsiveness
  • Raised camera edge

Cons:

  • Doesn’t allow for wireless charging or MagSafe

The Mujjo Full Leather Wallet Case makes a sophisticated tool look even more high class. It’s one of the best iPhone 13 Pro cases and iPhone wallet cases on the market. A full-grain, vegetable-tanned leather wraps around the phone, including the side buttons. The buttons retain responsiveness yet still get protected. While this is a wallet, it’s subtle about holding cards. There’s room for two or three. Just enough for an ID and a couple of cards for emergency use, cutting down on bulk. 

The only downside with this iPhone 13 case is that the thickness, especially if it holds cards, doesn’t allow for wireless charging. 

Best heavy-duty: Raptic iPhone 13 Case – SHIELD

Raptic

SEE IT

Why It Made The Cut: The Raptic case gets high marks for the quality of the protective materials, lightweight, and wireless/charging compatibility. 

Specs: 

  • Weight: 1.5 ounces
  • Materials: TPU, anodized aluminum, polycarbonate back panel
  • Compatibility: MagSafe, wireless charging

Pros:

  • 10-foot drop protection
  • Retains wireless charging and MagSafe despite protective design
  • Shock-absorbing rubber bubble pockets

Cons: 

  • Utilitarian appearance

The Raptic iPhone 13 Case – SHIELD takes protection to a new level. A sturdy aluminum frame lined with bubbled rubber gives the case shape and absorbs shock. The clear polycarbonate back still lets you see the phone but protects it from drops, too. A raised lip around the screen keeps it from hitting the ground when landing on a flat surface. Despite all of that protection, this model allows wireless charging and is MagSafe.

The Raptic case isn’t the sleekest design, though it’s not bulky. It does come in a few colors to glam up an otherwise utilitarian appearance. 

Best iPhone 13 case with screen protector: Caseology Stratum

Why It Made The Cut: The Stratum covers every side of the phone yet maintains the responsiveness of the screen, earning it the best iPhone 13 case with a screen protector. 

Specs: 

  • Weight: NA
  • Materials: Glass, TPU 
  • Compatibility: wireless charging, MagSafe

Pros:

  • Glass screen protector maintains screen responsiveness
  • Shock-absorbing corner reinforcement
  • Raised camera lip

Cons:

  • Lack of color options

Caseology cases are another brand that enjoys a good reputation. The Stratum fits within their line of highly-protective, low-key cases. This model could be the best iPhone 13 Pro Max case or the best for the iPhone 13 Mini. It’s made for them all and offers the same protection and features for each. 

That protection includes a built-in glass screen protector that maintains the functionality of the touchscreen. Once in place, the case protects the entire phone, including corners reinforced with AirSpace Technology. TPU grip on the sides and a sandstone texture help users keep ahold of their favorite high-tech tool. The only downside is that it’s not offered in any other colors.

Best clear iPhone case: Speck Presidio Perfect-Clear with Grips

Why It Made The Cut: The Presidio has impressive drop protection and all-around grip, making it a stand-out pick for those who have a hard time keeping hold of their phone. 

Specs: 

  • Weight: 2.89 ounces
  • Materials: NA
  • Compatibility: wireless charging, MagSafe

Pros:

  • 13-foot drop protection
  • Extra grip on sides and back
  • Antibacterial coating
  • Slim styling

Cons: 

  • None

Speck iPhone cases often feature slim styling, and the Presidio Perfect-Clear with Grips fits right in with their sleek designs. This clear iPhone case features grips built directly into the edges and back of the phone to keep a secure hold. It’s reinforced at the edges and can withstand a 13-foot drop. A Microban coating resists bacteria, too. 

We’re hard-pressed to find anything wrong with this case unless you’re not really into clear cases. In which case, it comes in other colors.

Best iPhone 13 case with stand: Moft Case, Stand, & Wallet Set

Why It Made The Cut: The Moft gets high praise for the versatile design that includes floating, horizontal, and vertical stand options, which is why it gets our vote for best stand. 

Specs: 

  • Weight: NA
  • Materials: NA
  • Compatibility: wireless charging, MagSafe

Pros:

  • Versatile magnetic stand options
  • Holds credit cards
  • Can hold the phone while it charges

Cons: 

  • Could potentially misplace the stand

Product Description

The Moft Case, Stand, & Wallet Set is an innovative design for those who like to keep their phone minimal. The iPhone 13 case offers shock protection and a beveled edge in front and around the camera. 

But it’s what’s going on in the back that made us take notice. It features a removable magnetic stand that also holds a few credit cards. The stand attaches using MagSafe-like technology. In fact, it’s MagSafe compatible. You can even charge the phone while it’s on the stand. 

The stand reconfigures based on how you need to use it. It can sit horizontally, vertically, or let the phone float. When it’s not in use, it folds down into a slim profile. There’s not a lot we don’t like about this case, except there’s potential to lose the stand if you misplace it.

 Best case with MagSafe: Otterbox Pro Defender Series Pro XT Case

Why It Made The Cut: The Otterbox case makes the cut because it offers incredible protection yet remains MagSafe (and wireless) compatible. 

Specs: 

  • Weight: NA
  • Materials: polycarbonate, rubber, 50 percent recycled plastic
  • Compatibility: MagSafe, wireless charging

Pros:

  • Tough polycarbonate shell
  • Sleek design despite heavy protection
  • Includes port covers

Cons:

Otterbox cases are known for their durability and rugged toughness. The Otterbox Pro Defender Series Pro XT Case fits right in but protects without adding unnecessary bulk. A tough polycarbonate shell absorbs shock, but it’s also compatible with MagSafe technology and wireless charging devices.  

Covers over the ports keep dirt and dust out but don’t limit your ability to access them. Otterbox also adds an antimicrobial layer for added germ protection. The downside is that this isn’t the best iPhone 13 Mini case because it’s only available for the iPhone 13 Pro.

Best value: Spigen Ultra Hybrid

Why It Made The Cut: The Spigen case offers a slim design with adequate drop protection that comes at an affordable price. 

Specs: 

  • Weight: 1.06 ounces
  • Materials: thermoplastic polyurethane
  • Compatibility: MagSafe, wireless charging

Pros:

  • Slim styling
  • Beveled edges
  • Affordable price

Cons: 

  • Only comes in clear or clear colors

This clear iPhone 13 case should make minimalists’ hearts pitter-patter. The Spigen case keeps things basic but protective. Made of thermoplastic polyurethane, it can absorb falls but doesn’t add bulk. 

In fact, this model’s slim styling almost looks like there’s no case at all. Yet, it still has beveled edges to protect the screen and camera and comes at an affordable price. The Spigen is also compatible with wireless charging and MagSafe. There’s not a whole to not like about this case unless you don’t like clear cases.

Things to Consider Before Buying an iPhone 13 Case

Drop protection

You’ll want to look for the best iPhone 13 case that offers good drop protection, especially at the corners. Some brands display their drop test results. In which case, look for a case that offers at least five to six feet of drop protection. Drop protection typically means the case has reinforced edges with heavier-duty or thicker materials at this weak point.

The case should have a lip or beveled edge to protect the screen and camera if the phone gets dropped. We prefer a blend of drop protection without too much bulk. Always keep in mind that a case can’t possibly protect a phone from every possible scenario. 

Coverage

The more of the phone the case covers, the more of the phone it protects. Of course, you need the camera to be out and available, but otherwise, there’s no need for the back of the phone to show at all. Cases with a closed bottom and top edges protect ports from dust and water, too.

Wireless or Charging Interference

Some cases can limit the phone’s ability to connect to wireless services. Most of the time, they interfere with wireless charging, MagSafe systems, and Qi. They shouldn’t 

nterfere with Bluetooth, WiFi, NFC, or cellular at all. Watch out for wallet cases. 

Thick cases can be a problem because the more distance there is between the charger and the phone, the more likely there is to be interference. Finally, the case should also allow normal functioning of the phone. The case design should not limit your ability to swipe across or up and down the screen.

MagSafe

Apple’s MagSafe system came out with the iPhone 12, and it’s in the 13, too. This technology helps hold the phone in place and offers faster charging with Apple’s MagSafe chargers and accessories. Some of the best iPhone 13 cases have built-in MagSafe support while others don’t. Thin cases may still allow MagSafe to work even if they’re not specifically designed for use with MagSafe devices.

FAQs

Q: Will an iPhone 13 case fit an iPhone12?

Unfortunately, an iPhone 13 case will not fit an iPhone 12 and vice versa. While some of the iPhone 12’s and 13’s are the same size, their button layouts are slightly different.

Q: Are the Apple cases protective?

Apple cases are protective, and they have MagSafe. However, are they the most protective or functional option out there—no. Many brands offer cases with more impact protection and feature things like camera covers, stands, and wallets that add functionality to everyday use.

Q: Are iPhone 12 and 13 the same size?

The iPhone 12 and 13 are the same size. However, their button layout is a little different. If you try to use an iPhone 12 case on an iPhone 13, the button covers won’t line up, and the case won’t fit. 

Final thoughts on the best iPhone 13 cases

The Casetify Custom Phone Case gets the top spot because of the customizable options, including different protection levels. You can choose extra protection and get a little more bulk or take a little less protection, so it’s easier to fit in a pocket. You also get color and monogramming options that don’t come with many other cases. Dollar for dollar, you get the protection you want in a look that’s unique to your case. Get only the best iPhone 13 cases, here!

The post Best iPhone 13 cases in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Best aluminum-free deodorants of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-aluminum-free-deodorant/ Tue, 23 Nov 2021 14:44:44 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=391474
Avoid potentially harmful chemicals with the best aluminum-free deodorant
Ana Essentiels, Unsplash

Take care of odor and your health with the best aluminum free deodorant.

The post Best aluminum-free deodorants of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Avoid potentially harmful chemicals with the best aluminum-free deodorant
Ana Essentiels, Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best deodorant for men Native Deodorant is the best deodorant for men. Native Deodorant
SEE IT

This pick is also formulated without parabens and comes in scents like coconut vanilla and cucumber mint.

Best deodorant for sensitive skin Each & Every Natural Aluminum-Free Deodorant for Sensitive Skin is the best for sensitive skin. Each & Every Natural Aluminum-Free Deodorant for Sensitive Skin
SEE IT

Formulated for sensitive skin, this eco-friendly pick is made with dead sea salt and earth wax and comes in plant-based packaging.

Best budget Hume All-Natural Deodorant is the best budget pick. Humble All-Natural Deodorant
SEE IT

This affordable  pick is made with just four all-natural ingredients.

Thanks to science, we’re more aware of the dangers of putting metals, chemicals, and even natural but harmful substances in or on our bodies. Part of our growing breadth of knowledge includes the fact that the body absorbs substances rubbed into the skin. There’s an ongoing concern (though no direct evidence) that the aluminum used in most antiperspirants could contribute to aluminum buildup in the body, which can have dangerous side effects. Aluminum-free deodorants are one way to cut down on exposure to potentially harmful substances. These deodorants manage body odor with gentle, natural, and/or organic ingredients. Here’s a guide to the best aluminum free deodorants to suit your preferences.

Are antiperspirant deodorants bad for your health?

The best aluminum free deodorants effectively control odors. However, it’s important to remember that there’s a difference between antiperspirants and deodorants, though people often use the terms interchangeably. The reason antiperspirants are made with aluminum is because that it blocks sweat glands from producing sweat. Deodorants, meanwhile, reduce odor and don’t generally contain aluminum unless they’re an antiperspirant deodorant. 

The second thing to consider is how aluminum works when it is present in an antiperspirant. The aluminum salt in antiperspirants melts into the pores, clogging them to reduce overall perspiration. Scientists know that substances can enter the body through the skin, a process called transdermal absorption. And high aluminum levels have been linked to memory issues, cancer, dementia, and renal failure. 

However, the aluminum in cosmetic products and antiperspirant deodorants has not been linked to high aluminum levels. As recently as 2021, a study found that breastfeeding mothers did not have higher aluminum levels in their breast milk, for example. Scientists haven’t conclusively determined that aluminum in antiperspirant contributes to aluminum buildup in the human body, nor have they definitely found that it does not. We just don’t know. 

That being said, sometimes it’s better to be cautious. If you’re limiting the number of potentially harmful substances you put on or in your body, aluminum free deodorant will do just that. 

Best aluminum-free deodorant for women and men 

Aluminum free deodorants don’t typically have different formulas for men and women, though some are marketed to a specific gender. Instead, it’s about finding a formula that works for you and comes with a smell that you like. Thankfully, these products come in a wide array of scents like tea tree, lavender, rose, mint, and sage. Many formulas contain essential oils that don’t add artificial ingredients to the list. 

Many aluminum free deodorants are free of other potentially questionable substances, such as paraben and phthalates. Like aluminum, there’s no conclusive evidence that parabens and phthalates are harmful in the doses used in cosmetics. The FDA has determined that both types of chemicals are safe for regular use. However, cosmetic doses are closely monitored and regularly tested to make sure growing levels in the daily products we use don’t pose a problem.

Best aluminum-free deodorant for men: Native Deodorant

Native

SEE IT

Native Deodorant leaves out aluminum and a lot more, like parabens and animal testing. The list of ingredients also includes nourishment for the skin in the form of coconut oil and shea butter. This formula comes in several scents, including lavender rose, coconut vanilla, cucumber mint, and unscented. 

Do you get stains on your clothing from deodorant? 

Deodorants are notorious for leaving white marks on the inside of your clothes and sometimes the outside of your clothes. Then there are the lovely yellow stains we all love. The good news if you’re jumping on the aluminum-free train is that aluminum reacts with perspiration and is the source of many of the yellow stains. That means aluminum-free products are less likely to stain your clothes. 

Whites stains are another matter and usually stem from odor-reducing ingredients. An aluminum free deodorant might prove helpful here because it’s more likely to have natural ingredients, which are typically easier to wash out of your clothes.

Best aluminum-free deodorant for women: Toms’ of Maine Aluminum-Free Natural Deodorant

Tom’s of Maine

SEE IT

Toms’ of Maine Aluminum-Free Natural Deodorant has a fairly short ingredient list. However, the list of ingredients it doesn’t have includes aluminum, silicone, microbeads, mineral oil, parabens, and many other substances that you may be trying to eliminate from your life. It also skips artificial colors, fragrances, and preservatives but still puts a stop to odor.

Do you have sensitive skin?

Sensitive skin easily reacts to chemicals, fragrances, and dyes. A reaction may cause itching, redness, or an unsightly rash. For example, a rash down the back of your arm or in the armpit is a pretty good indication that your skin is reacting to your deodorant. And perspiration can further irritate the skin. 

Aluminum free deodorants come in formulas made especially for the most sensitive skin. They are already free of aluminum, but these formulas are often free of other common irritants, such as dyes and artificial fragrances. Instead, they feature natural options or a reduced number of ingredients to keep things simple. 

Best aluminum-free deodorant for sensitive skin: Each & Every Natural Aluminum-Free Deodorant for Sensitive Skin

Each & Every

SEE IT

Each & Every Natural Aluminum-Free Deodorant for Sensitive Skin Is formulated with natural ingredients that are gentle on skin. They list the scientific name for their ingredients next to the common name, so you know what you’re using. The list includes everything from common favorites like coconut oil and dead sea salt to earth wax and fermented castor oil. This particular company is also gentle on the planet with plant-based packaging and recyclable materials.

Is activated charcoal an effective alternative to aluminum? 

The lists on the back of some antiperspirant deodorants can sound like a foreign language. A formula composed of natural ingredients skips chemicals and uses familiar ingredients. Keep in mind that natural ingredients may include naturally-derived ingredients too. That doesn’t mean these ingredients are harmful. It means they’ve gone through some processing before getting added to the deodorant. In many cases, they’re easier on your body (and clothes) than the synthetic substitute used in regular deodorants.

Best all-natural deodorant: Schmidt’s Aluminum-Free Natural Deodorant

Schmidt’s

SEE IT

Schmidt’s Aluminum-Free Natural Deodorant is formulated with an ingredient that’s showing up in many cosmetic and personal hygiene products—charcoal. Scientific evidence lags behind many of the claims around activated charcoal, but charcoal can neutralize odors. This formula contains a blend of charcoal and magnesium to keep odor under control. It’s natural enough that it’s received the EcoCert Certification, a European organization that certifies organic products. 

How expensive is the best aluminum free deodorant?

Many of the ingredients we use in everyday products are there because they’re effective and inexpensive to produce. Aluminum substitutes cost more. These deodorants can run up to $3 or more per ounce. However, less expensive options are out there. They typically have common, easily accessible ingredients, though the list of ingredients may be small. Some may have a few essential oils to add fragrance. 

Best budget: Humble All-Natural Deodorant

HUMBLE

SEE IT

Humble All-Natural Deodorant features four fairly common ingredients—fractionated coconut oil, corn starch, baking soda, and beeswax. That’s it. It’s not fancy. However, for many people, it’s effective. Humble comes in a few different scents, with the scented varieties having essential oils for added fragrance. 

FAQs

Q: Why should you use aluminum free deodorant?

If you’re concerned about aluminum buildup in your body, switch to aluminum-free deodorant. There’s no conclusive evidence that the aluminum salts in antiperspirant buildup to levels that are harmful to the human body. But if you’re being cautious, skip aluminum altogether.

Q: Is it worth switching to a natural deodorant?

It’s worth switching to a natural deodorant if you want to reduce your exposure to artificial/synthetic substances. Many people are looking for ways to reduce the number of chemicals and potentially harmful substances in their homes and on their bodies. Natural deodorants stick to simple ingredients and those derived from natural materials.

Q: What is the most effective deodorant?

The most effective aluminum-free deodorants are the ones on our list. Native Deodorant and Toms’ of Maine Aluminum-Free Natural Deodorant do particularly well. They’re also both highly trusted brands. 

Final thoughts on shopping for the best aluminum free deodorant

Applying antiperspirant or deodorant is likely a daily practice. It’s important to balance personal hygiene with safety. The best aluminum-free deodorants reduce exposure to chemicals and potentially harmful substances while managing odors. Reduce exposure, simplify your life, and get a deodorant that leaves you smelling fresh and clean.

The post Best aluminum-free deodorants of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>